FSB - Feronerie Manual 2009

1 Introduction Foreword, Innovations, EN 179, 1125 + 1906, 3
Technical information
2 DuoHandles Lever handles and window handles 13

HandleDuos
3 Bronze Lever handles and accessories 37

in bronze
4 Aluminium, AluGrey, 4a Lever handles 67

Alu + Color, Stainless steel 4b Roses, backplates 143
4c Door knobs, knobs/pulls on backplates 167
4d Window handles 191
4e Flush pulls, door stops, accessories 229
5 Brass Lever handles and accessories 255

in brass
6 Furniture for 6a Furniture for framed doors 281

special doors 6b The intelligent lever handle – “EZK” 303
6c Emergency-exit device 309
6d Gymnasium fittings, XXL-lever handles 319
6e Furniture for glass doors 325
7 Furniture for 7a Door pulls 347

entrance doors 7b Security fittings 427
7c Letterplates, Intercom and bell-push plates, 453
Alphanumeric characters
8 Barrier-free 8a Ergo lever handle, barrier-free fittings, 467

system solutions XXL-lever handles
8b Barrier-free ErgoSystem® diagonal-oval 473
for sanitary and residential applications
8c Metric® bathroom accessories 517
9 Accessories 9a Mortice locks, profile zylinders, strike plates 531

9b Spindles and fixing accessories 543
9c Kicking plates 555
9d Fixing templates 571
10 General information 10a Explanatory notes 583

10b Numerical index 603
FSB and color?
FSB’s stance on 12
colour in architecture.
May our grey 36

look lovelier!
The colour scale of 66

Le Corbusier.
How Le Corbusier 254

made it to colour.
Interplay between 280

colour and space.
Functional and 344

associative aspects.
Harmony, composition 466

and colour scale.
The Salubra wallpaper 530

collection by Le Corbusier.
New tones 582

at FSB.
Introduction 1
Proud tradition 4
Project sector innovations 6
DIN EN 179 8
DIN EN 1125 9
DIN EN 1906 9
Technical notes 10
3
Proud tradition
This Manual is part of a proud
tradition stretching back to
1881. Since then, FSB has
been presenting itself to the
market in new guises every 15
years or so. This approach has
kept us fresh and has clearly
also helped keep us going.
We hope you will make use
of this new aid at every oppor-
tunity. Should you encounter
difficulties in your day-to-day
dealings, please do not hesitate
to communicate them to us.
Only thus can we continue to
match market requirements.
Franz Schneider
Brakel GmbH + Co KG
FSB Handbuch Nieheimer Straße 38
33034 Brakel
Beschläge für
Türen und Fenster Germany
Aluminium
Messing
Bronze
Edelstahl Phone +49 5272 608-0
Alu + Farbe
Fax +49 5272 608-300
international.sales@fsb.de
www.fsb.de/en
4
Dear Reader and
Handle Enthusiast,
It is with pleasure – and not a is one thing we are clear about home – a well thought-out 1
little pride – that we are now as an SME at a time when range of grabs and accessories
presenting you with the new globalisation is on everybody’s for barrier-free living. It goes
FSB Manual for 2009|10. lips, it is this: successful busi- without saying that we likewise
We Eastern Westphalians are ness activity is indeed compat- keep up with trends in facade
known for our modesty and yet ible with being regionally rooted construction that are leading
we would at least like to take and opting for “high-wage to the use of windows and
this opportunity (and this one economy” Germany. doors with a high degree of
only) to urge you with quite a FSB products have friends all thermal insulation or of large-
bit of self-belief to make the over the world. The “Made in format glass components. The
FSB Manual your Number One Germany” tag is a byword both high level of investment in-
choice for door and window at home and abroad for time- volved is reason enough to de-
hardware, project construction less design, function-driven mand hardware that does its
ventures, barrier-free grab engineering, durability and job lastingly and reliably as
systems or electronic access sustainability, attributes that well as being technically on a
control – i.e. for anything re- cannot be reconciled with ar- par with the systems it operates
motely connected to fitting your bitrariness, any focus on short- with. It is only if solutions are
own or other people’s four walls term profit or opportunism. arrived at under these provisos
out with architectural hardware. FSB door and window fittings that are also fittingly attractive,
The principal function of this are an investment in the future however, that our quality aspi-
Manual, after all, is to serve – if that's what you're after. rations are met. Test us!
architects, building planners, FSB products live longer than
fabricators, trade stockists and we could theoretically care for. FSB Franz Schneider Brakel
house builders alike as a sound Their visuals are still spot-on
and exhaustive aid to planning after decades and decades too.
that leaves no wish unfulfilled. We offer you quality together
But perhaps you also know FSB with well-conceived system so-
as an enterprise that addresses lutions. From an aesthetic
itself to things that do not at point of view, our products are
first sight appear to have much the authentic upshot of work
in common with mere products: with celebrated international
“lived” corporate culture, re- architects and designers. We
source-conscious production, additionally focus our attention
well-conceived product design, on the materials used and the
socially responsible action – enduring quality of our finishes,
for us, far from being just fine which are carefully coordinated
words, these have always been throughout the range. You can
part and parcel of our day-to- be just as sure, moreover, that
day activities and of how we we are technically on the ball.
see ourselves. They are also all Besides an innovative electronic
vital for active environmental access control system and
protection. FSB was one of the some very engaging flush as-
first companies in Germany to sembly variants of our classic
have its endeavours certificated. fittings, we also wish at this
We are aware of our ecological juncture to draw your attention
responsibility in the natural to our barrier-free ErgoSystem.
course of things. This relates to We have drawn on experience
the choice of materials worked, gained in the sphere of handle
the design of manufacturing culture to offer the elderly – or
processes and dealings with anyone aspiring to greater
inherited liabilities. And if there comfort in the bathroom and
5
Project sector
innovations
Classics for the modern age – ErgoSystem – new departures Flush pulls – and other Design + Security
the FSB Bronze Collection for life in old age flat product ideas Generation 2008
With the appearance of its Our multi-award-winning The flush furniture with heavy- The proven anti-bandit creden-
2008|09 Manual, FSB is ErgoSystem has established duty bearings for door thick- tials of the “Design + Security”
adding another classic door itself as the Number One choice nesses of 45 mm upwards that range FSB introduced in the
handle design (FSB 1102) to in recent years where barrier- we presented in our last German 1990s successfully demon-
its Bronze Collection as well free products for residential Manual was extremely well-re- strated how a modular security
as a complete range of fittings and sanitary applications are ceived by the market. The FSB hardware concept can meet
and matching accessories for concerned. The handicapped Development Dept responded varying design notions and
main-entrance doors. The col- and elderly appreciate the by going into retreat and duly security requirements in equal
lection embraces both classic comprehensiveness of a sys- coming up with a raft of inno- measure. With our new security
and modern handle designs of tem that provides an optimum vations that we would like to hardware models FSB 7360
round and oval cross-section, means of self-help without dis- present for the first time in the and 7361 we are literally
DIY handle solutions from our pensing with design of the present Manual: cloaking our proven security
ht kits, security roses, letter- highest order. Its support rails, technology in a completely new,
plates, intercom and bell-push grabs and bathroom accessories – flush roses with standard self-standing design concept:
plates and the now almost are also distinctive from an bearings for door thicknesses adopting a radically purist
legendary house numbers after ergonomics point of view: the of from 38 - 44 mm approach to design, FSB’s in-
Otl Aicher. diagonal-oval sectioning of the (cf. page 146) house designer Hartmut Weise
The relevant product overview rails and handles echoes the – recessed pulls in rectangu- introduces a security hardware
is to be found on pages 40 human anatomy and reduces lar/square and oval/round design in the present Manual
and 41. the force required to take hold designs with open and dis- that departs radically from re-
of them. Rounding off the sys- creetly closed handle recesses ceived formal concepts: using
tem are our barrier-free lever (cf. pages 234ff.) stainless steel 5 mm thick he
handles, XXL-format handles – armoured roses for main-en- has created a matter-of-fact
and elegant METRIC bathroom trance doors to DIN 1906 S2 sculpture of folded surfaces
accessories. In the present in a flush finish (cf. pages that does nothing whatsoever
Manual we are also launching 448 and 449) to accommodate its intended
new products that comple- – window handles with shallow door. The design is only avail-
ment the range in a formally roses - suppliable for all able with an S4 security rating
harmonious and functionally models in the FSB range and, besides a classic version,
consistent manner. From walk- (cf. page 195) optionally comes with an inte-
ing aid holder through shower- grated electronics package in
head bracket for single-handed the form of a capacitive door-
operation to flexible hanging bell sensor plus nameplate
seat: the new products are and radio-operated door-bell
shown together with the whole module and a harmonised ra-
familiar range on pages 474 dio gong on the inside. Please
onwards. consult pages 430ff for more
on our security hardware
sculptures.
6
1
Compact glass door furniture DuoHandles/HandleDuos Satisfactory doesn’t satisfy us

by Christoph Ingenhoven Dissimilar couples by FSB
Glass doors are a contemporary We have been busying our Competent product solutions In its capacity as an interna-
means of expression in modern minds with the door handle – ought to be a matter of course tional project brand and in
architecture. They create more a seemingly mundane com- for a highly evolved society, as keeping with the approach it
light, link up spaces and are mon-or-garden product – for should equally reliable func- has to quality in any case, FSB
conducive to a great sense of well over a century now. This tioning over a product’s full life is therefore adding Class 3
roominess. The innate trans- has given rise at pleasantly ir- cycle. Doors accompany our and 5 mortise locks and Class
parency of glass doors means regular intervals to books and lives for a great many years after 3 panel locks to its product
that great care needs to be brochures, workshops and ex- all. That’s reason enough to range with publication of the
taken when designing hard- hibitions, all driven by the cre- scrutinise the material, design, present Manual, specifically
ware for them, however. It is ative tension existing between engineering but also, crucially, with a view to providing its in-
the lock, handles and hinges, hand and handle. Honouring the durability of a door in its ternational market partners
after all, that can really turn a the tradition of the now leg- entirety. Durability equates with co-ordinated entire solution
glass door into a design factor. endary “Door Handle Work- cost-effectiveness, meaning from a single source.
Together with the architect shop in Brakel”, in 2006 we that dearer can be cheaper in
Christoph Ingenhoven, we have invited the new design elite to the long run. That’s because, You will find the FSB lock
now developed a slender rec- wrap their brains round the as well as procurement costs, range inclusive of strike plates
tangular item of furniture for handle’s innate bilateralism. it is also necessary to bear in and europrofile cylinders by
glass doors whose unfussy Handles on either side of a door mind all outgoings over a pro- Winkhaus on pages 531ff.
elegance sets perceptible ac- do not, after all, necessarily duct’s anticipated life cycle –
cents in a space. The surface have to be of identical design. repairs, servicing and any
terminates flush with any DIN Thirty-two designers and archi- replacement included. That
frame to visually unify the two. tects then set to work – as holds particularly true for doors
The glass door’s transparency duos of course. Married cou- subject to constant heavy-duty
is underscored by the tight ples, unmarried couples, office operation – open/shut, open/
dimensions of the lock cover, partners and other twosomes shut, open/shut - for many
which is some 10 % smaller proceeded to develop “duo decades.
than in standard glass door handles” and “handle duos” of
furniture. Transparency-driven a surprising breadth: pairings
information is to be found on marked by contrast and others
pages 325ff. on common ground, “male”
and “female” handles, “soft”
organic forms and “hard” hi-
tech models, sculptural works
of art and straightforward
means of leverage. We have
now chosen five handle duos
for you and admitted them to
series production.
The inspirational outcome can
be inspected and conceptually
embraced on pages 13ff.
7
DIN EN 179 for
emergency exit devices
Seldom has the inclusion of Making up that range for the cated in the digest below:
standards in Germany’s purposes of EN 179, with the · lever handle and entrance
Building Rules List B/Part 1 appropriate testing and certifi- door furniture, respectively
triggered such controversy as cation having been carried out available as FSB
in the case of these two stan- for the lock and striking plate · rose
dards. They have both indi- series permitted in combina- · short backplate
sputably come through the tion with them, are the follo- · backplate
proof-of-conformance proce- wing FSB fire-safety hardware · broad backplate sets
dure and are thus valid. It is systems in conjunction with · frame-door handle, and
also official, however, that the- the lever handle models indi- · safety hardware furniture
re is no reference in building
legislation to EN 179 and EN
1125 being bindingly applica- 7607 13* 7607 25* 0657 12*
ble despite the model and
special building regulations es-
sentially dictating that doors 7616 13* 7616 25 0616 12*
on escape routes be easy to Page 288
open from the inside across
their full width, if need be with 7631 13* 7631 25* 0684 12*
the aid of a pull handle. DIN
EN 179 governs the use of
and requirements for emer- 7645 13* 7645 25 0645 12*
gency exit devices involving le- Page 289
ver handles and push pads.
Hardware combinations within 7653 13* 7653 25* 0603 12*
the meaning of EN 179 are to
be rated as products with a
bearing on building supervi- 7670 13* 7670 25 0665 12*
sion functions to be included Page 290
in Building Rules List B and
having the requisite EU or CE 7674 13* 0670 12*
conformance kitemark. They
comprise a lock, handle hard-
ware and striking plate and are 7688 13* 7688 25* 0688 12*
required to have been tested
and certified as a unit. To spa-
re your having to rack your 7694 13* 7694 25* 0694 12*
mind over such arcane mat-
ters, however, and to make su-
re you’re always on the right 7619 13* 7619 25 0619 18*
side of the fence, FSB sup- Page 288
plies what must be the most
comprehensive range of hard- 7646 13* 7646 25 0646 12*
ware in the sector in this re- Page 289
spect.
7610 63* 7610 25 0680 12*
Page 287
7664 13* 7664 25* 0632 12*
7650 63* 7650 25* 0627 12*
7651 63* 7651 25* 0628 12*
* Available on request, versions with 9 mm Δ for fire doors
8
DIN EN 1125
DIN EN 1906
DIN EN 1125 push-bar furniture is to be fit- that it immediately releases We will gladly send you the re- 1
ted should lie with the archi- the door if pressure is applied levant test certificates for the
Under this standard, panic tect/planner – in liaison with to any point on the push bar hardware combinations gover-
door devices (= lock + striking the competent building autho- on the inside of the door in a ned by EN 179 and EN 1125
plate + push bar) are to be rity, of course. line leading to an emergency if so requested.
fitted wherever high levels of Panic fitting combinations are exit. The force applied must
public traffic are likely and un- likewise required to be tested be such that children and mo-
familiarity with the environs and certified as functional bility impaired persons can di-
may lead to panic arising. units under the terms of the sengage the locking
Here, too, exact and binding standard. Accordingly, the re- mechanisms in place too. FSB
implementations of the provi- gulatory framework for building has joined forces with lock
sions set forth in EN 1125 ha- ventures as set out above like- makers Winkhaus, Wilka and
ve been the subject of heated wise applies to hardware sy- BMH to test and certify a va-
debate. We are very much of stems governed by EN 1125. riety of panic push-bar fittings
the opinion that the ultimate A panic device is required to – which can be found on
decision as to where panic be designed in such a manner pages 313-322.
DIN EN 1906 Torsional rigidity of the spindle Lever handle sets for fire and
smoke control doors
DIN EN 1906 lays down requi- Class 1 M = 20 Nm
rements and test procedures Class 2 M = 30 Nm The standard currently in force
for lever handles and door- Class 3 M = 40 Nm (December 1997) lays down
knobs. The utility value or ra- Class 4 M = 60 Nm the requirements and testing
ting of hardware is always to procedures for “fire safety” fit-
be arrived at using the classifi- FSB Tige Stabil FSB 8 mm Δ tings. These are regulated buil-
cation key specified. Tige Stabil FSB 9 mm Δ ding products which are
Compliance with DIN EN 1906 included in Germany’s Building
is only achieved on the basis Rules List A under serial No.
of the totality of testing criteria FSB-Stabil spindles offer greater torsional rigidity 6.17 and whose fitness for
and the findings they give rise with lower levels of deformation. function is to be proved by
to. All FSB products consider- means of a certificate of accor-
ably exceed the values prescri- dance (ÜZ) issued by a recog-
bed in this standard. Tensile stress exerted on assembled fittings nised certification body and of
a general building supervision
Class 1 F = 300 N test certificate (P). The Ü kite-
Class 2 F = 500 N mark indicates that fitness for
Class 3 F = 800 N function has been proved and
Class 4 F = 1.000 N is enclosed with every set of fi-
re safety hardware.
FSB Garnitures grand public FSB
FSB has the largest range of
its kind on the market, one
FSB heavy-duty fittings withstand greater levels of tensile embracing more than 50 lever
stress due to their compact design and the ruggedness handle models in combination
of their connecting elements. with roses as well as short,
standard and broad backpla-
tes, all certified and constantly
Incidentally: FSB has subjec- Degree of slack when assembled hardware is at rest monitored by the Materials
ted the issue of standardisa- Testing Laboratory (MPA) in
tion to some thorough-going Class 1 10 mm Dortmund.
scrutiny of its own: please re- Class 2 10 mm
quest our brochure entitled Class 3 6 mm
“FSB on the subject of stan- Class 4 6 mm
dards: DIN EN – Quality to get DO 20.3
to grips with”. The adjacent di- FSB DIN 18273

FS
agrams, which graphically illu-

strate the standing of FSB’s
own quality standards, are also The FSB bearing system guarantees a low amount of slack,
taken from this booklet. thus preventing the furniture from “moving about”.
9
Technical notes
FSB Stabil-spindle All FSB lever handles are to Fire safety fittings The special requirements for
be fitted with the FSB Stabil- doors designed to afford pro-
The FSB Stabil-spindle carries spindle. The spindle is solid and Sliding bearing tection against fire and smoke
on from where its predeces- meets all the specification set Carrier unit with circlip, are set forth in the following
sors – the FSB Screw- and the out in DIN 18 255 if correctly spacer and wave washe DIN standards:
FSB Anker-spindle – left off. mounted. For detailed informa-
New is a spring loaded toler- tion on every aspect of our spin- DIN 4 102, Parts 5 + 18
ance compensator pierced by dle technology, please consult DIN 18 082, Part 1
the grub screw when fastened. sections 9b and 9d. DIN 18 095, Parts 1 + 2
DIN 18 273
Design-engineering details as
well as functional and loading
4 criteria are specified in these
1 standards. Please note in par-
ticular Section 5.1 of DIN 18
3 273. FSB supplies almost all
models suitable for commerci-
al uses in fire-safety variants.
2
These fittings are certified and
quality-monitored in accordan-
ce with Building Rules List A
(6.17). The general building
supervision test certificate (P)
Features and the certificate of accor-
dance (ÜZ) have been issued
1. Solid square-section by the Materials Testing Labo-
construction ratory (MPA) in Dortmund.
2. Fastening for anchor clamp The monitoring contract bears
3. Anchor clamp with pre- the registration number
stress springing 12 9902-Do 20.3.
4. Grub screw with piercing
punch
10
Technical notes
Handing 1
Doors are either right or left

hand, relative to which way they
open. When ordering lever fur-
niture with dead knob or spindle
element located on the outside,
you should specify left or right.
Indication with use of diagram
nos. 1, 2, 3 or 4 would suffice.
1 2 3 4 5 6+7 8
Door thickness Keyhole spacing Bathroom/WC version

1. DIN l.h.,
inward opening Standard doors almost invari- The standard keyhole spacing FSB bathroom furniture fea-
ably feature standardised door for internal backplates is tures a thumbturn (R) on the
outside thicknesses: internal doors 72 mm, for bathroom back- inside and an emergency
36 - 43 mm (7 mm Δ), plates 78 mm and for final exit release with indicator (WC) on
internal doors 36 - 45 mm backplates 92 mm. The the outside. The door can be
(8 mm Δ), entrance doors spacings are measured as unlocked from the outside
inside 66 - 75 mm (10 mm Δ). follows: using an Allen key or coin.
These are the standards FSB The red/white indicator (S) can
spindles are designed to. 1. BB and Chubb: centre of be dispensed with if so desired.
The thickness of older doors follower to centreof key pin. A special-purpose emergency
should be checked and any 2. Profile cylinder: centre of furniture is available for old
2. DIN r.h., discrepancy pointed out when follower to centre of profile people’s homes and nursery
inward opening ordering. cylinder core. schools by item no. 1732
3. Oval cylinder: centre of 0054, cf. page 151.
outside follower to centre of oval
Lock follower cylinder.
4. Round cylinder: centre of
According to DIN lever handles follower to centre of round
inside employ different locking mech- cylinder.
anisms depending on their ap- 5. Emergency release: centre
plication. FSB supplies: of follower to centre of
spindle.
– for internal door locks lever 6. WC: centre of follower to-
3. DIN l.h., handles with 7 mm square centre of spindle.
outward opening spindle 7. Thumbturn: centre of
– for internal door locks lever follower to centre of spindle.
outside handles with 8 mm square
spindle
– for locks in fire safety, smoke
and panic doors lever handles
with 9 mm square spindle
inside – for entrance door locks lever
handles with 10 mm square
spindle Keyholes
4. DIN r.h., In the absence of special in-

outward opening structions, we supply plates
and roses with lever lock key-
outside holes, i.e. BB.
inside
11
FSB’s stance on colour
in architecture
Anyone thinking about hand- century in business, the new

les and door pulls by FSB and identity is a truly humble one
our relationship to colour is and made us something of
bound to be drawn to the co- a loner amongst our rivals.
lour shades in our hardware Since then, though, many a
finishes, and with good rea- copycat in the trade has don-
son too. Be it through the sil- ned our grey mantle for them-
very sheen of stainless steel, selves. Reason enough for us
the satin shimmer of AluGrey, to revive an idea that once
the patina that comes with came to our companion of
bronze or the golden gleam many years, Otl Aicher, but
of brass, our door handles had since been forgotten.
set accents in architecture in Things are going to become a
terms of both their form and bit more colourful at FSB in
colour or else they modestly future. Just exactly what we
merge with their surroun- have in mind can be gleaned
dings. The colours of our pro- from the coloured pages bet-
ducts were an inspiration to ween the various sections in
us in the 1980s as we evol- this Manual.
ved our corporate design – va-
rious shades of grey became
the “colour” of our choice.
Compared with our previous
DuoHandles
HandleDuos 2
A few words up front 14
Handles for a flying city 15
Elemental forms 19
Art history, Greek-Orthodox 23
Guided operation 27
Dot - line - plane 31
13
A few words
up front
A few words up front FSB has A welcome opportunity to cast We invited 16 designer duos to No less impressed than our-
been addressing itself to this a fresh look at the handle pre- give their own very individual selves were members of the
humdrum everyday product, sented itself to us in 2006, answers to our three questions. public who were able to view
one that justifiably strikes most exactly 20 years after top inter- With all due immodesty and the design drafts in an exhibi-
people as being rather low- national architects and de- bias, we have to say that the tion at the “Stilwerk” premises
profile despite their coming signers, amongst them Mario outcome was decidedly positive. in Berlin and to rigorously test
into contact with it more often Botta, Hans Hollein, Peter Of course that was down not them out. The international
than they may be aware, for Eisenman, Dieter Rams, to us but solely to the best de- design and architecture press
well over a century now. You Alessandro Mendini and Shoji signers from Switzerland, Aus- was likewise visibly struck and
guessed it – we’re once again Hayashi, had convened at our tria, the Netherlands, France, poured accolades on our logi-
referring to the door handle, location in the backwoods of Spain, Slovenia, Japan and, cal yet unwonted focus on
that wonderful artefact and eastern Westphalia for the now last but not least, Germany. “both sides of the coin”. We
extension of the human hand. legendary “Door Handle Work- And they all operated as duos. have now selected five handle
At delightfully irregular intervals, shop in Brakel”. So why not Amongst them were married duos for you and admitted
this state of affairs yields initiate another such work- couples, unmarried couples, them to series production. We
books, workshops and exhibi- shop, we thought – this time office partners and a few de- trust you will be inspired to
tions, all driven by the creative with a later generation of top signers whom we asked to heartily take hold of them.
tension existing between hand performers and not in any select a dream counterpart for
and handle. It generally only backwoods but in the old and the project themselves. This all
takes two excuses to get us new metropolis of Berlin. A gave rise to “duo handles” and
focusing our questioning minds fresh topic wasn’t long in pre- “handle duos” of a surprising
on the object of our desire – senting itself either. By analogy breadth (even for us): pairings
those being some mildly plau- with the doors it adorns, there marked by contrast and others
sible reason and a good topic. are clearly two sides to our on common ground, “male”
principal product. Indeed, it is and “female” handles, “soft”
generally bought in pairs, or as organic forms and “hard” hi-
a duo. This led us to ask our- tech models, sculptural works
selves three questions. of art and straightforward means
Firstly: do the two handles on of leverage.
either side of a door really need
to be of identical design?
Secondly: wouldn’t it be a good
idea to arrange for top interna-
tional architects and designers
to give the issue of “handle
duos” some thought? And,
thirdly: wouldn’t there be a case
– a compelling one, in fact –
for getting said luminaries to
address the matter as “duos”?
14
Handles for
a flying city
Mascha Veech-Kosmatschof,
Stuart Veech
Veech Media Architekten, Vienna
www.veech-vma.com
15
DuoHandles
Designs 1201 | 1202
Internal door furniture
1201 | 1743 | 1744 1
1201 | 1731 | 1735 2
Entrance door furniture

1201 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1201 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1201 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1201 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Window handle
3753
Vienna-based American-Russian architect duo

Stuart Veech and Mascha Veech-Kosmatschof
are known for the organic curves and moving
structures they have recourse to when fashioning
spaces, environments and installations. Both
the form and functional options of these entities
recall utopian designs of early Modernism such
as those by Soviet architect Georgi Krutikov,
who designed a flying city made up of floating,
dynamic bodies in the 1920s in which the housing
doubled up as means of locomotion and was
suitably streamlined.
58
132
Design: Mascha Veech-Kosmatschof, Stuart Veech
www.fsb.de/duos
16
1202 | 1743 | 1744 1
1202 | 1731 | 1735 2
Entrance door furniture 2

1202 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1202 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1202 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1202 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Aluminium Window handle

3753
Like their avant-garde paragons from the early

modernist period, both designers thrive on
working at the cusp between reality and virtuality.
It was only logical, then, that their motion-rich
handle duo should be developed with the aid of
leading-edge computer software called “Compu-
tational Fluid Dynamics” that is generally used
to simulate the flow behaviour of liquids and
gases or, indeed, shoals of fish. The software’s
maritime connotations may explain why these
astoundingly haptic aluminium handles resemble
objects polished smooth by the ocean - fluid,
flexible, dynamic and full of organic verve.
58
132
1
1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
without lugs, face fixing 3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
1731 | 1735 subroses with
lugs and through fixing – for
use with German DIN locks,
cf. page 531ff.
17
Window handle
32,5 74
3753
70 43 Aluminium
Window handle with

120 14
click-stop mechanism
lugs with 10 mm Ø
c:c mounting holes 43 mm
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
Technical information page 194

Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
18
Elemental forms
Ivan Reimann
Müller Reimann, Berlin
www.mueller-reimann.de
Gesine Weinmiller
Weinmiller Architekten, Berlin
www.weinmiller.de
19
DuoHandles
Designs 1203 | 1204
1203 | 1428

1203 | 1428 | Knob backplate
on request
Bathroom furniture
1203 | 1428 0084 1
1203 | 1428 0054 2
Window handle
3756
A modern, clean-lined formal

vocabulary is the trademark of
Berlin architects Ivan Reimann
and Gesine Weinmiller. They
champion elemental forms, get
excited about reduction and
eschew the will to over-design.
The handle duo they have come up
with encapsulates this approach:
two angular bodies of stainless
steel sporting elemental geometri-
cal forms give rise to a three-
dimensional pattern whose severe
elegance derives from the visual
interplay of trapeze and rectangle
and of line and plane.
54
135
Design: Ivan Reimann, Gesine Weinmiller
www.fsb.de/duos
20
1204 | 1428
Stainless steel Entrance door furniture 2

on request
Bathroom furniture
1204 | 1428 0084 1
1204 | 1428 0054 2
Window handle
3756
The short shank of one handle

protrudes from the door as an
upright rectangle, that of the other
as a flat rectangle. There is the
same perceptual interplay when
the grip sections are viewed front-
on. While one model presents
itself to the observer flat-on to
high-light the trapezoidal styling
of its shank, its counterpart is a
horizontal block that has seemingly
undergone planar elongation.
Backplates cut from solid material
reinforce the emblematic effect of
these elemental forms.
55
140
1
Plate dimension: 35 × 275 mm 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
21
Window handle
32,5 69
3756
70 43 Stainless steel
Window handle with

125 14
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
22
Art history,
Greek-Orthodox
Petra und Paul Kahlfeldt

Kahlfeldt Architekten, Berlin
www.kahlfeldt-architekten.de
23
DuoHandles
Designs 1206 | 1207
1206 | 1426

on request
Bathroom furniture
1206 | 1426 1284 1
1206 | 1426 1254 2
Window handle In the first of his “Ten Books on

3752 Architecture”, the famous Roman
architect Vitruvius argues that the
Doric column symbolises male
grace and the Ionic column, by
contrast, the slenderness of the
female body. While the Dorica,
unadorned and austere, serves as
an image of loads carried and is
predominantly found in the temples
of male gods, the slender Ionica,
adorned with flowers, foliage and
volutes, is reserved for the shrines
of the goddesses of antiquity.
Berlin-based architect duo Petra
and Paul Kahlfeldt, who are fond
of citing Ancient Greece in their
work, have clearly read their
Vitruvius.
64
139
Design: Petra and Paul Kahlfeldt
www.fsb.de/duos
24
1207 | 1426
Brass

on request
Bathroom furniture
1207 | 1426 1284 1
1207 | 1426 1254 2
They have used the two columns Window handle

as the thematic basis for their 3751
handle duo. “Petra” - as the two
authors have aptly dubbed their
“female” handle - echoes in subtly
abstracted form the slender entasis,
the capital and the characteristic
torus of the Ionic column, whilst
“Paul” embodies the conical form
of the Doric column with its fluting
and echinus. Made of solid poli-
shed brass and adorned with ele-
gantly styled backplates, both
handles are emblematic of a
conceptual approach intent on re-
establishing bonds between mo-
dern design and construction on
the one hand and the treasure of
experience from art history and
the traditions of classical architec-
ture on the other.
64
139
1
Plate dimension: 35 × 195 mm 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
25
Window handles
32,5 78
3751
70 43 Brass
Window handle with

127 14
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
32,5 78
3752
70 43 Brass
Window handle with

127 14
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
26
Guided operation
Martin und Stefanie Naumann

fnp architekten, Stuttgart
www.fischer-naumann.de
27
DuoHandles
Designs 1208 | 1209
1208 | 1743 | 1744 1
1208 | 1731 | 1735 2

1208 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1208 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1208 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1208 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Window handle
3755
Stuttgart architect duo Stefanie and Martin

Naumann set about their remit in a soberly
pragmatic vein: “Resisting the urge to be showy,
we have opted for a very straightforward path
after a long, hard tussle. We have admittedly
risked treading where others have trodden be-
fore, but there’s not necessarily anything wrong
in that.” There’s certainly nothing wrong with
their handle duo, whose archaic simplicity and
purist linearity (“no curvature, no caressing of
the hand, no add-ons”) could be said to consti-
tute the basis for all handle duos. Forming the
point of departure are the varying sequences of
movements involved in operating doors: “Doors
have two sides and each is different.
64
135
Design: Stefanie and Martin Naumann
www.fsb.de/duos
28
1209 | 1743 | 1744 1
1209 | 1731 | 1735 2

1209 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1209 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1209 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1209 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Stainless steel Window handle

Grip Oak 3755
Stainless steel
Grip Makassar
One side comes at you whilst you have to shove

the other one away, on one side you have to use
your own hand as a brake to avoid being squa-
shed against the door reveal whilst on the other
you have to firmly take hold.” The designer duo
have drawn the following formal consequences
from these push/pull constraints: both handles
sport the same basic form but can be told apart
by design details indicative of the different ways
in which handles are taken hold of. The handle
with which a door is pushed open features a
clearly visible “thumb rest”, whilst the handle
used to pull a door open has been given a
“forefinger furrow” - all very much in line with
our Four-Point Guide to Good Grip(pability).
64
135
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
29
Window handle
32,5 78
3755
Grip Oak
Stainless steel
123 14
Grip Makassar
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
30
Dot - line - plane
Maximià Torruella,
Patricio Martinez
Pm,Mt arquitectura, Barcelona
www.pmmtarq.com
31
DuoHandles
Designs 1211 | 1212
1211 | 1743 | 1744 1
1211 | 1731 | 1735 2

1211 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1211 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1211 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1211 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Window handle
3754
The idea informing the design by Spanish archi-

tects Maximià Torruella and Patricio Martinez is
that of a tip-up figure: A quick twist through 90
degrees transforms one handle design - a flat
steel band bent to form a lever - into two different
handles, depending on whether the band is
fitted horizontally or vertically relative to the
shank. Whereas the shank is visible as a steely
cylinder with a circular top in the horizontal
variant, thus very much focusing attention on
the handle’s point of rotation, in its vertical
counterpart the cylinder is concealed by the
steel band and doubles up as a means of
support.
49
152
Design: Patricio Martinez, Maximià Torruella
www.fsb.de/duos
32
1212 | 1743 | 1744 1
1212 | 1731 | 1735 2

1212 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1212 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1212 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1212 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Stainless steel Window handle

3754
The way the designers play with front and top

views really works, and the socket screws merely
serve to heighten the design’s hi-tech appeal.
This very original Spanish handle duo affords
architects great stylistic latitude. In the private
sphere they can use them to indicate the out-
side and inside of a space; in public buildings
with a large number of adjoining doors, the two
models can be fitted alternatingly to create a
rhythmic relief-like pattern that injects vibrancy
into long corridors.
67
152
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
33
Window handle
32,5 63
3754
Window handle with

14
130 click-stop mechanism
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
34
Let our grey
look lovelier!
When an enterprise wishes to with its penchant for grey-

give itself a fresh “lick of ness. Hold on! If colour is
paint”, the graphic artist en- used, it’s got to be done with
charged with the task first le- common sense and reason.
afs through his or her colour So what could be more logical
samples. From Pantone to than to extrapolate said co-
HKS to RAL, the world of colours from the products they
lour invariably has a (not so) grace – as is the case in the
fitting shade for every occa- colouring of our corporate
sion. Just why it is that this identity so familiar to you –
or that colour happens to suit and then go one step further
our (or your) company to a to where they are used, in
greater or lesser degree is so- architecture. But what colour
mething our powers of reason is architecture? That’s a
are very fond of being unable question one of the most ce-
to grasp. It’s a good job taste lebrated architects of Moder-
is such a splendid source of nism may be able to answer
controversy. Also of interest is for us.
the way colour psychology is
enlisted in an attempt to ana-
lyse the issue scientifically.
By that token, FSB ought to
be receiving psychotherapy
Bronze 3
Bronze – the material 38
Overview 40
Lever handles 42
Roses 48
Backplates 49
Roses for framed doors 51
Protection roses 52
Knob handles 54
Doorknobs 54
Knob backplates 56
Window handles 58
Flush pull, Door stops 61
Lever handles 62
for framed doors
Doorknobs for framed doors 64
37
Bronze
The material
Like brass, bronze, is not a na- A metal of a special kind The tradition of bronze The Material
tural product but the upshot of in architecture
human inventiveness. Bronze
is an alloy of copper and tin What, in a very literal sense, By supplying a selection of its We make use of a copper-tin
(hence the expression ‘tin most visibly distinguishes lever handle models in bronze, alloy containing 92 % copper
bronze’, which is still current). bronze is revealed by years of FSB is reviving a tradition that and 8 % tin for our bronze fit-
The specific properties of use. With time, bronze hard- was indefensibly consigned to tings that bears the formula
bronze underpin a great many ware acquires added appeal. oblivion during the heyday of CuSn8 and is registered as
technical developments – both The patina that develops really post-modern architecture. Not material No. 2.1030. This
in the distant past and in the brings out the material’s aes- only is bronze a material that is composition is characterised
hi-tech present. It is with good thetic charm and that of lever intricately tied up with the by its excellent resistance to
reason that an entire period of handles made of it. Polished history of human civilisation, corrosion, great tensile strength
human history is named after bronze fittings darken through but it also excels by virtue of and extreme hardness. The re-
this metal – the Bronze Age. the effects of the atmosphere material qualities and of haptic sistance to wear of this bronze
Copper was man’s only wor- and environment. Patina and visual properties that from makes it a prime candidate
king metal for a very long time should not be thought of as a very early stage led to its for products of daily use that
before the art of alloying being a material blemish. being favoured for the making come in for a lot of rough
various metals was discovered Rather, it bears testimony to of objects, fixtures and fittings treatment.
and hence application options credible ageing and the bene- in architecture – lever and pull
were extended and enhanced. fits of change. It also protects handles included. Bronze
Learning how to combine cop- the surface in a natural way, played a major part in architec- Areas of application
per and tin to form an alloy, somewhat like a coating of ture back in antiquity, in the
bronze, was an achievement sealant. Middle Ages and during the After the years of the stainless
on a par with the feats of Bronze is a material that is Renaissance period. Doors and steel boom and a soberly func-
industrialisation. used as opposed to being used portals on prestigious buildings tional formal vocabulary in ar-
Whereas pure copper is com- up and has been recovered still impressively bear witness chitecture, the desire for a new
paratively soft, the tin in bron- and its constituents recycled to the momentous nature of material with a fresh appearan-
ze lends it great strength and since time immemorial. And this material today. ce is making itself heard more
hardness. Bronze is also very it is not just in facilitating the Many architects cherish the and more. Bronze fittings
resistant to corrosion and we- economical use of resources noble character of bronze – suggest themselves for settings
ar, moreover. These properties that bronze has affinities with and were doing so before it in which lambent shades pre-
revolutionised the making of “wabi-sabi”, the traditional was rediscovered for presti- dominate or nuanced design
objects of daily use, though al- Japanese system of values and gious structures in the new accents are to be set.
so of weapons. aesthetics. Factors such as its Berlin. The German bronze tra- Our bronze range is ideal for
natural ageing process, the dition goes back a long way. In renovation and refurbishment
beauty this gives rise to, its the mid-19th century, Samuel projects, furthermore.
earthy colouring and its warmly Abraham Loevy set up a Wherever traditional architectu-
sensuous emanations imbue bronze foundry of the same re is preserved or re-interpre-
bronze with a quality that lends name and established it as a ted, lever handles in bronze
lever handles made of the makers of “high-quality fittings are a charming reminder of the
material uncommon powers of in gunmetal and yellow metal” past.
adornment. as bronze and brass were origi-
nally referred to. Until it was
expropriated by the National
Socialists in 1939, the S. A.
Loevy company worked for ar-
chitects such as Peter Behrens
or Heinrich Straumer and
supplied hardware, fixtures
and fittings for a great many
award-winning public building
projects.
38
Finishes
It is a fact of nature that, once A final coating of oil at the
fitted, bronze hardware is al- works protects both finishes
ways likely to change colour against the aforementioned ex-
over the course of time or to ternal influences, which would
become darker - depending on discolour untreated bronze
how often it is used or – in the surfaces. The oil used can be
case of outdoor applications in effortlessly removed with a
particular – on the effects of proprietary cleanser and is
the weather. ecologically sound.
7305 The “lifeline” above gives some
idea of the shades achievable.
It depicts polished waxed finis- Corrosion control
hes ranging from non-artificial- 3
ly aged about averagely artifi- On aesthetic grounds, we
cially aged up to the dark pati- would not recommend holding
nated finish. back time artificially. FSB will,
if expressly requested to do so,
It is possible, of course, to in- supply anyone hell bent all the
corporate the process of chan- same on cocking a snook at
ge illustrated by the lifeline in- the forces of nature with
to the architectural concept bronze door levers sporting
7615 itself: fittings with a non-artifi- a lacquer finish. We would,
cially aged finish will change however, emphatically advise
to a greater degree than those against such a choice, since
with an averagely artificially the coating involved detracts
aged finish or even the fittings from the natural patina effect
with patinated finish. typical of the material.
Please address requests of Lacquered bronze fittings lose

this sort to the Commercial their sheen, moreover, as soon
Consultants in our Field as the lacquer is damaged and
Service (cf. Page 578). intercrystalline corrosion sets in.
7625
Polished bronze Surface hygiene
Hardware with finish 7305 is Items of daily and regular use

polished and acquires a subtly are undeniably popular habi-
natural-looking sheen as a tats for bacteria and germs.
result. Surfaces patinate in a This is inevitably also the case
FSB supplies door and window There may be slight colour natural manner in the course with lever handles – especially
hardware in bronze, and the variations between batches of time. in public buildings, where they
attendant accessories, in the where artificially aged bronze are subject to greater use.
following finishes: in particular is concerned. Far Some competitors claim that
from being a quality defect, Artificially aged bronze certain materials kill germs
FSB 7305 this phenomenon is rooted in more effectively than others.
Bronze polished oiled the nature of the material and Hardware with finish 7615 and But in our opinion this only
the chemical ageing process, 7625 is pre-treated adopting a (measurably) holds true under
FSB 7615 which may give rise to slightly special procedure developed laboratory conditions. Whether
Bright patinated oiled varying colour shades depen- by FSB. An immersion bath for a given host material destroys
Bronze ding on the climatic or produc- cupriferous metals imitates the bacteria in 24 hours or in 72
tion conditions involved. Such natural ageing process of the is academic really, since doors
FSB 7625 discrepancies are evened out, material. Artificial ageing yields tend to be in fairly regular use
Dark patinated oiled however, from the moment the a typical bronze patina that is anyway. You would have to
Bronze hardware is subjected to regu- every bit as impressive as its take remedial action every
lar use and a natural patina is counterpart brought about by time a door were negotiated to
formed. environmental influences. eliminate germs altogether.
39
Overview
1015 1023 1045 1102 1106 1163

Pages 42,80 Pages 43, 86, 256 Pages 44, 96 Pages 45, 116, 263 Pages 46, 118, 264 Pages 47, 136
7202 7206 7215 7223 7245 7263

Pages 63, 286 Pages 63, 287 Pages 62,287 Pages 62, 288 Pages 62, 289 Pages 62, 290
0802, 2302 0829, 2329 2346, 2309 0602, 0638 0629, 0609 4211
Pages 54, 171, 175, 272 Pages 55, 172, 176 Pages 54f., 179 Pages 64, 292 Pages 65, 293 Pages 61, 239, 279
1743, 1744 1758, 1757 1410 03 1450 03 1418 03 1451 03

Pages 48, 148, 150, 268 Pages 51, 296 Pages 49, 157 Pages 49, 156 Pages 50, 159, 270 Pages 50, 158, 270
3423 3424 3432 3433 3736 3453

Pages 58, 197, 274 Pages 58, 198 Pages 60, 199, 274 Pages 59, 200 Pages 59, 208, 277 Pages 60, 213
40
New products 09 |10
Aluminium Bronze
AluGrey Brass
Stainless steel Alu + Couleur
6506 .. 6507 .. 6533 37 6534 37 6535 37 6536 6537

Page 386 Page 386 Page 392 Page 392 Page 393 Page 393 Page 394
6669 38
6538 6602 38 6669 99 6681 6683 38 6522, 6524
Page 365 Page 370 Page 386 Page 378 Page 391 Page 358 f.
1970 03 1963 03 1927 03 1964 03 7375 7376

Pages 60, 197 Pages 60, 197 Pages 61, 196, 281 Pages 61, 196, 281 Page 481 Page 480
7000 0004 7000 0347 7000 0348 7395 3246 7396

Page 454 Page 455 Page 455 Pages 56, 493 Pages 55, 492 Pages 57, 490 f.
3808 3810, 3811 3812 4005 3884, 3880

Page 499 Page 504 Page 504 Page 507 Pages 65, 253, 255, 289
41
Product family
Model 1015
1015 | 1743 | 1744 1
1015 | 1731 | 1735 2

1015 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1015 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1015 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1015 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Bronze Lever handle for framed doors

Aluminium 7215 25 8 mm Δ
AluGrey 7615 25 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
Details page 62
Door knob for framed doors

0629 2853 turnable
It is not known who designed the original of 2329 2801 fixed
FSB 1015. We suspect it was hatched by the
wehag company. The version by Johannes
Potente is a very clean-lined lever handle that
assumes a completely fresh identity, both Door knob for framed doors
haptically and visually, in the new bronze 0609 2853 turnable
variant. 2309 2801 fixed
Window handle
3424
Details page 58
54
122
1
Lever design with return, Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
acc. to. EN179: FSB 1045 without lugs, face fixing 3
6 mm Δ
cf. page 44 4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531f.
42
Product family
Model 1023
1023 | 1743 | 1744 1
1023 | 1731 | 1735 2

1023 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1023 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
Bathroom furniture 3
1023 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1023 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

Stainless steel
Brass* Details page 62

0602 2853 turnable
In the 1950s, the Swiss architect, sculptor and 2302 2801 fixed
designer Max Bill got together with Ernst Moeckel
to fashion a door handle for the new Ulm Design
College building that drew on the handles
common on railway carriage doors in Switzerland Door knob for framed doors
and has made design history as the “Ulm handle”. 0638 2853 turnable
FSB 1023 is yet another of our models that ac- 2346 2801 fixed
quires strikingly new visual and haptic properties
in bronze.
Window handle
3423
Details page 58
58
135
1
Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
* Furniture for framed 4
8 mm Δ
2
doors not available in 1731 | 1735 subroses with
brass lugs and through fixing – for
cf. page 531f.
43
Product family
Model 1045
1045 | 1743 | 1744 1
1045 | 1731 | 1735 2

1045 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1045 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1045 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1045 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

Stainless steel
Details page 62

0629 2853 turnable
FSB 1045 is based on the model on the pre- 2329 2801 fixed
vious page, FSB 1015. Given the unceasing use
of the FSB 1015 model in commercial ventures,
we have now supplemented this design with a
return variant conforming to DIN EN 179. Door knob for framed doors
Testing and certification to DIN EN 179 are at 0609 2853 turnable
the preparatory stage. 2309 2801 fixed
Window handle
3424
Details page 58
54
40
132
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531f.
44
Product family
Model 1102
1102 | 1743 | 1744 1
1102 | 1731 | 1735 2

1102 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 02** 1
1102 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06** 2
1102 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1102 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

Stainless steel

0629 2853 turnable
The FSB 1102 model is rooted in a redesign 2329 2801 fixed
venture by Italian designer Alessandro Mendini,
who refashioned the celebrate Gropius lever
handle by using a different material and adding
a groove as one of his submissions to FSB’s Door knob for framed doors
Design Workshop held in 1986. 0609 2853 turnable
Owing to the popularity of this design, we now 2309 2801 fixed
supply FSB 1102 in the four materials listed above
and the corresponding finishes. We would re-
commend using the rugged stainless steel variant
on heavily used doors, indeed that is the version Window handle
shown here. 3432
Details page 60
60
22
127
1
Flush roses cf. page 146f. * Furniture for framed 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
doors not available in without lugs, face fixing 3
6 mm Δ
brass 4
8 mm Δ
2
** Brass: door knob 2302 lugs and through fixing – for
cf. page 531f.
45
Product family
Model 1106
1106 | 1743 | 1744 1
1106 | 1731 | 1735 2

1106 | 1743 | 1744 | 2316 05** 1
1106 | 1731 | 1735 | 2316 06** 2
Bathroom furniture
1106 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1106 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

Stainless steel

0602 2853 turnable
This design by Frankfurt-based architect 2302 2801 fixed
Christoph Mäckler draws on a style of lever handle
popular in the 19th century. At the same time
as the familiar model was formally reworked, the
technical preconditions for its use as an FSB Door knob for framed doors
project fitting were established. The upshot is FSB 0638 2853 turnable
1106. Given the venerable formal vocabulary 2346 2801 fixed
informing the model, we had little choice but to
include it in FSB’s new Bronze Collection.
Window handle
3736
Details page 59
60
119
1
Design: Christoph Mäckler * Furniture for framed 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
doors not available in without lugs, face fixing 3
6 mm Δ
Flush roses cf. page 146f. brass 4
8 mm Δ
2
** Stainless steel and brass: lugs and through fixing – for
door knob 2302 use with German DIN locks,
cf. page 531f.
46
Product family
Model 1163
1163 | 1743 | 1744 1
1163 | 1731 | 1735 2

1163 | 1743 | 1744 | 2333 05 1
1163 | 1731 | 1735 | 2333 06 2
1163 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1163 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

Stainless steel
Details page 62

0629 2853 turnable
The Berlin-based architect Hans Kollhoff devised 2329 2801 fixed
a handle design for his building projects that
consciously incorporates design elements from
the 1930s.
The Kollhoff Collection has now been rounded Door knob for framed doors
off – very pleasingly, we feel – by a version in 0609 2853 turnable
bronze, once commonly referred to as “gun- 2309 2801 fixed
metal” or “red brass”.
Window handle
3433
Details page 59
Window handle
3453
54
Details page 60
125
1
Design: Hans Kollhoff Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531f.
47
Roses
55
1743
subroses with
lugs: 1731
38 Bronze
7
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass
55
1744
subroses with
lugs: 1735
38 Bronze
7
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass
55 55
1744 0084 6 mm Δ
subroses with lugs:
1735 0054, 8 mm Δ
38 38 Bronze
Aluminium
AluGrey
7
30 Stainless steel
Brass
48
Backplates
45 7
1450 03
50 Bronze
21,5 Aluminium
70
185 72
112
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Distance 70 + 72 mm
Ø 10
Concealed fixing
Fixing template 0477

cf. page 578
3
45 7
1410 03
88
Bronze
75,5
Aluminium
21,5 AluGrey
70
92
134,5
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mm
Concealed fixing
Ø 10
cf. page 579
Keyholes Bathroom/WC version
49
Backplates
45 7
1451 03
50 Bronze
21,5 Aluminium
70
185 72
112
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass
Ø 10
Distance 70 + 72 mm
Concealed fixing
45 7
1418 03
88
Bronze
75,5
Aluminium
21,5 AluGrey
245 70
72
Stainless steel
92 134,5 Brass
Concealed fixing
Ø 10
50
Roses for framed doors
Protection roses
32,5 7
1758
Bronze
70 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass
32,5 7
1757 3
Bronze
70 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass
36 15 19
3246
Bronze
26,7
Aluminium
102 70
Alu + Couleur
Stainless steel
Brass
To suit cylinder projections

(CP) from 8 – 15 mm
Integrated safety engineering

demands that the external di-
mensions of an armoured rose
be 11 or 16 mm greater than
its fixing centres. In particular,
this needs to be borne in mind
when ordering a mix of hard-
ware.
51
Protection roses
61,5 62,3 63
7395 1...
Bronze
Aluminium
Alu + Couleur
38 38 38 AluGrey
Stainless steel
12,5 14,5 16,5 Brass

(CP) as per table below:
Dimensions in mm
Ø Height CP Prod. Code
61,5 12,5 6,5 7395 1010
62,3 14,5 8,5 7395 1110
63,0 16,5 10,5 7395 1210
61,5 62,3 63
7395 0...
Bronze
Aluminium
Alu + Couleur
38 38 38 AluGrey
Stainless steel
12,5 14,5 16,5 Brass

(CP) as per table below:
Dimensions in mm
Ø Height CP* Prod. Code
61,5 12,5 12,5 7395 0010
62,3 14,5 14,5 7395 0110
63,0 16,5 16,5 7395 0210
* recommended cylinder
projection ± 1,5 mm
Protection roses 7395 series

are tested and certified acc.
to German DIN 18257 ES 1.
EN 1906 Security class 2

(cf. page 429)
Registration No. 3V06
52
Flush protection roses
60,5
7396 1010
7396 2010
7396 1010 Bronze
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
7396 2010 Brass
38
Protection roses 7396 series
12,5
are tested and certified acc.
to German DIN 18257 ES 1. 3
EN 1906 Security class 2

(cf. page 429)
Registration No. 3V06
7396 1010 It is the distance from the lock jections up to 4.5 mm greater Please request solutions of this
centre to the outside of the and door thicknesses up to kind individually. These options
door as opposed to the door’s 4.5 mm less than with the and a wide variety of available
thickness that ultimately de- 7396 1010 model. Omitting the materials open up the greatest
60,5
termines whether 7396 Series securing disc does not affect possible degree of flexibility as
armoured roses can be flush- the Security Class, moreover – regards design and price to ar-
fitted: said distance needs to both versions accordingly have chitects and fabricators seeking
be at least 33.5 mm in the case an S2 classification under DIN to fulfil bespoke customer aspi-
4,2
of FSB 7396 1010 and a more EN 1906. Since flush fitting rations.
27,5 6
modest 29 mm in the case of has no bearing on the Security
33,5
FSB 7396 2010. The lower Class, armoured roses can of
dimension for 7396 2010 is course also be allowed to pro-
7396 2010 due to the securing disc being ject by a few millimetres or, in-
omitted, making 7396 2010 a deed, they can be “classically”
first-class choice in cases in- surface-mounted, a solution
volving awkward dimensional every bit as visually impressive
60,5
configurations as regards door given the elemental geometry
thickness and lock position: imbuing 7396. Similarly, the
where a door is overly thin or client can dispense with inward
the position of the lock less than flush fixing so as to harmonise
27,5 1,5
ideal, 7396 2010 facilitates the rose with classic hardware
29
compensation of cylinder pro- on all other internal doors.
Further technical information Order details:

for installing flush protection
roses cf. page 448f. – Door thickness
– Version 7396 1010 or 2010
– Material/finish
– Quantity
53
Knob handles
Door knobs
50
0802
Bronze (X = 65 mm)
Aluminium (X = 70 mm)
AluGrey (X = 70 mm)
Stainless steel (X = 66 mm)
Brass (X = 65 mm)
X 8 mm Δ-hole
X
2302 ..
55 50
Bronze (X = 72 mm)
AluGrey (X = 77 mm)
Brass (X = 72 mm)
X 05 Concealed face fixing

06 Concealed through fixing
55 50
c:c screw holes 38 mm
93
2346 06
55 50
Bronze
Aluminium
AluGrey
38 Stainless steel
Concealed through fixing

91
Turnable knob handles are

made and supplied by FSB as
female sections. Knobsets are
created by joining two female
parts together using the
FSB Stabil spindle 0102.
54
Knob handles
Door knobs
Ø
0829
Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)
Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)
AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)
Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)
44 8 mm Δ-hole
52
2329 ..
55 Ø
Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)
05 Concealed face fixing

52 06 Concealed through fixing
55 Ø
93
2309 06
55 50
Bronze
Aluminium
AluGrey
38 Stainless steel

55 c:c screw holes 38 mm
06 05
55
Knob backplates
50
45 51
1963 03
Bronze
70
21,5 Aluminium
185 72
112
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Distance 70 + 72 mm
Concealed fixing
45 51
1970 03
88
Bronze
75,5
Aluminium
21,5 AluGrey
70
92
134,5
Concealed fixing
Keyholes
56
Knob backplates
50
45 X
1964 03
Bronze (X = 72 mm)
21,5 Aluminium (X = 77 mm)
70
185 72
112
AluGrey (X = 77 mm)
Brass (X = 72 mm)
Distance 70 + 72 mm
Concealed fixing

cf. page 578 3
45 X
1927 03
88
Bronze (X = 72 mm)
75,5
21,5 AluGrey (X = 77 mm)
245 70 Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)
72
92 134,5 Brass (X = 72 mm)
Concealed fixing

cf. page 579
Keyholes
57
Window handles
32,5 70
3424
Bronze
70 43
Aluminium
AluGrey
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
To match lever designs

1015 and 1045
32,5 72
3423
70 43 Bronze
Aluminium
AluGrey
123 14
Stainless steel
Brass
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1023
Window handles with standard Technical information page 194

Gütezeichen spindle projection 30 mm
Rastoliven
available ex stock.
Other spindle projections

available on request
58
Window handles
32,5 69
3433
70 43 Bronze
Aluminium
AluGrey
111 14
Stainless steel
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm 3
Design: Hans Kollhoff

32,5 74
3736
70 43 Bronze
Aluminium
106
AluGrey
14
Stainless steel
Brass
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
Design: Christoph Mäckler


Rastoliven
available ex stock.

59
Window handles
32,5 74
3432
70 43 Bronze
Aluminium
AluGrey
114 14
Stainless steel
Brass
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
Design: Alessandro Mendini

32,5
3453
70 43 Bronze
Aluminium
AluGrey
14
Window handle with
69
lugs with 10 mm Ø
106 c:c mounting holes 43 mm
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm


Rastoliven
available ex stock.

60
Flush pull
Door stops
40 11,5
4211
Bronze
Aluminium
120 Stainless steel
Brass
Mill out size in the door

1,5 87 x 28 x 10 mm
Boreholes for 3,0 mm

countersunk screws
3
Flush pull FSB 4211

is available:
– without keyhole
– with lever lock/BB keyhole
– with profile cylinder/PZ
keyhole
Ø 45
3880
Ø 40 Bronze
Aluminium
60
90 Stainless steel
120
02 Length 120 mm
03 Length 90 mm
04 Length 60 mm
70
3884
Bronze
20
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Brass
75
10 3884 10
Black baseplate
As with all architectural hard- Depending on requirements,

ware, door stops will only give it is then possible to choose
satisfaction if correctly fitted and between simple stops, stops
properly used. Before ordering with anti-skew capability, stops
or fabricating, it is necessary with baseplates, directional
to check the weight of the and non-directional stops and,
door leaf, the angle of contact, finally, stops fitted straight into
the height of the bottom of the the floor or those where rawl-
door from the floor and the plugs are used.
quality of the flooring itself.
61
Lever handles
for framed doors
32,5
7202 25 8 mm Δ
70
7602 25 9 mm Δ
Bronze
14
Aluminium
AluGrey
75
Stainless steel
131 Design: Alessandro Mendini
32,5
7206 25 8 mm Δ
70
7606 25 9 mm Δ
Bronze
14
Aluminium
AluGrey
75
Stainless steel
123 Design: Christoph Mäckler
32,5
7215 25 8 mm Δ
70
7615 25 9 mm Δ
Bronze
14
Aluminium
69
AluGrey
Stainless steel
126
32,5
7223 25 8 mm Δ
70
7623 25 9 mm Δ
Bronze
14
Aluminium
AluGrey
72
Stainless steel
139
Lever handles for framed C:C screwholes 50 mm, FSB Mortice locks* for framed * acc. to German DIN standard
doors fixed on oval rose, with for countersunk screws M5 doors with through fixing func-
concealed fixing and support Fixing accessories cf. section tion cf. page 531ff.
mechanism 9b, page 543
8 mm Δ-hole
9 mm Δ-hole for fire and Rose for framed doors:
smoke stop doors* FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
62
Lever handles
for framed doors
32,5
7245 25 8 mm Δ
70
7645 25 9 mm Δ
Bronze
14
Aluminium
69
AluGrey
40 Stainless steel
136
32,5
7263 25 8 mm Δ
3
70
7663 25 9 mm Δ
Bronze
14
Aluminium
69
AluGrey
Stainless steel
127 Design: Hans Kollhoff
8 mm Δ-hole
63
Door knobs for
framed doors
32,5
0602 2853 turnable
70
2302 2801 fixed
Bronze (X = 80 mm)
14
AluGrey (X = 85 mm)
X
50
Turnable version with
8 mm Δ-hole
Fixed version with M12 thread
32,5
0638 2853 turnable
70
2346 2801 fixed
Bronze
14 Aluminium
AluGrey
98 Stainless steel

81 8 mm Δ-hole
C:C screwholes 50 mm, Rose for framed doors: FSB Mortice locks* for framed * acc. to German DIN standard
for countersunk screws M5 FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296 doors with through fixing func-
Fixing accessories cf. section tion cf. page 531ff.
9b, page 543 Protection roses for framed
doors cf. page 51 or 450
64
Door knobs for
framed doors
32,5
0629 2853 turnable
70
2329 2801 fixed
Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)
14
59 AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)
Ø
8 mm Δ-hole
Fixed version with M12 thread 3
32,5
0609 2853 turnable
70
2309 2801 fixed
Bronze
14
Aluminium
61 AluGrey
Stainless steel
81
8 mm Δ-hole
65
The colour scale of
Le Corbusier.
The architect Le Corbusier inspiration in Le Corbusier’s

was wholeheartedly opposed deliberations on colour in ar-
to separating architecture and chitecture and have dovetai-
art. It comes as no surprise, led our own interpretation of
therefore, that his holistic his world of colour into the
approach to built space also corporate design of FSB. Set
extended to how it is fleshed out on the pages between the
out with colour. “Colour in ar- sections are a total of nine
chitecture is just as powerful colours – we kid you not – to
a medium as the plan and go alongside our very own
section. Or rather, polychromy grey.
as a very part of the plan and
section”, is how Le Corbusier
put it after publishing his
“Polychromie architecturale”
colour system. In the present
Manual we would like to in-
vite you to come on a little
trip into the world of the co-
lour scale of the great master
and present to you the new
colour accents in our visual
corporate identity. We found
Lever handles 4a
Aluminium 68
AluGrey 70
Alu + color 71
Stainless steel 72
Overview 74
Product families 76
67
Aluminium
Aluminium is the most com- After machining, the surface is 2. Deep staining of the Aluminium essentially needs
mon metal in the Earth’s crust anodised. This is an electro- oxidised coating no looking after. The surface
(8 %). It occurs widely in feld- chemical process which trans- is protected by natural or arti-
spar, mica, and clay materials forms the surface of the metal Metals and metal compounds ficial anodisation. Marks can
and is mainly extracted from into a given thickness of alu- are electrolytically implanted be removed with water and a
bauxite. minium oxide. into the silvery oxidised layer soft cloth.
Aluminium is a light metal FSB uses the standard GS using an alternating current. Harder materials can gouge
(relative density 2.699 g/cu.m) process to form its anodised This is also known as the two- or abrade an aluminium surface.
with a melting point of 660 de- coatings. GS are the German step method. Non-fade factors The scratches l.h. by rings are
grees Celsius. Its natural co- initials for direct-current range between 7 and 8. a typical example. Though
lour is silvery white. It can be sulphuric acid electrolysis, such blemishes may be a visu-
cast or rolled into virtually any which produces an oxidised al nuisance, they in no way
shape, including foil. layer approx. 10 μm thick. impair the functional proper-
Aluminium is extracted from Coating hardness is between ties of the product. There are
bauxite in two separate stages. 250 and 350 kp/sq.mm (Vik- many users who view the im-
Pure aluminium oxide (alumina) kers), equivalent to 2,500 - pact of time on the objects of
is generated, and this is then 3,500 N/sq.mm. everyday use as an ennobling
broken down into aluminium The silvery oxidised layer process.
and oxygen by a process of can be stained to extend the We would also like to say a
electrolysis in fused cryolite range of possible finishes. FSB clear word on the subject of
solution. makes use of two methods: surface hygiene as it affects
Despite the high energy cost levers, handles and knobs.
of the initial extraction process, 1. Surface and penetrating FSB is not in the game of
aluminium is environmentally staining by immersion and playing one material off
sound. Being a lightweight absorption against another. Whether a gi-
amongst metals, it saves ener- Once colouration is complete, ven surface destroys bacteria
gy when used. It can also be The silvery white anodised alu- the surface is sealed. This in 24 hours or 72 is a bit aca-
fully recycled at a fraction of minium is chemically stained ensures abrasion strength as demic really, since people are
the cost involved in its manu- in organic and inorganic dye well as colour and weather using doors all the time in
facture. solutions. The non-fade factor fastness. practice. You’d have to get out
FSB processes only pure is between 6 and 7. a disinfectant every time a
smelting alloys, as follows: handle were touched if you
wished to eliminate germs al-
together.
AlMg3:
Mat.-No. 3.3541.02
DIN 1725
AlMg1:
Mat.-No. 3.3315
DIN 1725
AlMgSi0,5:
Mat.-No. 3.3206
DIN 1725
68
The finishes
The natural colour of alumi-
nium is natural silver. This is
the obvious choice for anyone
seeking an authentic metal fi-
nish.
FSB aluminium products are

colour classified as follows:
01 FSB 01
Aluminium natural colour
anodised
FSB 02
Aluminium German silver-
colour anodised
FSB 03
Aluminium brass-coloured 4a
anodised
02 FSB 04
Aluminium bronze-coloured
anodised
FSB 07
Aluminium dark bronze colour
anodised
The listed standard colours are

reproduced opposite as accu-
rately as printing technology
will allow, as featured on the
03 FSB 1023 lever handle. To
ensure accurate matching, you
are advised to request a sam-
ple product. Slight colour devi-
ations arising from the manu-
facturing process are inevitable.
04
07
69
AluGrey
The finishes
Those amongst our friends in · The half-life of silicon – i.e.
business who are of a scientific the time it takes for half its
inclination may be curious to atoms to mutate – is no less
know how swapping an alloy’s than 160 years, in the case
constituents can lead to it of magnesium just 21 hours
becoming 50 % harder (giving by contrast.
it a Brinell hardness of approx.
75-80). If so, please note the Pictures often speak louder
comparative analysis of silicon than words, as they say. Which
and magnesium set out below. is why you will find below a
microscopic sectional image of
· Silicon (from the Latin silex = the sturdy structural make-up
A bar of aluminium caused We started by asking ourselves pebble) is a chemical element of AluGrey.
a real stir at the 1855 World what might lie at the root of belonging to the fourth princi-
Exhibition in Paris. This this trend. We concluded that pal group in the periodic fable It can be clearly seen that the
'malleable silver' was admired users were unhappy with the under which metal elements bright aluminium base and the
like a priceless rarity. We now way the material tends to re- are grouped, whereas mag- grey silicon matter both
know that, after oxygen and veal traces of use. Evidently, nesium belongs to the second occupy about 50 per cent of
silicon, aluminium is the third there was no wish to allow principal group, referred to the overall area.
most common element in the door handles to age gracefully, as the alkaline earth group. As the two constituents solidify,
Earth’s crust. It comes from a getting 'wrinkles' and all. the silicon claws its way into
red sedimentary rock first dis- We decided to remedy this · Silicon is extracted from the aluminium in an all-
covered at Les Baux in France alleged drawback in such a quartz and accounts for more pervasive branching action.
and thenceforth known as wonderful material by dabbling than 20 per cent of the con- Those in the know speak of
bauxite ore. in a spot of rejuvenation. stitution of our planet. eutectic mixtures and dendritic
Magnesium, by contrast, is formations here.
When aluminium is first ex- Our research work extended extracted from anhydrous
tracted, it has to be said that over several years and took a magnesium chloride using a We at FSB are convinced that
rather a lot of energy is con- very exciting course. Ultimately, our probings have revived the
sumed. But this is more than we found ourselves on the trail traditional material of aluminium
made up for by the way the of nothing less than the secret and given it the necessary
material performs when it is of the elements that go to make hardness for its new lease of
worked, used and, above all, up aluminium, this means life.
recycled. Almost 95 per cent magnesium, iron, copper, zinc,
less energy is used at the titanium, manganese, nickel The lively grey, crystalline
reprocessing stage than during and silicon. texture of the surface is full of
the initial extraction process. subtle fluctuations, making
And the wonder of aluminium In keeping with standard every piece virtually a one-off
is that it can be reprocessed practice in the industry, in the design. The silvery grey colour
over and over again without past we had used primary achieved through the anodisa-
any of it being lost. aluminium with a relatively tion process imbues fittings
This lightweight amongst high share of magnesium. complex technique known as with a very distinctive character
metals is pleasant to the touch, And, by substituting magne- igneous electrolysis and whilst the material’s enhanced
primarily because it is parti- sium with another material, makes up less than two per hardness significantly improves
cularly good at adapting to this is precisely where we cent of the Earth’s crust. their use value. The metal’s
environmental temperatures. determined to take action. But deeper texturing is externalised
which material was it to be? · Silicon crystallises into a dark in the form of mottling and
In the mid-1990s, we at FSB grey diamond structure that 'pigmentation' effects. The
launched the 'Hard Aluminium' After much testing we opted is hard and brittle. Magne- silvery grey of the hardware
project. We were intent on for the significantly harder sium, by contrast, is a light- creates a charming contrast to
giving the material we had silicon. The outcome vindicated weight silvery metal that is the face of the door.
been using at our company for our decision, since the surface very reactive and ductile.
over 50 years a boost. Whilst of the new alloy had the radiant
aluminium had become grey colouring of quartz. We · Silicon only melts at above
steadily more popular in some were so taken with it that we 1,400° Centigrade, unlike
manufacturing sectors – e.g. changed the project’s title from magnesium, which only
the motor-car, furniture and 'Hard Aluminium' to 'AluGrey'. requires upwards of 500°
luminaire industries – in the Centigrade.
architectural hardware trade
it had been increasingly losing
out to stainless steel.
70
Alu + Color
The finishes
Aluminium + colour Coating processes
Coloured door and window fur- Forming the basis of FSB’s

niture has been making waves coated hardware are cast and
for twenty years now. Against a polished aluminium models
background of featureless con- from the standard range. The
crete, it has often provided the surface is electrolytically oxi-
sole relief. The builders hard- dised and subsequently elec-
ware industry is no longer con- tro-statically powder coated.
ceivable without it. FSB uses a solvent-free lac-
quering process to produce a
colour coating some 80 μm
Standard range thick. Non-fade factor, surface
hardness, and resistance to
FSB regards itself primarily abrasion are roughly as for
as a producer of door and win- anodised aluminium coatings.
dow furniture in metal. Colour- FSB is occasionally asked to
coated fittings constitute but a supply colour coated versions
very small proportion of our of tubular handles in various 4a
business. Nevertheless given a types of steel. The danger
sufficiently sizeable order, we here, especially with ordinary
will be pleased to extend our steel, is that, once the coating
range to individual require- has been breached, the metal
ments. inside will corrode. FSB speci-
fically draws your attention to
this and is compelled to reject
all claims to liability from the
outset.
Assuming FSB colour coated
handles are correctly fixed and
properly treated, they will with-
stand day-to-day use. Surfaces
can be damaged if knocked by
hard angular items such as
rings, keys, or boxes. Such
scratch marks do not impair
Colours the handle’s functioning,
however.
White approx. RAL 9016
Crimson approx. RAL 3002
Black approx. RAL 9005
71
Stainless steel
Stainless steel Chromium-nickel steel, Applications Notes on selection
material No. 1.4301 under
In 1912, the Krupp company DIN 17440 We recommend stainless steel When selecting and ordering
in Essen patented a new mate- for all door and window furni- door and window furniture,
rial that was known in the in- The generic term stainless steel ture subject to heavy use, viz. please read carefully the gene-
ter-war period as 'Nirosta' or embraces over 100 separate in public buildings, office blok- ral material and technical data
'V2a steel'. It was soon adop- rust and acidresistant steels. ks, hospitals, motorway service in this Catalogue. This avoids
ted for applications ranging We manufacture our builders areas, and public parks, at misunderstandings, queries,
from the construction of con- hardware utilizing a chromium- sporting venues, or on ships - and delays.
tainers for the chemical indu- nickel steel classified as materi- wherever large numbers of
stry and components for mo- al 1.4301 under DIN 17440. people regularly congregate A comprehensive 24 page
torcar and aviation design to It contains approx. 18 % chro- and reliable, low-maintenance guide containing information
building materials and dome- mium and 8 % nickel. This fittings are a must. on Stainless steel and it’s
stic appliances. alloy has proved particularly main-tenance is available from
successful in the building the Stainless steel information
industry. Care centre:
Stainless steel furniture basi- Informationsstelle

Properties of stainless steel cally requires no looking after. Edelstahl Rostfrei
Smudges can be removed with P. O. Box 10 22 05
Stainless steel is an excellent a damp cloth. Outdoor fittings 40013 Düsseldorf
material for door and window and those at chlorinated pools Germany
furniture, since its surface is can develop what is known as
extremely resistant to corro- 'flash rust' after a while. This is
sion, knocks, scratches and not generated from within the
abrasion and, owing to the metal itself and can be remo-
chromium and nickel additi- ved by vigorous rubbing.
ves, needs little looking after.
An invisible passive layer
forms on the surface that is
even said to kill bacteria.
72
The finishes
FSB supplies stainless steel Surface Hygiene
door and window furniture
as standard in the following There are those amongst our
finishes: competitors who, citing the
findings of research institutes,
FSB 6204 make much in their brochures
Satin Stainless steel of the enhanced sterilizing pro-
(stock version) perties of certain finishes. FSB
likewise has access to reports
6204 FSB 6205 proving that, for instance, cup-
Mirror polished Stainless steel riferous metals kill germs more
effectively than, in particular,
FSB 6206 synthetic materials. But FSB
Matt Stainless steel sets no great store by such
findings. Whether a given finish
FSB 6210 destroys bacteria in 24 hours
Stainless steel in brass finish or in 72 is academic really,
since in practice, doors tend
to be in fairly regular use any- 4a
The stock satin finish is excee- way. You’d have to take re-
dingly hard-wearing. The op- medial action every time a door
6205 tional mirror polished model is was opened or closed if you
an ecologically sound alternative wished to eliminate germs
to chrome plating. The matt altogether.
model has a very granular
looking grip, though it has to
be said that constant use gra-
dually buffs the matt surface
up. The mirror polished, the
matt and the brass/gold hue
varitans are made to order.
Production time, processing,
and outlay are dependent on
6206 your overall order.
73
Overview
1001 1003 1005 1015 1016 1020

Page 76 Page 77 Page 78 Pages 80, 42 Page 82 Pages 84, 258
1021 1023 1025 1026 1027 1028

Page 85 Pages 86, 43, 259 Page 88 Page 89 Page 90 Pages 91, 260
1029 1034 1035 1045 1051 1057

Page 92 Page 93 Page 94 Pages 96, 44 Page 98 Pages 99, 261
1058 1063 1064 1069 1070 1075

Page 100 Page 101 Page 102 Page 103 Page 104 Page 106
1076 1077 1078 1093 1097 1102

Pages 108, 262 Page 110 Page 112 Page 114 Page 115 Pages 116, 45, 263
74
New products 09 |10
Aluminium Bronze
AluGrey Brass
Stainless steel
1106 1107 1108 1111 1114 1119

Pages 118, 46, 264 Page 120 Page 122 Page 124 Page 125 Page 126
4a
1126 1135 1144 1146 1147 1160

Page 128 Pages 129, 265 Page 130 Pages 131, 266 Pages 132, 267 Page 134
1163 1171 1183 1186 1191

Pages 136, 47 Page 138 Page 139 Page 140 Page 141
1201 | 1202 1203 | 1204 1206 | 1207 1208 | 1209 1211 | 1212
Pages 16+17 Pages 20+21 Pages 24+25 Pages 28+29 Pages 32+33
75
Product family
Model 1001
1001 | 1743 | 1744 1
1001 | 1731 | 1735 2

1001 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1001 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1005 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1005 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Aluminium Lever handle for framed doors

7204 25 8 mm Δ
7604 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 287

Common to elementally geometrical door handles 0629 2853 turnable
is the quest to relate to the door in formal terms. 2329 2801 fixed
The author of FSB 1001 – architect Peter Bastian
– was after more, though: he wanted his handle to Details page 293
be a worthy accoutrement for large and, most
notably, high doors whilst also striving for a well- Door knob for framed doors
nigh doctrinaire degree of geometrical reduc- 0609 2853 turnable
tionism and abstraction. FSB’s production spe- 2309 2801 fixed
cialists went to the limit of what was technically
and economically defensible to ensure his draft Details page 293
was adopted for series production to the very
letter. The upshot is a door lever produced to Window handle
the highest degree of accuracy and having a 3732
square cross-section that offers the hand its
bulky gripping volume with great gravitas.
Details page 207
60
135
1
Design: Peter Bastian Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
1731 | 1735 subroses with Other spacings available on
lugs and through fixing – for request.
cf. page 531ff.
76
Product family
Model 1003
1003 | 1743 | 1744 1
1003 | 1731 | 1735 2

1003 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1003 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1003 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1003 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Aluminium Internal door furniture 4a

AluGrey 1003 | 1450 03
Stainless steel

Lever handle FSB 1003, which has echoes of a 1003 | 1450 03 | 1963 03
miniature door on its side, is decidedly some-
thing of a collector’s item. Johannes Potente
adopted the underlying visual concept and put
it to effect in aluminium and stainless steel.
Bathroom furniture
1003 | 1450 0384 5
1003 | 1450 0354 6
Window handle
3426
Details page 199
Door pull
6599 0036
50
130
Details page 369
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
1731 | 1735 subroses with 5
6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm
lugs and through fixing – for 6
use with German DIN locks, Other spacings available on
cf. page 531ff. request.
77
Product family
Model 1005 Internal door furniture
1005 | 1743 | 1744 1
1005 | 1731 | 1735 2
1005 | 1450 03
1005 | 1410 03
Aluminium 1005 | 1488 03

AluGrey
Stainless steel
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h.

1005 0100
There’s no shortage of wedge- shaped lever
handles around. Virtually every maker features Glass door furniture
a variation on this theme in their repertoire. cf. page 325ff.
This design may originally have been Professor
Burchartz’s. The version by Johannes Potente
is very slender.
Lever handles for framed doors

7205 25 8 mm Δ
7605 25 9 mm Δ
1757
59
128
1
Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses
without lugs, face fixing
2
cf. page 531ff.
78
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture
1005 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1 1005 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1005 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2 1005 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1005 | 1450 03 | 1963 03 1005 | 1450 0384 5

1005 | 1450 0354 6
1005 | 1410 03 | 1970 03 1005 | 1410 0384 5

1005 | 1410 0354 6
1005 | 1488 .. | 1994 .. 1005 | 1488 ..84 5 4a

1005 | 1488 ..54 6
Door knobs for framed doors Window handles

0629 2853 turnable 3425
2329 2801 fixed
Details page 293 Details page 198
0609 2853 turnable 3425 70

2309 2801 fixed Window handle with lock adaptor
1757 3407
Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
Spindles for privacy sets:

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
Other spacings available on
request.
79
Product family
1015 | 1743 | 1744 1
1015 | 1731 | 1735 2
1015 | 1450 03
1015 | 1410 03
Aluminium 1015 | 1488 03*

AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h.

1015 0100
It isn’t known who came up with the basic form
for the FSB 1015 model. We suspect that the Glass door furniture
design was thought up in the 1930s at a com- cf. page 325ff.
pany called wehag.
The version by Johannes Potente is a very
clean-lined affair that is particularly sought after
in the Netherlands, and has been for the past
forty years or more.
7215 25 8 mm Δ
7615 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 287
1757
54
122
1
* Bronze on request
2
cf. page 531ff.
80
1015 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1 1015 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1015 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2 1015 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1015 | 1450 03 | 1963 03 1015 | 1450 0384 5

1015 | 1450 0354 6
1015 | 1410 03 | 1970 03 1015 | 1410 0384 5

1015 | 1410 0354 6
1015 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..* 1015 | 1488 ..84* 5 4a

1015 | 1488 ..54* 6

0629 2853 turnable 3424
2329 2801 fixed
0609 2853 turnable 3424 70

1757 3407
Details page 222

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
81
Product family
1016 | 1743 | 1744 1
1016 | 1731 | 1735 2
1016 | 1450 03
1016 | 1410 03
Aluminium 1016 | 1488 03

AluGrey
Stainless steel
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h.

1016 0100
In its first grey-series manual published in
1990, FSB presented a lever handle dating Glass door furniture
back to the 1920s: the FSB 1076 model has cf. page 325ff.
since become the most-copied lever handle of
the past century. The version shown here, FSB
1016, is a more closed-off counterpart to it.
Furnitures for framed doors

7216 25 8 mm Δ
7616 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 288
21 0629 2853 turnable

2329 2801 fixed
57
50
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable

142,5 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
1
2
cf. page 531ff.
82
1016 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1 1016 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1016 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2 1016 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1016 | 1450 03 | 1963 03 1016 | 1450 0384 5

1016 | 1450 0354 6
1016 | 1410 03 | 1970 03 1016 | 1410 0384 5

1016 | 1410 0354 6
1016 | 1488 .. | 1994 .. 1016 | 1488 ..84* 5 4a

1016 | 1488 ..54* 6
Window handles Door pull

3476 6514
Details page 206
3403
3476 70
Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
83
Product family
Model 1020
1020 | 1743 | 1744 1
1020 | 1731 | 1735 2

1020 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1
1020 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1020 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1020 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Aluminium Internal door furniture

AluGrey 1020 | 1431
Brass*

1020 | 1431 | 1931
The FSB 1020 model is the clearest embodiment
of the “good form” of the 1950s. This is a lever
handle that flourishes by dint of the organic flow
of its moulded-to-the-hand design and because
it somehow looks symmetrical without actually Bathroom furniture
being so. Johannes Potente’s intention with this 1020 | 1431 0084 5
design was to provide a dynamic counterpoint 1020 | 1431 0054 6
to the linearity of doors.
FSB 1020 is one of four models designed by
Johannes Potente that, in the summer of 1998,
were added to the permanent collection at the Window handle
MoMA in New York. 3404
Details page 233
Door pull
6507
78
122
Details page 366
1
Design: Johannes Potente * Sets with roses or back- 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
plates 1418 .. / 1451 .. without lugs, face fixing 3
6 mm Δ
only, cf. page 270 4
8 mm Δ
2
84
Product family
Model 1021
1021 | 1743 | 1744 1
1021 | 1731 | 1735 2

1021 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1021 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1021 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1021 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

AluGrey 1021 | 1410
Stainless steel

1021 | 1410 | 1970
Catalogue No. 6 published by the S. A. Loevy
bronzeware factory in the 1930s includes half a
dozen door fittings by Rachlis, Grenander,
Behrens, Wagenfeld and Paul in which a round
shank is combined with a flat grip section. More Bathroom furniture
recently, in the 1990s, the Spanish designer 1021 | 1410 0084 5
Miguel Milà re-interpreted these elements in the 1021 | 1410 0054 6
FSB 1126 model.
With the model shown here we have modified
Milà’s signature somewhat so as to revert more
closely to the original “Thirties” design elements. Door pull
The third wave of modernism reaches out to 6543
embrace the Bauhaus.
60
Details page 367
137
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
85
Product family
1023 | 1743 | 1744 1
1023 | 1731 | 1735 2
1023 | 1451 03
1023 | 1418 03
Aluminium 1023 | 1483 03*

AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass**
Bronze
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h.

1023 0100
Glass door furniture

cf. page 325ff.
n the 1950s, the Swiss architect, sculptor and

designer Max Bill got together with Ernst Moeckel
to fashion a door handle for the new Ulm Design
College building that drew on the handles com-
mon on railway carriage doors in Switzerland and Furnitures for framed doors
has made design history as the “Ulm handle”.
It was a handle that in turn inspired Johannes 7223 25 8 mm Δ
Potente to produce FSB model 1023, which for 7623 25 9 mm Δ
over thirty years has served as an alternative to
the usual U-shaped models.
Details page 288
0602 2853 turnable

2302 2801 fixed
58
Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable

135
2346 2801 fixed
Details page 292
1
* Bronze on request Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses
** Sets with roses or back- without lugs, face fixing
plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..
2
only, cf. page 270 1731 | 1735 subroses with
cf. page 531ff.
86
1023 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1 1023 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1023 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2 1023 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1023 | 1451 03 | 1964 03 1023 | 1451 0384 5

1023 | 1451 0354 6
1023 | 1418 03 | 1927 03 1023 | 1418 0384 5

1023 | 1418 0354 6
1023 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..* 1023 | 1483 ..84* 5 4a

1023 | 1483 ..54* 6

3423 6605 38
Details page 197
3423 70
3407
Details page 222

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
87
Product family
Model 1025
1025 | 1705 | 1709 1
1025 | 1707 | 1708 2

1025 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1
1025 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1025 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1025 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
Aluminium Glass door furniture

AluGrey 4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h.
Stainless steel 1025 0100
Details page 325ff.
Window handle
3435
FSB 1025 is the key model in the “FSB Feather-
light” product series. Its design terminology is
plain to see. An in-line grip is joined to the point Details page 200
of pivot on the shank. The handle sports a cross-
section in the form of a droplet. With its no-frills Door pull
looks, this is a design that offers its services 6610
humbly and yet elegantly.
What really brings FSB 1025 to life is the way it
appears to capture the light along its edges. The
interaction between light and shade heightens
the handle’s sense of slenderness.
Details page 372
58
133
1
Design: Hartmut Weise Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1705 | 1709 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
88
Product family
Model 1026
1026 | 1705 | 1709 1
1026 | 1707 | 1708 2

r.h. 1026 | 1705 | 1709 | 2326 0405 1
l.h. 1026 | 1705 | 1709 | 2326 0505 1
r.h. 1026 | 1707 | 1708 | 2326 0406 2
l.h. 1026 | 1707 | 1708 | 2326 0506 2
Bathroom furniture
1026 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1026 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
Aluminium Glass door furniture 4a

AluGrey 4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h.
1026 0100
Details page 325ff.
Window handle
3435
Lever handle model FSB 1026 adds a rising
quarter circle to the terminology of the “FSB
Featherlight” range, thus lending it added spatial Details page 200
momentum. The globular-section grip arcs up in
a quarter circle as if reaching out to be held. Door pull
This is a door handle that can be grasped with 6612
the l.h. or right hand with equal ease. The
curvature creates the impression of increased
gripping substance.
Details page 373
66
135
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
89
Product family
Model 1027
1027 | 1743 | 1744 1
1027 | 1731 | 1735 2

1027 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1027 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1027 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1027 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

AluGrey 1027 | 1415
Stainless steel

1027 | 1415 | 1923
The FSB 1027 model is a stock item in the

trade. It is rather disparagingly referred to as
the “shoe horn” model. The underlying design Bathroom furniture
is the brainchild of Professor Max Burchartz. 1027 | 1415 0084 5
The handle lies extremely snugly in the hand 1027 | 1415 0054 6
and unobtrusiveness is its watchword.
The FSB version of the “shoe horn” was de-
signed by Johannes Potente.
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h.
1027 0100
Details page 325ff.
68
123
1
Design: Johannes Potente Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
90
Product family
Model 1028
1028 | 1705 | 1709 1
1028 | 1707 | 1708 2

1028 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1
1028 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1028 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1028 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4

AluGrey 1028 | 1417
Stainless steel
Brass*

1028 | 1417 | 1912
The FSB 1028 design is the most ornate of the

handles in the “FSB Featherlight” range. It is a
variation on the terminology used in the FSB Bathroom furniture
1025 model, yet one that does not neglect the 1028 | 1417 7584 5
ergonomic factor. 1028 | 1417 7554 6
This is a design that catches the eye and is just
as good to hold. The undular styling of the grip
section is both visually striking and a stimulating
experience for the hand. It’s as elegant a silver Window handle
embellishment as you could ever hope to see 3435
on a door and, almost as an afterthought, it also
serves to operate the door.
Details page 200
Door pull
6611
60
135
Details page 372
1
6 mm Δ
* sets with roses or back- 4
8 mm Δ
2
plates 1418 .. / 1451 .. 1707 | 1708 subroses with 5
only, cf. page 270 lugs and through fixing – for 6
91
Product family
Model 1029
1029 | 1705 | 1709 1
1029 | 1707 | 1708 2

r.h. 1029 | 1705 | 1709 | 2326 0405 1
l.h. 1029 | 1705 | 1709 | 2326 0505 1
r.h. 1029 | 1707 | 1708 | 2326 0406 2
l.h. 1029 | 1707 | 1708 | 2326 0506 2
Bathroom furniture
1029 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1029 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4

AluGrey 1029 | 1417

1029 | 1417 | 1912
The FSB 1029 design brings a moulded-to-the-
hand dimension to the “FSB Featherlight” series.
We only apply the term “moulded-to-the-hand”
to models that meet our four Good Grip criteria
to the letter. By using just a few more grams of Bathroom furniture
aluminium, Hartmut Weise has managed to mo- 1029 | 1417 7584 5
dify the teardrop motif in such a way that thumb 1029 | 1417 7554 6
and forefinger are accommodated and the palm
of the hand has ample bulk to grasp hold of.

4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h.
1029 0100
Details page 325ff.
Door pull
6533
67
133
Details page 362
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
92
Product family
Model 1034
1034 | 1743 | 1744 1
1034 | 1731 | 1735 2

1034 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1
1034 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1034 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1034 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

AluGrey 1034 | 1431

1034 | 1431 | 1931
Lever handle model FSB 1034 was the first
major item designed by Johannes Potente. It
dates from 1952. Once the copyright lapsed, it
was imitated by the million throughout the world.
It even had to suffer being remodelled in grey Bathroom furniture
plastic – that was back in the days before plastic 1034 | 1431 0084 5
went technicolor. 1034 | 1431 0054 6
It is a model that unwittingly anticipates the
Four-Point Guide to Good Grip drawn up much
later by Otl Aicher and FSB in that thumb rest,
forefinger furrow, support for the ball of the Internal door furniture
thumb, and gripping substance are all in place. 1034 | 1436

1034 | 1436 | 1943
72
Bathroom furniture
1034 | 1436 0084 5
1034 | 1436 0054 6
128
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
93
Product family
1035 | 1743 | 1744 1
1035 | 1731 | 1735 2
1035 | 1450 03
1035 | 1410 03
Aluminium 1035 | 1488 03

AluGrey
Stainless steel
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h.

1035 0100

cf. page 325ff.
In the autumn of 1996, Düsseldorf-based interior

designer Heike Falkenberg asked FSB to recreate
an old handle design for a renovation job she
was involved in. Using the sketch she submitted,
FSB’s Development unit cut a demonstration Furnitures for framed doors
model out of the FSB 1076 handle.
The prototype looked so good that, together with 7235 25 8 mm Δ
the designer, we spontaneously decided to market 7635 25 9 mm Δ*
our gripping idea. The design was rapturously
received in the marketplace.
0629 2853 turnable

2329 2801 fixed
57
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable

137 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
1
Design: Heike Falkenberg * Only in Stainless steel Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses
2
cf. page 531ff.
94
1035 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1 1035 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1035 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2 1035 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1035 | 1450 03 | 1963 03 1035 | 1450 0384 5

1035 | 1450 0354 6
1035 | 1410 03 | 1970 03 1035 | 1410 0384 5

1035 | 1410 0354 6
1035 | 1488 .. | 1994 .. 1035 | 1488 ..84 5 4a

1035 | 1488 ..54 6

3459 6540
Details page 203
3784
Details page 214
3459 70

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
95
Product family
1045 | 1743 | 1744 1
1045 | 1731 | 1735 2
1045 | 1450 03
1045 | 1410 03
Aluminium 1045 | 1488 03*

AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h.

1045 0100
FSB 1045 is based on FSB model 1015, which
our research suggests was conceived in the 1930s Glass door furniture
at a company called wehag. Given the unceasing cf. page 325ff.
use of the FSB 1015 model in commercial ven-
tures, we have supplemented this design with a
return variant conforming to DIN EN 179.

7245 25 8 mm Δ
7645 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 289
1757
54
40
132
1
* Bronze on request
2
cf. page 531ff.
96
1045 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1 1045 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1045 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2 1045 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1045 | 1450 03 | 1963 03 1045 | 1450 0384 5

1045 | 1450 0354 6
1045 | 1410 03 | 1970 03 1045 | 1410 0384 5

1045 | 1410 0354 6
1045 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..* 1045 | 1488 ..84* 5 4a

1045 | 1488 ..54* 6

0629 2853 turnable 3424
2329 2801 fixed
0609 2853 turnable 3424 70

1757 3407
Details page 222

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
97
Product family
Model 1051
1051 | 1743 | 1744 1
1051 | 1731 | 1735 2

1051 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1
1051 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1051 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1051 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

AluGrey 1051 | 1436

1051 | 1436 | 1943
Lever handle model FSB 1051 has come to
epitomise FSB. It was dubbed the “Schneider
Handle” (the “S” in FSB) virtually from the
moment it came into being in the mid-1950s.
We can only surmise as to why this model be- Bathroom furniture
came Johannes Potente’s supreme creation and 1051 | 1436 0084 5
a market leader in the 1960s. Maybe it’s all down 1051 | 1436 0054 6
to the harmony it exudes and its moulded-to-
the-hand credentials.
Johannes Potente that, in the summer of 1998, Door pull
were added to the permanent collection at the 6506
MoMA in New York
56
131
Details page 356
1
Design: Johannes Potente 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
98
Product family
Model 1057
1057 | 1705 | 1709 1
1057 | 1707 | 1708 2

1057 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1
1057 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1057 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1057 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4

Stainless steel* 1057 | 1431
Brass*

1057 | 1431 | 1931
Lever handle model FSB 1057 is the work of
Munich-based designer Jan Roth. Singularly
unimpressed by the models then on sale, he
decided to design a handle of his own for his
doors. After the first casting, he took the polished Bathroom furniture
unfinished parts home with him and duly fitted 1057 | 1431 0084 5
them to the doors there (which is where they 1057 | 1431 0054 6
can still be found).
The FSB 1057 model by Jan Roth nestles snugly
in the hand and is a handle that women in par-
ticular often tend to fall for on the spot. Door pull
6613
63
Details page 373
127
1
Design: Jan Roth Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1705 | 1709 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
* Sets with roses or back- 4
8 mm Δ
2
plates 1418 .. / 1451 .. 1707 | 1708 subroses with 5
only, cf. page 270 lugs and through fixing – for 6
99
Product family
Model 1058
1058 | 1743 | 1744 1
1058 | 1731 | 1735 2

1058 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1058 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1058 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1058 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

Stainless steel 1058 | 1402

1058 | 1402 | 1966
FSB 1058 was Johannes Potente’s favourite
model. It is not known why, a mere two years
after designing FSB 1051, his supreme creation,
he followed up with this redesign. FSB 1058
conspicuously does away with the triangular Bathroom furniture
styling over the pivotal axis. The upshot is an 1058 | 1402 0084 5
elegant design with a beauty to take hold of. 1058 | 1402 0054 6
were added to the permanent collection at the
MoMA in New York. Door pull
6650
58
Details page 382
129
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
100
Product family
Model 1063
1063 | 1743 | 1744 1
1063 | 1731 | 1735 2

1063 | 1743 | 1744 | 2377 05 1
1063 | 1731 | 1735 | 2377 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1063 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1063 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Internal door furniture 4a

1063 | 1410
AluGrey
1063 | 1410 | 1970
A key design feature in FSB 1063 is the circum-
ferential groove that divides the “handling” section
of the fitting from the “works”, i.e. the shank
and bearing. We have now joined forces with the
Ingenhoven office to systematically extend the Bathroom furniture
concept by adding applications in timber (wenge 1063 | 1410 0084 5
and oak), plastic (dark grey) and Corian® (white, 1063 | 1410 0054 6
red and black). The Corian® grips in particular
have very pleasant haptic properties, the material
being of a very high quality and long-lasting
moreover. Window handle
3763
Details page 209
Door pull
3688
60
20
135
Details page 336
1
Design: Christoph Ingenhoven Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
101
Product family
Model 1064
1064 | 1743 | 1744 1
1064 | 1731 | 1735 2

1064 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1
1064 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1064 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1064 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1064 | 1417
Aluminium

1064 | 1417 | 1912
The design of FSB 1064 was very
much market-driven. A female
admirer of the handle collection
by Nicholas Grimshaw (cf. FSB
1069) tentatively enquired whether Bathroom furniture
his window-handle design could 1064 | 1417 7584 5
be reconceived as lever handle 1064 | 1417 7554 6
hardware on narrow backplates.
It transpired that this was indeed
possible with little technical input.
Nicholas Grimshaw had no option Window handle
but to go along with this rejigging 3469
of his design notions.
Details page 204
62
132
1
Design: Nicholas Grimshaw Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
102
Product family
Model 1069
1069 | 1743 | 1744 1
1069 | 1731 | 1735 2

1069 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1
1069 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1069 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1069 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1069 | 1417

1069 | 1417 | 1912
FSB 1069 is the first spontaneous draft of a
door handle by English architect Nicholas
Grimshaw. “Please press to open”, the grip ap-
pears to be saying. The gripping surface is as
slender front-on as it is broad across the top. Bathroom furniture
The silvery aluminium layer separating the two 1069 | 1417 7584 5
black plastic shells that comprise the grip lends 1069 | 1417 7554 6
the design stability and lightness in one.

4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h.
1069 0100
Details page 325ff.
Window handle
3469
75 Details page 204
140
1
Design: Nicholas Grimshaw Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
103
Product family
1070 | 1743 | 1744 1
1070 | 1731 | 1735 2
1070 | 1451 03
1070 | 1418 03
Aluminium 1070 | 1483 03

AluGrey
Stainless steel
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h.

1070 0100
This is a lever handle design that became “really
famous” during the period of garish colours in Glass door furniture
the 1970s. For many architects at school in those cf. page 325ff.
days this model epitomises the architecture of
the age.

7270 25 8 mm Δ
7670 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 290
20 0602 2853 turnable

2302 2801 fixed
62
55 Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable

2346 2801 fixed
145
Details page 292
1
2
cf. page 531ff.
104
1070 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1 1070 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1070 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2 1070 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1070 | 1451 03 | 1964 03 1070 | 1451 0384 5

1070 | 1451 0354 6
1070 | 1418 03 | 1927 03 1070 | 1418 0384 5

1070 | 1418 0354 6
1070 | 1483 .. | 1996 .. 1070 | 1483 ..84 5 4a

1070 | 1483 ..54 6

3421 6688 00
Details page 197
3421 70
3407
Details page 222

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
105
Product family
1075 | 1743 | 1744 1
1075 | 1731 | 1735 2
1075 | 1451 03
1075 | 1418 03
Aluminium 1075 | 1483 03

AluGrey
Stainless steel
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h.

1075 0100
The 1920s gave rise to three classic lever handles:
the architect Mallet-Stevens mitred two sections Glass door furniture
of tubing together: FSB 1076 – page 108. cf. page 325ff.
Ludwig Wittgenstein bent a brass tube through
90 degrees: FSB 1147 – page 132.
Messrs Gropius and Meyer married an angled
piece of square-section material to a grip that
Alessandro Mendini subtly refined: FSB 1102 –
page 116. Furnitures for framed doors
But we still don’t know today who it was that
picked up a saw and “liberated” FSB 1147 from 7275 25 8 mm Δ
its semicircular tip: the upshot being FSB 1075. 7675 25 9 mm Δ
0602 2853 turnable

2302 2801 fixed
62
Details page 292
20
0638 2853 turnable
2346 2801 fixed
132
Details page 292
1
2
cf. page 531ff.
106
1075 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1 1075 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1075 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2 1075 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1075 | 1451 03 | 1964 03 1075 | 1451 0384 5

1075 | 1451 0354 6
1075 | 1418 03 | 1927 03 1075 | 1418 0384 5

1075 | 1418 0354 6
1075 | 1483 .. | 1996 .. 1075 | 1483 ..84 5 4a

1075 | 1483 ..54 6

3422 6683 38
Details page 203
3407
Details page 222
Details page 391

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
107
Product family
1076 | 1743 | 1744 1
1076 | 1731 | 1735 2
1076 | 1450 03
1076 | 1410 03
Aluminium 1076 | 1488 03

AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass*
4224 42 r.h. | 4224 52 l.h.

1076 0300
The architect Robert Mallet-Stevens (1886 -
1945) designed several residential buildings in Glass door furniture
Paris in the 1920s. It is likely to have been he cf. page 325ff.
who hit upon the idea of splitting a round tube
in two and mitring the ends back together again
at right angles.
The design is now known as the “Frankfurt
model”. There’s a simple reason for this being
so. The handle was rediscovered when the Furnitures for framed doors
Architecture Museum was built and proceeded
to take the market by storm. 7276 25 8 mm Δ
7676 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 290
0629 2853 turnable

2329 2801 fixed
57
Details page 293
21
0609 2853 turnable
137 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
1
* Sets with roses or back- Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses
plates 1418 .. / 1451 .. without lugs, face fixing
only, cf. page 270
2
cf. page 531ff.
108
1076 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1 1076 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1076 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2 1076 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1076 | 1450 03 | 1963 03 1076 | 1450 0384 5

1076 | 1450 0354 6
1076 | 1410 03 | 1970 03 1076 | 1410 0384 5

1076 | 1410 0354 6
1076 | 1488 .. | 1994 .. 1076 | 1488 ..84 5 4a

1076 | 1488 ..54 6

3476 6669 38
Details page 206
3403
3476 70
Details page 221

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
109
Product family
1077 | 1743 | 1744 1
1077 | 1731 | 1735 2
1077 | 1450 03
1077 | 1410 03
1077 | 1488 03
Aluminium
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h.
1077 0100
The idea behind the FSB 1077 lever handle
series was to give architects and end-users an Glass door furniture
opportunity to have a say in the choice of grip cf. page 325ff.
section for their door handles.
The FSB range provides for the following combi-

nations:
– angled section and roses silver anodised
aluminium, grip stainless steel Furnitures for framed doors
– angled section and roses silver anodised
aluminium, grip black plastic 7277 25 8 mm Δ
7677 25 9 mm Δ
0629 2853 turnable

2329 2801 fixed
61
Details page 293
22
0609 2853 turnable
2309 2801 fixed
137
Details page 293
1
2
cf. page 531ff.
110
1077 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1 1077 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1077 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2 1077 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1077 | 1450 03 | 1963 03 1077 | 1450 0384 5

1077 | 1450 0354 6
1077 | 1410 03 | 1970 03 1077 | 1410 0384 5

1077 | 1410 0354 6
1077 | 1488 .. | 1994 .. 1077 | 1488 ..84 5 4a

1077 | 1488 ..54 6

3477 6541
Details page 206
3477 70
Details page 221
3407

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
111
Product family
1078 | 1743 | 1744 1
1078 | 1731 | 1735 2
1078 | 1450 03
1078 | 1410 03
Aluminium 1078 | 1488 03

AluGrey
Stainless steel
FSB 1078 was created at the instigation of 4224 42 r.h. | 4224 52 l.h.
Christoph Ingenhoven, who was thrilled by the 1078 0300
material AluGrey as soon as he set eyes on it
and was of the opinion that this innovative ma- Glass door furniture
terial development ought also to find expression cf. page 325ff.
in a new – “classic” – lever handle design.
Acting as role model was that quintessential
“classic”, FSB 1076, which was subjected to a
complete re-interpretation as regards both the
mitring and the grip section.
What’s so especially pleasing about this model Furnitures for framed doors
is the formal transition from the round shank to
a grip section that is very narrow at the top and 7278 25 8 mm Δ
bottom. 7678 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 291
0629 2853 turnable

2329 2801 fixed
60
Details page 293
20
0609 2853 turnable
2309 2801 fixed
135
Details page 293
1
Design: Christoph Ingenhoven Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses
2
cf. page 531ff.
112
1078 | 1743 | 1744 | 2377 05 1 1078 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1078 | 1731 | 1735 | 2377 06 2 1078 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1078 | 1450 03 | Knob backplates 1078 | 1450 0384 5

on request 1078 | 1450 0354 6
1078 | 1410 03 | Knob backplates 1078 | 1410 0384 5

on request 1078 | 1410 0354 6
1078 | 1488 .. | 1994 .. 1078 | 1488 ..84 5

1078 | 1488 ..54 6

3778 3688
Details page 209
3778 70
3407
Details page 222

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
113
Product family
Model 1093
1093 | 1743 | 1744 1
1093 | 1731 | 1735 2

1093 | 1743 | 1744 | 2368 05 1
1093 | 1731 | 1735 | 2368 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1093 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1093 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

AluGrey 4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h.
Stainless steel 1093 0100
Details page 325ff.
Window handle
3468
Helmut Jahn and Yorgo Lykouria came to lever

handle design without any preconceptions what- Details page 204
soever: they freed their minds of the constraints
of industrial production processes, which were Lever handle for framed doors
characteristic of the tubular designs of Modernism 7293 25 8 mm Δ
in particular, and looked out for a form that, whilst 7693 25 9 mm Δ
it can be produced by machines, ergonomically
corresponds to human gripping needs in a Details page 291
special way. The upshot is a formally distinctive
lever handle re-interpretation that is a genuine Rose for framed doors
innovation of the moulded-to-the-hand concept. 1757
57
137
1
Design: Jahn/Lykouria Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
114
Product family
Model 1097
1097 | 1743 | 1744 1
1097 | 1731 | 1735 2

1097 | 1415

1097 | 1418
Aluminium Bathroom furniture 4a

AluGrey 1097 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1097 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Bathroom furniture
1097 | 1415 0084 5
1097 | 1415 0054 6
The lever handle designed by architect duo
Behles/Jochimsen was essentially already di-
scernible at the conceptualisation phase, when it
was decided to divide lever handles into two types, Bathroom furniture
“bent ones” in which the grip section “goes 1097 | 1418 0084 5
round the bend” and “organically transformed 1097 | 1418 0054 6
ones” in which the grip “grows out” of the
shank. Drawing on a formal combination of and
restriction to the elements “line” and “circle”, a
form was arrived at that is perceived as being at Lever handle for framed doors
once new and yet somehow familiar – and is 7297 25 8 mm Δ
something of a tactile delight. 7697 25 9 mm Δ
Window handle
3797
57
Details page 211
Window handle
120 3798
Details page 211
1
Design: Behles&Jochimsen Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
115
Product family
1102 | 1743 | 1744 1
1102 | 1731 | 1735 2
1102 | 1450 03
1102 | 1410 03
Aluminium 4224 42 r.h. | 4224 52 l.h.

AluGrey 1102 0300
Stainless steel
Brass* Glass door furniture
Bronze cf. page 325ff.
The FSB 1102 model is rooted in a redesign

a groove as one of his submissions to FSB’s
Design Workshop held in 1986.
Owing to the popularity of this design, we now
supply FSB 1102 in the four materials listed
above and the corresponding finishes. We would Lever handles for framed doors
recommend using the rugged stainless steel va-
riant on heavily used doors, indeed that is the 7202 25 8 mm Δ
version shown here. 7602 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 286
0629 2853 turnable

2329 2801 fixed
60
Details page 293
22
0609 2853 turnable
2309 2801 fixed
127
Details page 293
1
Design: Alessandro Mendini * Sets with roses or back- Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses
only, cf. page 270
2
cf. page 531ff.
116
1102 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1 1102 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1102 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2 1102 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1102 | 1450 03 | 1963 03 1102 | 1450 0384 5

1102 | 1450 0354 6
1102 | 1410 03 | 1970 03 1102 | 1410 0384 5

1102 | 1410 0354 6
4a

3432 6546
Details page 199
3407

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
117
Product family
1106 | 1743 | 1744 1
1106 | 1731 | 1735 2
1106 | 1451 03
1106 | 1418 03
Aluminium 1106 | 1483 03*

AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass**
Bronze
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h.

1106 0100
Materials always figure centrally for Frankfurt-
based architect Prof. Christoph Mäckler. It came Glass door furniture
as no surprise, therefore, that he earmarked FSB’s cf. page 325ff.
new “AluGrey” material for his lever handle collec-
tion. Reworking the form and size of the lever
handle simultaneously gave it the technical
wherewithal for application as heavy-duty hard-
ware fitted with FSB’s AGL compensating bearing
or in a fire safety variant. Lever handle 1106 Lever handles for framed doors
was the result.
7206 25 8 mm Δ
7606 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 287
1757
60
119
1
Design: Christoph Mäckler * Bronze on request Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses
** Sets with roses or back- without lugs, face fixing
plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..
2
only, cf. page 270 1731 | 1735 subroses with
cf. page 531ff.
118
1106 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1 1106 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1106 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2 1106 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1106 | 1451 03 | 1964 03 1106 | 1451 0384 5

1106 | 1451 0354 6
1106 | 1418 03 | 1927 03 1106 | 1418 0384 5

1106 | 1418 0354 6
1106 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..* 1106 | 1483 ..84* 5 4a

1106 | 1483 ..54* 6

0602 2853 turnable 3736
2302 2801 fixed
0638 2853 turnable 3407

2346 2801 fixed Window handle lock adaptor
1757

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
119
Product family
1107 | 1705 | 1709 1
1107 | 1707 | 1708 2
1107 | 1451 03
1107 | 1418 03
Aluminium 1107 | 1483 03

AluGrey
Stainless steel
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h.

1107 0100

cf. page 325ff.
FSB 1107 is related to FSB 1108. FSB’s in-

house designer Hartmut Weise has imbued his
“Brakel Lightweight” with the curve of a door in
motion.
7240 25 8 mm Δ
7640 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 288
0602 2853 turnable

2302 2801 fixed
58
Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable

136
2346 2801 fixed
Details page 292
1
Design: Hartmut Weise Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1705 | 1709 subroses
2
cf. page 531ff.
120
1107 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1 1107 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1107 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2 1107 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
1107 | 1451 03 | 1964 03 1107 | 1451 0384 5

1107 | 1451 0354 6
1107 | 1418 03 | 1927 03 1107 | 1418 0384 5

1107 | 1418 0354 6
1107 | 1483 .. | 1996 .. 1107 | 1483 ..84 5 4a

1107 | 1483 ..54 6
Window handles Door pulls

3440 6536 | 6537
Details page 201
3440 70
Details page 221 Details pages 363 and 364
3407
Details page 222

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
121
Product family
1108 | 1705 | 1709 1
1108 | 1707 | 1708 2
1108 | 1451 03
1108 | 1418 03
Aluminium 1108 | 1483 03

AluGrey
Stainless steel
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h.

1108 0100

cf. page 325ff.
FSB’s in-house designer Hartmut Weise was

wondering what it is that gives the “Frankfurt
Model” (FSB 1076) and “Wittgenstein’s Handle”
models their particular appeal. At some point he
jotted down the words “unpretentious presence”. Furnitures for framed doors
He then determined to offer the market a sober
design that was at the very least on a par with 7242 25 8 mm Δ
them. The upshot was FSB 1108 – a round 7642 25 9 mm Δ
tube coupled with a mitred grip of oval section.
The “Brakel Model”?
Details page 289
0602 2853 turnable

2302 2801 fixed
56
Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable

135 2346 2801 fixed
Details page 292
1
2
cf. page 531ff.
122
1108 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1 1108 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1108 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2 1108 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
1108 | 1451 03 | 1964 03 1108 | 1451 0384 5

1108 | 1451 0354 6
1108 | 1418 03 | 1927 03 1108 | 1418 0384 5

1108 | 1418 0354 6
1108 | 1483 .. | 1996 .. 1108 | 1483 ..84 5 4a

1108 | 1483 ..54 6
Window handles Door pulls

3409 6535 | 6538
Details page 196
3409 70
Details page 221 Details page 363 and 365
3407
Details page 222

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
123
Product family
Model 1111
1111 | 1705 | 1709 1
1111 | 1707 | 1708 2

r.h. 1111 | 1707 | 1708 | 2339 0406
l.h 1111 | 1707 | 1708 | 2339 0506
Bathroom furniture
r.h. 1111 | 1705 | 1709 4384 1, 3
l.h. 1111 | 1705 | 1709 5384 1, 3
r.h. 1111 | 1707 | 1708 4354 2, 4
l.h. 1111 | 1707 | 1708 5354 2, 4
Aluminium Window handle

3439
Details page 201
Door pull
3684
Whereas the PS1 series (FSB 1191) is now a
“classic”, when it came to the PS2 series we
lost heart after making the first prototypes. What
went wrong?
PS2 consisted of an aluminium core onto which
a transparent coating of coloured plastic was
sprayed. At some point, we began thinking
about how we were to recycle this composite
product – this led to our deciding in favour of Details page 336
the environment and developing FSB 1111 in a
“new” guise.
56
135
1
Design: Philippe Starck Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1705 | 1709 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
124
Product family
Model 1114
1114 | 1743 | 1744 1
1114 | 1731 | 1735 2

1114 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1114 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1114 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1114 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Stainless steel Internal door furniture 4a

1114 | 1402

1114 | 1402 | 1966
Richard Rogers tasked his colleague Laurence
Abbott and a team spearheaded by Florian
Fischötter with developing a lever handle design
as part of an unfussy, elegant hardware collection
in stainless steel whose individual constituents Bathroom furniture
are immediately discernible to the human eye. 1114 | 1402 0084 5
This objective was achieved in the form of door 1114 | 1402 0054 6
handle model FSB 1114.
A stainless steel bar hovers airily above a shank
to which it is connected by means of a rugged
shackle. Glass door furniture
4224 41 r.h. | 4224 51 l.h.
1114 0300
Details page 325ff.
Door pull
6501 38
50
16
145
Details page 354
1
Design: Richard Rogers Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
125
Product family
1119 | 1743 | 1744 1
1119 | 1731 | 1735 2
1119 | 1451 03
1119 | 1418 03
Aluminium 1119 | 1483 03

AluGrey
Stainless steel
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h.

1119 01..
FSB 1119 incorporates insights gained by FSB
in co-operation with the Fraunhofer Institute Glass door furniture
during scientific analyses on the design of a cf. page 325ff.
lever handle for large-leaf doors in hospitals
(FSB 7655, cf. Page 326). Whereas the utmost
importance was given to the rigorous implemen-
tation of ergonomic parameters when putting
FSB 7655 to effect, in the case of FSB 1119
considerations of style predominated. Responsible Furnitures for framed doors
for fashioning this elegant alternative to the usual
tubular products is FSB’s in-house designer 7219 25.. 8 mm Δ
Hartmut Weise. 7619 25.. 9 mm Δ
Details page 288
0602 2853 turnable

2302 2801 fixed
62
54 Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable

2346 2801 fixed
149
Details page 292
1
2
cf. page 531ff.
126
1119 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1 1119 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1119 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2 1119 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1119 | 1451 03 | 1964 03 1119 | 1451 0384 5

1119 | 1451 0354 6
1119 | 1418 03 | 1927 03 1119 | 1418 0384 5

1119 | 1418 0354 6
1119 | 1483 .. | 1996 .. 1119 | 1483 ..84 5 4a

1119 | 1483 ..54 6

3440 6682
Details page 201
3440 70
3407
Details page 222

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
127
Product family
Model 1126
1126 | 1743 | 1744 1
1126 | 1731 | 1735 2

1126 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1126 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1126 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1126 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Stainless steel Internal door furniture

1126 | 1415

1126 | 1415 | 1923
When the Spanish designer Miguel Milá suggest
that we turn flat steel hoop into a gently arching
lever handle, we initially though he was resur-
recting an old form familiar from the work of the
likes of Wilhelm Wagenfeld and his followers. Bathroom furniture
But our research was to reveal that, by grace of 1126 | 1415 0084 5
its organic curvature, Miguel Milá’s stainless 1126 | 1415 0054 6
steel handle boasted hitherto unknown formal
properties.
Door pull
6543 40
60
Details page 367
20
130
1
Design: Miguel Milá Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
128
Product family
Model 1135
1135 | 1425

1135 | 1425 | 1925
Bathroom furniture
1135 | 1425 7584 1
1135 | 1425 7554 2
Aluminium Window handle 4a

AluGrey 3735
Stainless steel
Brass
Details page 207
What makes this lever handle so appealing is its

traditional formal vocabulary. Add the emphatically
technical visuals of its backplate and you have a
no-frills design solution for any door.
Also available is FSB 1106, a slightly larger version
with AluGrey roses.
58
107
Design: Christoph Mäckler Spindles for privacy sets:

1
2
129
Product family
Model 1144
1144 | 1743 | 1744 1
1144 | 1731 | 1735 2

1144 | 1743 | 1744 | 2374 05 1
1144 | 1731 | 1735 | 2374 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1144 | 1743 | 1744 6084 1, 3
1144 | 1731 | 1735 6054 2, 4

AluGrey 4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1144
Stainless steel 0100
Details page 325ff.
Lever handle for framed doors

7244 25 8 mm Δ
The form of lever handle FSB 1144 is graced by 7644 25 9 mm Δ
being just as pleasing to the eye as to the hand.
Designer Jasper Morrison lets our eyes know that Details page 289
this door handle is a hand tool for operating
doors. Said eyes promptly relax and a hand takes Window handle
over: the thumb falls into place, the forefinger 3444
finds its furrow; the hand makes to grip and finds
plenty to grip hold of.
This is precisely what the Four-Point Guide to Details page 202
Good Grip drawn up by Otl Aicher and ourselves
demands. Door pull
6534
63
Details page 362
131
1
Design: Jasper Morrison Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
130
Product family
Model 1146
1146 | 1743 | 1744 1
1146 | 1731 | 1735 2

1146 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1146 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1146 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1146 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

AluGrey 1146 | 1451 03
Stainless steel
Brass

1146 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
In the early 1990s, FSB felt the time had come
to give the plain round styling of the stable-door
handle a going over. The shank was conically
extended and a semicircular tip was added to
the bent end; two subtle little changes that have Bathroom furniture
given the revamped FSB 1146 model a character 1146 | 1451 0384 5
all of its own. Inevitably, the inevitable happened 1146 | 1451 0354 6
and this model, too, has suffered no end of imi-
tations.
Window handle
3446
Details page 202
20 Door pull
6662 38
62
52
142
Details page 385
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
131
Product family
1147 | 1743 | 1744 1
1147 | 1731 | 1735 2
1147 | 1451 03
1147 | 1418 03
Aluminium 1147 | 1483 03

AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass*
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h.

1147 0100
The FSB logo echoes a lever handle designed
by the Austrian philosopher Ludwig Wittgenstein Glass door furniture
in the mid-1920s in Vienna. This is the original cf. page 325ff.
upon which all similar lever handle forms are
based. By adding a conical shank and spherical
tip we aimed to set ourselves apart from the
many other variants of this lever handle on the
market – and, of course, to render our corporate
logo “grippable” in the truest sense of the word. Furnitures for framed doors
7247 25 8 mm Δ
7647 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 290
0602 2853 turnable

2302 2801 fixed
62
Details page 292
20
0638 2853 turnable
2346 2801 fixed
132
Details page 292
1
* Sets with roses or back- Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses
only, cf. page 270
2
cf. page 531ff.
132
1147 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1 1147 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1147 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2 1147 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1147 | 1451 03 | 1964 03 1147 | 1451 0384 5

1147 | 1451 0354 6
1147 | 1418 03 | 1927 03 1147 | 1418 0384 5

1147 | 1418 0354 6
1147 | 1483 .. | 1996 .. 1147 | 1483 ..84 5 4a

1147 | 1483 ..54 6

3447 6602 38
Details page 203
3407

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
133
Product family
1160 | 1705 | 1709 1
1160 | 1707 | 1708 2
1160 | 1451 03
1160 | 1418 03
Aluminium 1160 | 1483 0310

AluGrey
Stainless steel
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h.

1160 0100
Works design FSB 1160 recreates the “dynamic
golden growth spiral” in the form of a round Glass door furniture
cross-section, with the lever handle likewise cf. page 325ff.
tapering from the shank to the end of the handle
in conformance with the rules of the golden
section. This narrowing heightens the momentum
of the natural curve. The design is restrained,
good to hold and features direction-of-motion
styling. Lever handles for framed doors
7210 25 8 mm Δ
7610 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 287
1757
65 60
150
1
2
cf. page 531ff.
134
1160 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1 1160 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1160 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2 1160 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
1160 | 1451 03 | 1964 03 1160 | 1451 0384 5

1160 | 1451 0354 6
1160 | 1418 03 | 1927 03 1160 | 1418 0384 5

1160 | 1418 0354 6
1160 | 1483 ..10 | 1996 ..10 1160 | 1483 ..84 5 4a

1160 | 1483 ..54 6

0602 2853 turnable 3410
2302 2801 fixed
0638 2853 turnable 3410 70

1757 3407
Details page 222

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
135
Product family
1163 | 1743 | 1744 1
1163 | 1731 | 1735 2
1163 | 1450 03
1163 | 1410 03
Aluminium 1163 | 1488 03*

AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h.

1163 0100

cf. page 325ff.
Berlin-based architect Hans Kollhoff devised a

handle design for his projects that consciously
absorbs design elements from the 1930s. His
uncluttered door handles, window handles and
window fasteners have been adopted as authentic Furnitures for framed doors
interpretations by the market. This particular
lever handle derives special quality and authen- 7263 25 8 mm Δ
ticity from the material bronze, most notably in 7663 25 9 mm Δ
the artificially aged variant shown on page 51.
Details page 290
0629 2853 turnable

2329 2801 fixed
54
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable

125 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
1
Design: Hans Kollhoff * Bronze on request 1743 | 1744 subroses
2
cf. page 531ff.
136
1163 | 1731 | 1735 | 2333 06 1163 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1163 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1163 | 1450 03 | Bouton sur pla- 1163 | 1450 0384 5

que on request 1163 | 1450 0354 6
1163 | 1410 03 | Bouton sur pla- 1163 | 1410 0384 5

que on request 1163 | 1410 0354 6
1163 | 1488 .. | Bouton sur plaque 1163 | 1488 ..84* 5 4a

on request* 1163 | 1488 ..54* 6

3433 6540
Details page 200
3453
Details page 213
3433 70

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
5
6
request.
137
Product family
Model 1171
1171 | 1743 | 1744 1
1171 | 1731 | 1735 2

1171 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1171 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1171 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1171 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

AluGrey 1171 | 1402
Stainless steel

1171 | 1402 | 1966
FSB lever handle 1171 owes its existence to a
“crazy notion” hatched in FSB’s tool-making
shop. Back in the 1930s and 1940s, FSB had
made a lever handle that entered design history
as the “nickel-horn handle”. It combined nickel Bathroom furniture
plating with a black horn grip. 1171 | 1402 0084 5
It was in 1992 that FSB’s toolmakers set about 1171 | 1402 0054 6
recreating this classic design in tubular stainless
steel using leading-edge technology. Their efforts
led to a highly marketable design in modern
materials. Window handle
3471
Details page 205
Door pull
6681
60
21
133
Details page 378
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
138
Product family
Model 1183
1183 | 1743 | 1744* 1
1183 | 1731 | 1735* 2

1183 | 1731 | 1735 | 2383 06
Bathroom furniture
1183 | 1743 | 1744 0084* 1, 3
1183 | 1731 | 1735 0054* 2, 4
Aluminium Lever handle for framed doors 4a

Stainless steel 0683 11 8 mm Δ*
0683 12 9 mm Δ*
Details page 286

2383 2801* fixed
Hadi Teherani breaks with traditional thinking in
FSB 1183. We are all familiar with the “Wittgen-
stein solution” in which a standard lever handle
is paired with a contrasting – cranked – design
on the slamming face. Hadi Teherani has radically Window handle
reduced the diversity of such handle models: he 3783
delivers the function of the cranked lever handle
model - averting the danger of fingers getting
caught in the slamming area of frame doors – Details page 210
by shifting the handle’s point of rotation leftwards.
Hadi Teherani’s emergency exit model sports a Door pull
similarly radical return to the door: he simply 6599 0036
takes a third of the grip section and attaches it
to same at right angles.
48
Details page 369
161
1
Design: Hadi Teherani Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
* Suitable for backsets 4
8 mm Δ
2
bigger than 40 mm 1731 | 1735 subroses with 5
139
Product family
Model 1186
1186 | 1743 | 1744* 1
1186 | 1731 | 1735* 2

1186 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1186 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1186 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1186 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1186 | 1450 03
Stainless steel

“The famous phrase ‘form follows function’ is all 1186 | 1450 03 | 1963 03
well and good”, says Perrault. “Form that follows
function is of course clear, effective and eco-
nomical. But that isn’t enough.” With regard to
FSB 1186, there’s nothing more one can add to
that. Dominique Perrault and Gaëlle Lauriot- Bathroom furniture
Prévost have superimposed lever-handle icon 1186 | 1450 0384 5
FSB 1147, an archetypal design going back to 1186 | 1450 0354* 6
Ludwig Wittgenstein, with austere fluting that
clearly identifies the grip section for what it is.

1186 | 1410 03

1186 | 1410 03 | 1970 03
63
23
Bathroom furniture
1186 | 1410 0384 5
145 1186 | 1410 0354* 6
1
Design: Gaëlle Lauriot-Prévost Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
Dominique Perrault without lugs, face fixing 3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
140
Product family
Model 1191
1191 | 1491

1191 | 1491 | 1991 43 r.h.
1191 | 1491 | 1991 53 l.h.
Bathroom furniture
1191 | 1491 4354 droite 2
1191 | 1491 5354 gauche 2
1191 | 1491 4384 droite 1
1191 | 1491 5384 gauche 1
Window handle 4a
3439
Aluminium Details page 201
Looking at this lever handle design, it could be 39,5

argued tongue-in-cheek that Philippe Starck 21,5
47
was seeking to consign our entire sector to the
bullring. Strangely enough, however, when the
72
horns are fastened to their backplates they mu- 185
112
tate into door handles as fit for function as any
you could wish for: Matt silver colour backplate,
mirror-finish handle. Both in premium-quality
aluminium. 70
106
48
68
146
Design: Philippe Starck Spindles for privacy sets:

1
2
141
Roses
Backplates 4b
Technical information 144
Overview 145
Flush roses 146
Roses 148
Roses with spring mechanism 149
Indicating furniture 150
WC furnitures for 151

special requirements
Cut backplates + roses 152
Backplates 156
Square backplates 164
143
Roses
Backplates
Opening a door involves two
key forces, pushing and then
pulling. Both forces have a cu-
mulative effect and need to be
carefully counteracted if a
door handle set is to remain in 1 2 3
good working order over the
years. Backplates and roses
fulfil this function, which is
why it is so important that they
are properly fitted.
All plates and roses supplied 4 5+6 7 Standard short backplates Standard backplates with vi-
by FSB feature a 7 mm plain with visible screws sible screws
bearing made of indestructible
black GFR plastics. Backplates 1. BB and Chubb: centre of Standard short backplates with Standard backplates with
and roses are additionally fit- follower to centreof key pin. visible screws feature two visible screws incorporate a
ted with rugged support lugs 2. Profile cylinder: centre of support lugs in the area GFR plastics bearing.
in the same material. follower to centre of profile beneath the handle bearing. Screw holes are designed for
cylinder core. Screw holes are designed for 3.9 mm countersunk screws.
Lever handle sets and their ac- 3. Oval cylinder: centre of 3.9 mm countersunk screws.
cessories need to match the follower to centre of oval
appropriate locks. Thus it is cylinder.
therefore important to heed 4. Round cylinder: centre of
the specifications listed below follower to centre of round
when ordering. It goes without cylinder.
saying that we are acquainted 5. Emergency release: centre
with the common international of follower to centre of
variations in spacings, key pat- spindle.
terns and lock break-throughs. 6. WC: centre of follower to-
We nevertheless advise you to centre of spindle.
quote the lock type in use if in 7. Thumbturn: centre of
any doubt. follower to centre of spindle.
Roses with concealed fixing Backplates and squareplates

* with concealed fixing
The metal covering plates rest
on a GFR-plastics backplate Backplates and squareplates
Bathroom/WC version fitted with 2 support lugs in with concealed fixing have a
the fixing area. support plate similar to that for
Keyholes FSB bathroom furniture Fixing centres 38 mm. roses.
features a thumbturn (R) on
In the absence of special in- the inside and an emergency Fixing Aids To ensure FSB door furniture
structions, we supply plates release with indicator (WC) on is only supplemented by the
and roses with lever lock key- the outside. The door can be In the Fixing Aids section “9c” appropriate FSB accessories,
holes, i.e. BB. unlocked from the outside of this Catalogue we have set we manufacture all plastics
using an Allen key or coin. out all the steps needed to en- components in the same black
Keyhole spacing The red/white indicator can be sure roses and plates are cor- GFR plastics. The colour sche-
dispensed with if so desired rectly fitted. me is sustained in the black
The standard keyhole spacing (S). A special-purpose emer- grub screw featured in FSB
for internal backplates is gency furniture is available for handle sets.
72 mm, for bathroom back- old people’s homes and nurs-
plates 78 mm and for final exit ery schools.
backplates 92 mm. The
spacings are measured as fol-
lows:
144
New products 09 |10
Aluminium Bronze
AluGrey Brass
Overview Stainless steel
1705| 1709, 1709 54 1707/31 2211 1743| 1744, 1744 54 1732 0084 1736 | 1737
Pages 148, 150, 269 Page 149 Pages 148, 150, 48, 268 Page 151 Page 146f.
4b
1758| 1757, 1718| 1719, 1726, 1776, 1729, 1768, 1752| 1755
Pages 296 – 298
1402 1410 1415 1418

1450 03 1410 03 1451 03 1416 1417 1418 03 1431 1432 1433
Pages 156, 49 Pages 157, 49 Page 158, 50, 270 Page 161 Page 161 Pages 159, 50, 270 Page 160 Page 162 Page 163
1454 – 1459 1795| 1796 1483, 1485 1486, 1488 1550

Page 154 Page 153 Page 164 Page 165 Page 299
145
Flush roses
Flush roses for door thick-
nesses from 38 – 44 mm
Less is more: an architecture

espousing reduction and the
formal integration of technical/
functional items manifests it-
self in, for instance, non-rebated
doors. FSB has been setting
standards for some time now
with a range of flush furniture
that has been embraced in
equal measure by architects
and design-conscious house
builders.
Area to be routed out on threaded side/trailing face
Ø 56
3 min. 7
min.
38
min.
12
3
Ø 56
Area to be routed out on clip-on side/leading face
Complementary technical in-

formation: www.fsb.de/flush
146
55 55
1736
1737
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
38 38 Bronze
Ø6 Ø6
19
8 3 threaded side = trailing face
Ø 11,5 Ø 11,5
clip-on side = leading face
11 3 3
4b
Technical prerequisites: Specification:
The door must be 38-44 mm upwards), the area routed out Handle/key rose pairs for flush
thick. Please bear the position must not be more than 3 mm fitting, only in combination with
of the lock mortise in mind. in depth. The recess for the ro- specially prepared FSB door
Drill fixing holes on both sides se needs to be 56 mm in dia- handle pairs, door handle pair
with the aid of the FSB 0455 meter and centred on the lock and rose pairs can be dis-
standard drilling template. follower. assembled
Then expand the holes for the The remaining material bet- For door thicknesses
handle and key roses drilled on ween the bottom of the recess from 38 – 44 mm
the clip-on side (= leading fa- and the lock case is required to
ce) to a diameter and depth of be stable and firm enough to EPC 72 mm
12 mm. Use should be made ensure secure fastening without
of the FSB 0462 routing jig any pressure being exerted Routing jig: FSB 0462,
when preparing the door for re- upon the lock. cf. page 577
ceipt of the roses.
Please note that - unlike the

routing performed for flush fur-
niture in heavy-duty bearings
(door thickness 45 mm and
Order details required: Keyways and

bathroom/indicating variants
– Lever design
– Material/finish
– Quantity
– Door handing in the case of
rebated doors combined BB CH PZ WC R
with asymmetrical door
handles, acc. to German
DIN cf. page 586 Other types and cylinder
centres on request.
147
Roses
55
1743
Subroses with
lugs: 1731
38 Aluminium
7
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
Brass
55
1744
Subroses with
lugs: 1735
38 Aluminium
7
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
Brass
55
1705
Subroses with
lugs: 1707
38 Aluminium
7
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass
55
1709
Subroses with
lugs: 1708
38 Aluminium
7
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass
Keyholes
148
Roses with
spring mechanism
55
1731 2211 7 mm Δ
For levers with spindle
8 mm Δ: 1731 2111
38 Aluminium
7
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
Brass
Angle of rotation is 25°
4b
55
1707 2211 7 mm Δ
For levers with spindle
8 mm Δ: 1707 2111
38 Aluminium
7
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass
Angle of rotation is 25°
By dint of the coil springs built lower no longer holds the The rose’s metal caps are sup- Restoration of the carrier plate
into their bases to return the handle in position properly, ported on a glass-fibre-reinfor- is ensured by means of coil
handle to the horizontal, FSB causing it to develop unsightly ced base that features two springs and is infallible as a
roses with positive mecha- “sag”. The restoring force in lugs in the fixing area. A positi- result. The angle of rotation is
nisms are ideal for the job of the spring is sufficient to keep ve mechanism is built into the 25°. Fitted in conjunction with
modernising doors if, for in- even solid lever handles of base. The roses are used in a set of lever handles, this fur-
stance, replacing the old locks considerable weight – e.g. tho- pairs, with a righthand (green niture is indistinguishable from
would be too laborious or in a se made of brass or bronze – cover) and a lefthand (red co- its standard counterpart.
situation in which the lock still lastingly in position. ver) version being combined
functions well but the lock fol- by means of through fixing.
149
Indicating furniture
55 55
1744 0084 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs:
1735 0054, 8 mm Δ
38 38 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
7
30 Bronze
Brass
55 55
1744 6084 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs:
1735 6054, 8 mm Δ
38 38 Aluminium
AluGrey
7
41
55 55
1709 7584 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs:
1708 7554, 8 mm Δ
38 38 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
7
29 Brass
55 55
1709 ..84 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs:
1708 ..54, 8 mm Δ
38 38 43 r.h. | 53 l.h.
Aluminium
7
36
Privacy sets also available

without indicator.
Item Nos. 17.. ..85 (6 mm Δ)
or 17.. ..55 (8 mm Δ).
150
WC furniture for
special requirements
55 55
1732 0054
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
38 38
Spindle 8 mm Δ
8
Through fixing
55 55
1735 7684 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs:
1735 7654, 8 mm Δ
38 38 Aluminium
AluGrey 4b
6/8
Stainless steel
55 55
1708 7684 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs:
1708 7654, 8 mm Δ
38 38 Aluminium
AluGrey
6/8
Stainless steel
55
3464 ....
Aluminium
Ø 14,5
3464 0000: 8 mm Δ
3464 0007: For budget lock

roses FSB 3461, 3462 and
3470 with spindle 7 mm Δ
Enquiries are often received turn on the inside that can be WC furniture can also be com-
from old people's homes, nur- safely operated by all hands bined with backplates. Please
sing wards, and indeed child- small, tremulous, or frail. This send your requests.
care centres and schools fitting is connected to a rugged
concerning heavy-duty bath- emergency release on the out-
room furniture with an emer- side that can be opened, by
gency release on the outside. authorised persons only, even
An FSB set devised for such if resistance is put up on the
special circumstances features inside.
a chunky, extra-large thumb-
151
Cut
backplates + roses
Architectural trends such as When ordering custom de-
those advocating that technical signs, please first send us a
or design elements be kept as dimensioned drawing. We will
flush as possible have really then furnish you with a coun-
enlivened demand for cut bak- terdrawing for verification pur-
kplates. poses together with a price
quote.
FSB disposes over leading-ed-
ge laser production technology FSB supplies cut backplates
allowing it to manufacture al- and roses either with
most any shape that can be
represented as a vectorised fi- · visible fixing on both sides
le and is not larger than or else
1200 x 2500 mm in size as a
cut backplate. You will find a · visible or concealed fixing on
selection of minimalist bak- one side (concealed fixing by
kplates and roses as a starting means of weld-on threaded
point here which – so we be- bushings that double up as
lieve – adhere very closely to reinforcement lugs)
the trend alluded to above on
account of their being just 3 or The means of support for the
5 mm thick respectively and handle can be “loose” or
35 mm wide but which are ne- “non-detachable” and involves
vertheless merely intended as an injection-moulded sliding
initial suggestions. FSB addi- bearing made of glass-fibre
tionally offers to supply cut reinforced plastic. Backplates
backplates in custom designs. and roses 3 mm thick are fur-
Please note the technical in- nished with a spacer ring in
formation on Page 155 when solid stainless steel in the pro-
ordering. cess. Where common door
thicknesses are concerned,
corresponding use can be ma-
de of the FSB Stabil-spindle
(cf. p. 545) for these variants.
Custom Stabil-spindle variants

are available to order for non-
standard door thicknesses.
Our inhouse sales service will
readily answer any questions
you may have on this subject.
152
Cut roses
50
1795 ..
50 Stainless steel
With lugs in Stainless steel

38
3/5 Fig.:
3 mm thick, visible fixing on
both sides, with stainless steel
spacer ring
Furniture may incorporate

non-detachable lever handles;
please indicate FSB model
required when ordering.
50
1796 .. 4b
50 Stainless steel

38
3/5 Fig.:
3 mm thick, concealed fixing
on one side, perforation for
Europrofile cylinder
01 = 3 mm | 11 = 5 mm
visible fixing on both sides
02 = 3 mm | 12 = 5 mm
concealed fixing on one side
Mounting holes 38 mm
Chamfered corners
3 mm: 5 mm: Fixing methods: Keyholes and

sliding bearing with stain- sliding bearing Bathroom/WC version
less steel spacer ring in plastic
by means of weld-on stainless
steel threaded bushings on the
reverse face that also act as
reinforcements, stainless steel BB CH PZ WC R
recessed head screws.
visible fixing on both sides by

means of stainless steel reces-
sed head screws
153
Cut backplates
35 3/5
1454 ..
Rectangular, 35 x 185 mm
185
210
245
72
92
1456 ..
1458 ..
35 3/5
1455 ..
Round, 35 x 185 mm
185
210
245
72
92
1457 ..
Round, 35 x 210 mm
1459 ..
Round, 35 x 245 mm
Stainless steel
01.. = 3 mm | 11.. = 5 mm
visible fixing on both sides
02.. = 3 mm | 12.. = 5 mm
Fig. above:
5 mm thick, visible fixing on
both sides, lever bearing in
glass-fibre reinforced plastic
Fig. left:
3 mm thick, concealed fixing
on one side, with stainless
steel spacer ring
3 mm: 5 mm: Fixing methods: Keyholes and

sliding bearing with stain- sliding bearing in Bathroom/WC version
less steel spacer ring plastic
Concealed fixing on one side
by means of weld-on stainless
steel threaded bushings on the
reverse face that also act as
reinforcements, stainless steel BB CH PZ WC R
recessed head screws.
Visible fixing on both sides by

means of stainless steel reces-
sed head screws.
154
Fax sheet for
customised cut backplates
to special order
1454 1456 1458
Y Y Y 1454
A
A
D
1456
A
B
Z
D
1458
X Stainless steel
X Z B
C
X
C
Z With lugs in Stainless steel
C
1455 1457 1459

Y Y Y 1455
A
A
D
1457 4b
A
B
Z
D
1459
X Stainless steel
X Z B
C
X
C
Z With lugs in Stainless steel
C
1454 1456 1458 1455 1457 1459
Plate thickness 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm
5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm
Length X
Width Y
Dimension A
Dimension B
Dimension C
Dimension D
Centres Z
Keyway
Fixing face face face face face face

(visibility) both sides both sides both sides both sides both sides both sides
Bearings loose loose loose loose loose loose

inseparable* inseparable* inseparable* inseparable* inseparable* inseparable*
* only for visible face fixing
155
Backplates
40
45 7
1402
Aluminium
22
70 Stainless steel
170 72
Ø 5,5
Distance 70 + 72 mm
visible fixing
24
Fixing template: FSB 0453,
cf. page 572
45 7
1450 03
50 Aluminium
21,5 AluGrey
70
185 72
112
Stainless steel
Bronze
Distance 70 + 72 mm
Ø 10
concealed fixing
cf. page 578
40
45 7
1452 03
Aluminium
21,5
AluGrey
128,5
Bronze
Distance 92 mm
Ø 10 visible fixing

cf. page 578
156
Backplates
45 7
1410
88
Aluminium
Stainless steel
70
245 72 Distance 70, 72 + 92 mm
92
visible fixing
45 7
1410 03
88
Aluminium
75,5
AluGrey
21,5 Stainless steel
70
245 72 Bronze
92
134,5 4b
concealed fixing
Ø 10
cf. page 579
40 7
1407
87
Aluminium
Distance 70 + 72 mm
230 70
72 visible fixing
50 7
1445
93
Aluminium
Distance 92 mm
245 visible fixing
92
* except FSB 14.. 03 Keyholes Bathroom/WC version
157
Backplates
40
45 7
1415
Aluminium
22
70 Stainless steel
170 72
Ø 5,5
Distance 70 + 72 mm
visible fixing
24
cf. page 572
45 7
1451 03
50 Aluminium
21,5 AluGrey
70
185 72
112
Stainless steel
Bronze
Brass
Distance 70 + 72 mm
Ø 10
visible fixing
cf. page 578
40
45 7
1453 03
Aluminium
21,5
Stainless steel
185 92 Bronze
128,5
Distance 92 mm
concealed fixing
Ø 10

cf. page 578
158
Backplates
45 7
1418
88
Aluminium
Stainless steel
245 70 Distance 70, 72 + 92 mm

72
92 visible fixing
4b
45 7
1418 03
88
Aluminium
75,5
AluGrey
245 70
72
Bronze
92 134,5 Brass
concealed fixing
Ø 10

cf. page 579
159
Backplates
40
47 7
1431
Aluminium
22
70
170 72
Distance 70 + 72 mm
Design: Johannes Potente

38
24 cf. page 572
47 7
1436
87
Aluminium
Distance 70 + 72 mm
230 70
72
38
160
Backplates
36 7
1416
85
Aluminium
Stainless steel
220 70
72 Distance 70 + 72 mm
36 7
1417
85
Aluminium
Stainless steel
220 70
72 Distance 70 + 72 mm
4b
With backplates series 1416 Keyholes Bathroom/WC version

and 1417 FSB wants to sug-
gest, whether lever handles
shouldn’t be sometimes com-
bined with narrow backplates.
Less, often is more.
161
Backplates
40 9,5
1432
Stainless steel
93
75,5
21,5
70
265 72
92
134,5 It’s a few years back now that
Hartmut Weise presented the
market with arching roses as
an alternative to the angular
10 design of flat roses. He has
now followed up with a slightly
arching backplate in stainless
steel that rests on a plastic
base so as to seemingly hover
on the door.
162
Renovation backplate
55 9,5
1433
Aluminium
93 AluGrey
75,5
Stainless steel
21,5
70
265 72 Distance 70, 72 + 92 mm
92
134,5
1433 is the larger equivalent

of the familiar 1432 backplate
10 by Hartmut Weise.
Especially developed for
renovation work, it measures
55 mm across and is hence
ideal for covering over traces
of the previous fitting.
Set off by a black base, this
slightly curving backplate for 4b
invisible fixing to doors some-
how appears to “hover” in
space.
163
Square backplates
Radius corners 12 mm
1483 03
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Distance 70 + 72 mm

cf. page 579
185
32,5 7
50
21,5
70
185 72
112
Ø 10
1485 01
Distance 70 + 72 mm
185
32,5 X
50
70
185 72
Square backplates
The FSB backplate program- In addition FSB offers 'nibbled'

me embraces items for both or laser cut customized back-
concealed and visible fixing, plates for visible fixing. Please
radiused corners or square send dimensioned drawings.
corners. In the lever handle We will submit our own draw-
section of this Manual these ings and a quote by return.
backplates have been allotted
to specific lever handle de-
signs.
164
Square backplates
Radius corners 4 mm
1488 03
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Radius corners 4 mm
Distance 70 + 72 mm

cf. page 579
185
32,5 7
50
21,5
70 4b
185 72
112
Ø 10
1486 01
Radius corners 4 mm
Distance 70 + 72 mm
185
32,5 X
50
70
185 72
165
Door knobs
Knob backplates 4c
Overview 168
Knob handles 171
Door knobs 175
Knob backplates 184
Pull handles on backplates 189
167
Overview
0802 0804 0806 0816 0826 0828 0829

Pages 171, 54, 272 Page 171 Page 172 Pages 172, 46 Page 174 Page 174 Pages 173,55
0844 0877 0880

Page 171 Page 173 Page 272
2302 2303 2304 2306 2316 2322 2326

Pages 175, 54, 273 Page 175 Page 180 Page 176 Pages 182, 46 Page 182 Page 180
2329 2333 2339 2368 2374 2377 2380

Pages 176, 55 Pages 181, 47 Page 181 Page 183 Page 177 Page 178 Pages 177, 272
2383 2309 2346 2354 2378

Page 183 Pages 179, 55 Pages 179, 54 Page 179 Page 178
168
New products 09 |10
Aluminium Bronze
AluGrey Brass
Stainless steel
1923 1927
1904 1920 1925 1964 1927 03 1931 1943
Page 187 Page 187 Pages 188, 265 Pages 184, 57, 271 Pages 184, 57, 271 Page 186 Page 186
4c
1966 1970
1963 03 1970 03
Pages 185, 56 Pages 185, 56
2121 2144
Page 189 Page 189
169
Door knobs
Knob handles Fixed knobs on roses Concealed face fixing Backplate with dead knob
We supply knob handle sets as Door knobs can be riveted to Concealed face fixing first in- FSB also supplies door knobs
female pairs complete with a roses to form dead knobs and volves screwing a steel base rigidly mounted on backplates.
separate special-purpose FSB can be fixed in one of two rose to the door. The dead These feature a 12 mm inter-
Stabil-spindle. ways: knob is then positioned so as nal thread to accommodate the
Concealed through fixing and to precisely cover this and is FSB Stabil-half-spindle pro-
To assemble, first construct a concealed face fixing secured with a grub screw. vided. Before fitting the plate,
male handle from the spindle the spindle is firmly screwed
and one of the female parts, Concealed through fixing into the shank of the knob.
carefully inserting the grub Backplate and spindle are then
screw supplied through the ap- Where concealed through fitted to the door and the pro-
propriate borehole. The grub fixing is required, we supply cedure is repeated on the re-
screw passes through the neck door knobs prepared for 5 mm verse.
of the knob and locates into bolts and reinforced with two
the spindle. For the male knob lugs with standard 38 mm
to be correctly assembled it is centres.
generally necessary for the
head of the grub screw to lie On the reverse, a lever handle
flush with the outer surface of rose of comparable technical
the neck of the knob. design is used (FSB 1731 50..
Thereafter, fixing is as for and 1707 50..).
the FSB Stabil-spindle.
Female knob handles can of The M5 screws are 45 mm in
course be fitted to rotate in a length, making them suitable
plate or rose on one side only for doors 37-46 mm thick. For
using the customised FSB other door thicknesses, screws
half-spindle. of the appropriate size should
be used (FSB 0308 05..).
In this configuration, the door

knob can be fastened to an
FSB lever handle on the rever-
se by means of an FSB half-
spindle screwed into the
12 mm threaded neck of the
knob.
170
Knob handles
50 60
0802
AluGrey (X = 70 mm)
Bronze (X = 65 mm)
Brass (X = 65 mm)
X
76
0803
Stainless Steel
8 mm Δ-hole
65
0804
48 Aluminium 4c
Stainless steel
8 mm Δ-hole
70
52
0844
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
8 mm Δ-hole
75
Design: Jasper Morrison

Adaptor sleeve 8 on 7 mm
cf. page 550.
171
Knob handles
53
0806
Aluminium
8 + 10 mm Δ-hole
44
48
0816
Aluminium
AluGrey
Bronze
8 mm Δ-hole
65

cf. page 550.
172
Knob handles
Ø
0829
Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)
44 8 +10 mm Δ-hole
4c
55
0877
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
8 mm Δ-hole
52
Design: Christoph Ingenhoven

cf. page 550.
173
Knob handles
67
0826 00..
49 44 r.h. | 45 l.h.
Aluminium
AluGrey
8 mm Δ-hole
60
Design: Hartmut Weise
45
0828
Aluminium
Stainless steel
8 mm Δ-hole
45

cf. page 550.
174
Door knobs
X
2302 06
55 50
AluGrey (X = 77 mm)
Bronze (X = 72 mm)
Brass (X = 72 mm)

C:C screw holes 38 mm
X
2302 05
55 50
AluGrey (X = 77 mm)
Bronze (X = 72 mm)
Brass (X = 72 mm) 4c
Concealed face fixing
84
2303 06
Stainless steel
55 60

84
2303 05
Stainless steel
55 60
06 05
175
Door knobs
51
2306 06
55 53
Aluminium

51
2306 05
55 53
Aluminium
52
2329 06
55 Ø
Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)

52
2329 05
55 Ø
Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)
06 05
176
Door knobs
82
2374 06
55 52
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel

82
2374 05
55 52
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Concealed face fixing 4c
48
2380 06
55 46
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass

48
2380 05
55 46
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass
06 05
177
Door knobs
59
2377 06
55 55
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel

59
2377 05
55 55
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
94
2378 06
55 55
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
38

64
06 05
178
Door knobs
93
2309 06
55 50
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
38 Bronze

55 C:C screw holes 38 mm
93
2346 06
55 50
Aluminium 4c
AluGrey
Stainless steel
38 Bronze

91
110
2354 06
55 55
Stainless steel

61
06
179
Door knobs
81
2304 06
55 48
Aluminium
Stainless steel
38
77
81
2304 05
55 48
Aluminium
Stainless steel
77
82
2326 ..06
04 r.h. | 05 l.h.
55 Aluminium
AluGrey
38
68
82
2326 ..05
04 r.h. | 05 l.h.
55 Aluminium
AluGrey

68
06 05
180
Door knobs
67,5 62
2333 06
55 50
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
38 Bronze

4c
82
2339 ..06
04 r.h. | 05 l.h.
66
55 Aluminium
38
Design: Philippe Starck

58
06 05
181
Door knobs
72
2316 06
55 48
Aluminium
AluGrey
Bronze

72
2316 05
55 48
Aluminium
AluGrey
Bronze
52
2322 06
55 45
Aluminium
Stainless steel

52
2322 05
55 45
Aluminium
Stainless steel
06 05
182
Door knobs
57
2368 06
55
Aluminium
36
AluGrey
Stainless steel
38

82
57
2368 05
55
Aluminium
36
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Concealed face fixing 4c

82
Design: Jahn/Lykouria
87
2383 06
Aluminium

Suitable for backset bigger

47
than 40 mm
Design: Hadi Teherani
06 05
183
Knob backplates
40
45 X
1923
22
72
170
Distance 72 mm
with visible fixing
Fixing template: 0453

cf. page 572
50
45 X
1964 03
70
185 72
112
Bronze (X = 72 mm)
Brass (X = 72 mm)
Distance 70 + 72 mm
with concealed fixing
cf. page 578
45 X
1927
88
245 72 Distance 72 + 92 mm
92
with visible fixing
45 X
1927 03
88
75,5
AluGrey (X = 77 mm)
21,5 Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)
245 70 Bronze (X = 72 mm)
72
92 134,5 Brass (X = 72 mm)
cf. page 579
* except FSB 19.. 03 Keyholes
184
Knob backplates
40
45 51
1966
Aluminium
22
72
Stainless steel
170
Distance 72 mm
with visible fixing

cf. page 572
50
45 51
1963 03
Aluminium
70
21,5 AluGrey
185 72
112
Stainless steel
Bronze
4c
Distance 70 + 72 mm
cf. page 578
45 51
1970
88
Aluminium
Stainless steel
245 72 Distance 72 + 92 mm
92
with visible fixing
45 51
1970 03
88
Aluminium
75,5
AluGrey
70
245 72 Bronze
92
134,5
cf. page 579
* except FSB 19.. 03 Keyholes
185
Knob backplates
40
47 51
1931
Aluminium
22
72
170
Distance 72 mm

cf. page 572
38
47 51
1943
87
Aluminium
Distance 72 mm
230 72
38
Keyholes
186
Knob backplates
40
45 51
1904
Aluminium
22
72
170
Distance 72 mm

cf. page 572
4c
45 51
1920
88
Aluminium
Distance 72 + 92 mm
245 72
92
Keyholes
187
Knob backplate
25
50 47
1925
45
Aluminium
130 80 72 Stainless Steel
Brass
38 3
The knob backplate comes

with a fixed knob and an FSB
half-spindle. It is designed for
door thicknesses from 38 -
42 mm. The furniture is visibly
fixed to the door using M4
sleeve nuts and threaded bolts.
Keyholes
188
Pull handles
on backplates
47
2121
87 Aluminium
90
Distance 72 mm
230 72
38
42
4c
45
2144
88
Aluminium
113
Distance 92 mm
245
92
57
52
* except FSB 2121 Keyholes
189
Window handles 4d
Overview 192
Flat-rosed window handle 195
Window handles 196
Window handles for 215

specific requirements
Window handles with 216

cylinder locks
Protection from leverage 223
Socket key-operation locks 223
Budget lock roses 224
Sliding patio door levers 225
Flush pulls for 226

lifting/sliding doors
Even humdrum items such as

window handles are subject to
the laws of commodity aes-
thetics, i.e. they need to be
selected to match the lever
handles in use.
191
Overview
3409 3410 3421 3423 3424 3425 3426

Page 196 Page 196 Page 197 Pages 58, 197, 274 Pages 198, 58 Page 198 Page 199
3432 3433 3435 3439 3440 3444 3446

Pages 60, 199, 274 Pages 59, 200 Pages 200, 275 Page 201 Page 201 Page 202 Pages 202, 275
3447 3459 3468 3469 3471 3473 3476

Pages 203, 276 Page 203 Page 204 Page 204 Page 205 Page 205 Pages 206, 276
3477 3732 3735 3736 3745 3751 3752

Page 206 Page 207 Pages 207, 277 Pages 59, 208, 277 Page 208 Page 26 Page 26
3753 3754 3755 3756 3763 3778 3783

192
New products 09 |10
Aluminium Bronze
AluGrey Brass
Stainless steel Alu + Colour
3789 3797 3401 3402 3403 3404 3453

Page 210 Page 211 Page 212 Page 212 Page 213 Pages 212, 278 Pages 213, 60
3455 3784 3798 34.. 70 3481 3488 3491

3495 3496 3497 3499 3407 3416

Page 220 Page 216 Page 217 Page 215 Pages 222, 278 Page 223
3750 11 3750 12 4215 00 4215 02 4215 10 Budget lock roses

Page 225 Page 225 Page 226 Page 226 Page 226 Pages 223+224
193
Window handles
FSB supplies window handles Where lockable window handles Window handle lock adaptors
with and without a click-stop are concerned, these conditions
mechanism. The following have been laid down in the RAL Rounding off our range of se-
applies in respect of models quality standards, together with curity fittings for windows are
incorporating a click-stop me- more exacting design-engi- anti-leverage devices for win-
chanism: FSB supplies these neering requirements, for many dow sashes and a series of
handles as standard with roses years now. The values pre- lock adaptors to which any
14 mm thick, lugs 10 mm in scribed for twisting and pulling design of window handle can
diameter, a 7 mm square forces under RAL are twice as be attached.
spindle with a 30 mm projection stringent as those set forth in
and 43 mm fixing centres. DIN V ENV 1627. Certification
The same handles can also be and quality assurance tests Special solutions
supplied with 12 mm-diameter conducted by the RAL Quality
lugs or without lugs altogether. Association ensure the quality Innovations in facade techni-
The roses on models with no and fitness for function of lock- ques such as curtain walling,
click-stop mechanism are a able window handles. new profile systems or, indeed,
mere 7 mm thick. The distance new window designs necessita-
between fixing centres remains Complementing the standard te special types of window
unchanged, however, at 43 mm. lockable formats, a rose with a handle:
The method of fixing is visible. push-button/deadlocking func-
tion allows any of FSB’s great – of reduced depth or incorpo-
Special spindle projections are variety of attractive window rating reduced-depth roses
often required as a means of handle designs to be used on for box-type “winter” windows
accommodating differing profile windows specifically required
The FSB click-stop systems and materials. FSB to afford protection against – featuring cranking for top-
mechanism supplies just what is needed intruders. The rose can be fitted hinged windows
on a job-by-job basis. Please with the cylinder either at the
All FSB window handles with simple indicate any non-stan- top or bottom. It goes without – incorporating casement
click-stop mechanisms conform dard spindle projections when saying that conformity to the fasteners for centre-hung
to the RAL quality standard. ordering. RAL quality standards has like- windows
The RAL Quality Association wise been established and is
has drafted specifications for FSB supplies its window hand- ongoingly monitored in respect FSB supplies a wide variety of
window handles that are de- les without screws. Fixing is by of this device – known as a special-concept solutions for
signed to ensure lasting quality means of M5 oval-head screws. lockable adaptor rose. such scenarios that can be
and performance. Models 3423 and 3476 shown combined with virtually all our
The FSB click-stop device on the following pages are window handle models.
enables windows to be closed, Lockable window handles stocked as standard. Any other
tilted or opened correctly. It handle design may also be
consists of ball bearings in a For burglar-resistant windows to selected for attachment to the Tilt to turn
rugged GFR plastics housing. conform to DIN V ENV 1627, adaptor rose. Please note that
Whenever the window is the handles used have to meet delivery may take longer in Special-action lockable handles
operated, the handle audibly a number of conditions in addi- such instances. are required in conjunction with
clicks into place. tion to the various other security the “tilt to turn” window drive
Handles can be optionally criteria involved. The window mechanisms often fitted in
supplied with a 45-degree handles concerned are required schools, offices and hospitals to
“night-tilt” setting. to be lockable and particularly prevent unauthorised operation
resistant to twisting and pulling. without impairing air-handling
properties. FSB produces such
special-purpose window hand-
les in familiar designs to order.
194
Flat-rosed window handle
Ø 10
5
34.. 07
Ø 26
Ø 10
43
37.. 07
Aluminium
10
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Window handle with shallow

rose and click-stop mechanism
recessed into the profile lugs
with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
Can be fitted to timber and

plastic profiles. Assembly is
in the usual manner except 4d
that a central drilling 26 mm
in diameter is required in ad-
dition to the two fixing holes
(c:c 43 mm). All FSB window
handles having a click-stop
mechanism can be supplied
with shallow roses. Please
enquire.
Further flush products:
– roses for door thicknesses

from 38-44 mm, page 146f.
– S2 armoured roses for timber
main entrance doors, page
448f.
195
Window handles
32,5 70
3409
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
123 14
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
32,5 80
3410
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
14
138
Window handle with
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

Rastoliven
available ex stock.

available on request.
196
Window handles
32,5 68
3421
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
120 14
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
To match lever designs 1070,

1080 and 7690
4d
32,5 72
3423
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
123 14
Bronze
Brass
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
To match lever designs 1023

and 7617

Rastoliven
available ex stock.

197
Window handles
32,5 70
3424
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
110 14
Bronze
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

and 1045
32,5 73
3425
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
116 14
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

Rastoliven
available ex stock.

198
Window handles
32,5 66
3426
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
110 14
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
4d
32,5 74
3432
70 43 Aluminium*
AluGrey
Stainless steel
114 14
Bronze
Brass
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

* Black grip only available with

aluminium angled section.

Rastoliven
available ex stock.

199
Window handles
32,5 69
3433
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
111 14
Bronze
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

32,5 68
3435
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
118 14
Brass
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

1026, 1028 and 1029

Rastoliven
available ex stock.

200
Window handles
33,5 67
3439
43 Aluminium
89
Window handle with

14
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

and 1191
4d
32,5 72
3440
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
124 14
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

1119 and 7652

Rastoliven
available ex stock.

201
Window handles
32,5 82
3444
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
104
Stainless steel
14
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

32,5 71
3446
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
120 14
Brass
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

Rastoliven
available ex stock.

202
Window handles
32,5 71
3447
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
120 14
Brass
3422
32,5 71 Aluminium
AluGrey
Window handle with

120 14
lugs with 10 mm Ø 4d
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
32,5 71
3459
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
125 14
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
Design: Heike Falkenberg


Rastoliven
available ex stock.

203
Window handles
32,5 71
3468
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
125 14
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
32,5 76
3469
70 43 Aluminium
Window handle with

120 14
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
Design: Nicholas Grimshaw

and 1069

Rastoliven
available ex stock.

204
Window handles
32,5 74
3471
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
120 14
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
4d
32,5 73
3473
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
116 14
Window handle with

25 lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

Rastoliven
available ex stock.

205
Window handles
32,5 70
3476
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
115 14
Brass
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

and 1076
32,5 67
3477
70 43 Aluminium
Window handle with

125 14
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
Available in:
– angled section and rose Alu-

minium, grip Stainless steel
– angled section Aluminium,
rose and grip Stainless steel
– angled section and rose
silver anodised Aluminium,
grip black plastic

Rastoliven
available ex stock.

206
Window handles
32,5 74
3732
70 43 Aluminium
Window handle with

123 14
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
Design: Peter Bastian

4d
30 65
3735
63 43 24 Aluminium
Stainless steel
95
3
Brass
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
These window handles come

with reduced-depth roses
43 24
3 mm thick that are fastened
to the window drive mecha-
nism at 43mm centres using
6 M5 screws.
30


Rastoliven
available ex stock.

207
Window handles
32,5 74
3736
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
106
Stainless steel
14
Bronze
Brass
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

32,5 81
3745
70 43 Aluminium
Window handle with

120 14
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
Design: Paul Kahlfeldt

Rastoliven
available ex stock.

208
Window handles
32,5 74
3763
70 43 AluGrey
Window handle with

123 14
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
Grips supplied:
– Corian® red (shown here)
– Corian® black
– Corian® white
– wenge wood
– oak wood (shown here)
– dark grey plastic
4d
32,5 74
3778
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
123 14
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm


Rastoliven
available ex stock.

209
Window handles
32,5 62
3783
70 43 Aluminium
Stainless steel
14
142 Window handle with
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

32,5 77
3789
Window handle with

14
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
3789
Design: Gaëlle Lauriot-Prévost
Dominique Perrault

Rastoliven
available ex stock.

210
Window handles
32,5 71
3797
70 43 Aluminium
107
Window handle with
14
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
Design: Behles&Jochimsen
4d
32,5
3798
70 43 Aluminium
Window handle with

14
lugs with 10 mm Ø
71
7 mm Δ spindle
106 projecting 30 mm
Design: Behles&Jochimsen

Rastoliven
available ex stock.

211
Window handles
28
3401
70 43 Aluminium

7 7 mm Δ spindle
56 projecting 30 mm
82
28
3402
70 43 Aluminium

7 7 mm Δ spindle
56 projecting 30 mm
80
28
3404
70 43 Aluminium
Brass

64
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
95
212
Window handles
32,5
3403
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
14
Window handle with
65
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

and 1076
32,5 48
3499 0012
70 43 Stainless steel 4d
Reduced-depth tee handle

14
lug Ø 10 mm
48 centres 43 mm
7 mm Δ spindle
85 30 mm projection
Suitable for box-type “winter”

windows and windows which
open against walls and are
required to be opened as wide
as possible
32,5
3453
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Bronze
14
Window handle with
69
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm


Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
213
Window handles
32,5
3455
70 43 Aluminium
Window handle with

14
57
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
99
projecting 30 mm
32,5
3784
70 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
14
Window handle with

72
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
Design: Heike Falkenberg


Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
214
Window handles for
specific requirements
38 45
3499 00..
70 Window handle with casement
fastener, suitable for centre-
Ø 10
hung sash windows.
14
Stainless steel
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
38 45 7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
70
1 | 3499 0039 r.h.
Ø 10
3499 0040 l.h.
14
2 | 3499 0036 r.h. 4d

3499 0037 l.h.
1 | Ill. l.h. 2 | Ill. l.h.
32,5 89
3499 001 .
70 43
3499 0033
Cranked window handles
14
147
Stainless steel
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
32,5 70 7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
70 43
Suitable for window sashes
opening outwards and for
115 14
centre-hung sash windows.
1 | 3499 0018 r.h.

40 3499 0019 l.h.
1 | Ill. r.h.

Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
215
Window handles
32 50
3496
72 43
Aluminium
Window handle with

135 13 click-stop mechanism
for security windows
acc. to DIN V ENV 1627
Keys to differ – keys to pass
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
tip-to-turn option
32 50
3496 00
72 43
Aluminium
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
. Technical information page 194

Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Locking + Security
216
Window handles
32 50
3497
72 43
Aluminium
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
tip-to-turn option
4d
32 50
3497 00
72 43
Aluminium
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Locking + Security
217
Window handles
32,5 46,5
3488 00
70 43 Aluminium
Alu + Colour
15
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
32,5 46,5
3488
70 43 Aluminium
Alu + Colour
15
tip-to-turn option
32,5 60
3481
Aluminium
78 43
Window handle with

146
lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Locking + Security
218
Window handle prepared
for a single profile cylinder
35 64
3491
Aluminium
90 43
Stainless steel
194 Window handle with dead-

15
locking function prepared for
single profile cylinder
for use on burglar-resistant
windows conforming to DIN
V ENV 1627
lugs with 10 mm Ø
centres 43 mm
7 mm Δ spindle
30 mm projection
4d
1 Fitting instructions
5 The FSB 3491 window handle Then insert the cylinder (3) in
is supplied without a single- the handle mount (4) and
sided cylinder. To fit a single- fasten using the M5 recessed
length cylinder (adjustable head screw supplied (5). Now
thrower required), please pro- again rotate the key through
1 ceed as follows: turn the handle 180° so as to be able to remove
so it is at right angles to the it. Replace the grip (2) and
3 rose and remove the two M4 fasten using the two M4 re-
4 recessed head screws (1), cessed head screws (1).
then detach the grip section
2 (2) from its mount. Disengage
the thrower on the single profile
cylinder used (as explained in
cylinder instructions) and rotate
through 180° so that the thro-
wer is positioned vertically out-
side the cylinder. Now insert
the key and rotate the thrower
back through 180° into the
cylinder.
Function Deadlocked (window cannot Released (window can be

Gütezeichen The single length cylinder go- be opened without the key): opened at any time without a
Rastoliven
verns the status of the dead- rotate key through approx. 30° key): rotate key through approx.
locking bolt, i.e. the window in an anticlockwise direction, 30° in an anticlockwise direc-
Locking + Security can either be opened or it depress the deadlocking bolt, tion, whereupon the sprung
cannot. The key is always re- return key to original position bolt is automatically released,
quired to lock and unlock the and remove. return key to original position
bolt. and remove.
219
Window handle prepared
for a single profile cylinder
32,5 74,5
3495
70 43 Aluminium
Window handle with dead-

15
146 locking function prepared
for single profile cylinder
for use on burglar-resistant
windows conforming to
5 DIN V ENV 1627
lugs with 10 mm Ø
centres 43 mm
7 mm Δ spindle
40
30 mm projection
tip-to-turn option
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Locking + Security
Fixing aid
Inserting the cylinder: Loosen Removing the cylinder: Set the

grub screw (2), set the Cylinder cylinder (3) in the unlocked
thrower to the vertical Position position. Loosen grub screw
Key position
before assembly (1), insert the (2). The cylinder (3) can now
cylinder (3) and pressing until be removed by turning the key
there is an audible click. (4) anticlockwise.
Tighten grub screw (2). Further
pressure on the cylinder (3)
causes the handle to become
locked. To unlock, turn the key
(4) clockwise.
1 4 3 2
220
Window handle
lock adaptor
32,5 79
3423 70
43 Aluminium
84,5
AluGrey
Stainless steel
123
21
32,5 78
3476 70
Aluminium
84,5
43 AluGrey
Stainless steel
125 21
Window lock matching FSB- 4d
window handles on security
windows acc. to
DIN V ENV 1627
lugs with 10 mm Ø
lug length 6.5 mm
centres 43 mm
7 mm Δ spindle
30 mm projection
tip-to-turn option
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Accessories:
2 screws M5 Locking + Security
FSB has for many years The lockable adaptor rose is,
supplied RAL-tested lockable of course, likewise tested and
handles for burglar-resistant monitored to RAL quality stan-
windows. Complementing and dards. Models 3423 and 3476
augmenting the standard styles, shown here are stocked as
a rose with a catch and locking standard. Any other handle
mechanism allows FSB’s wide design may also be selected
variety of window-handle de- for fitting to the adaptor rose.
signs to be adopted for the In such instances, FSB asks
special requirements of burglar- that the necessary delivery
resistant windows. The rose time be borne in mind.
can be fitted in one of two po-
sitions, with the cylinder either
at the top or bottom. (When
ordering the “tilt to turn” va-
riant it is necessary to state
the position of the cylinder.)
221
Window lock
55 25,5
3407
Aluminium
73 43 AluGrey
Stainless steel
Brass
37 12,5 Black plastics
similar to RAL 9004
White plastics
similar to RAL 9010

lugs with 10 mm Ø
matching FSB-window handles
with lugs 10 mm Ø only
FSB 3407 matches all FSB the window lock. Installed as

window handles with click-stop illustrated on this page. We
mechanism. To compensate for emphasize that, whilst pro-
the insert length of the spindle tection from leverage devices
due to the additional depth of make break-ins more difficult
the lock adapter, the standard and time-consuming, they
spindle projection of 30 mm cannot provide complete
will be extended to 42 mm. protection.
This is accomplished with the
use of a spindle extension part
which is delivered together with
Accessories:
2 screws M5 x 50 mm
1 spindle extension part
222
Protection from leverage
Socket key-operated locks
40
3416
55 43
Aluminium
FSB anti-leverage devices are

25 security items which, whilst
20
not rendering burglaries im-
29
possible, make them a good
deal harder to perpetrate.
28 7
3461
Aluminium
70 43
Ø 22 12
4d
33
28 7
3462
Aluminium
70 43
Ø 22 12
33
32,5 14
3470
Aluminium
Lugs with 10 mm Ø
Ø 22 6
27
The socket key for FSB 3461,

3462 and 3470 can be ordered
by item No. 3463.
223
Budget lock roses
32,5 14
1759 ..
Aluminium
70 15 43 Stainless steel
25 without cover plate

26 with oval cover plate for
vertical fixing
32,5 14
27 with round cover plate for
horizontal fixing
70 43
70
32,5
43
14
36
1793
15 Aluminium
28 7
1784
Aluminium
70 43
Lever with 7 mm Δ-spindle

suitable für budget lock roses
shown can be ordered by item
No. 3402 9000.
224
Sliding patio door levers
52
3750 11..
Stainless steel
252
14
53
80
155
69
35 77
4d
50
3750 12..
Stainless steel
Sliding patio door levers

incl. locking
253 turnably fixed
14
concealed fixing
10 mm Δ-spindle
53
Fixing M6
80
155
69
35 72
The sliding patio door levers 00 Without keyhole, with 02 Without keyhole, with bolts Flush pulls 4215 series cf.
are available in following threaded M6 lugs, for M6 x 80 mm, for through page 226.
versions: through fixing in combi- fixing in combination with
nation with version 02. FSB 4215 series or version
00.
01 With PZ-keyhole, with
threaded M6 lugs, for 03 With PZ-keyhole, with bolts
through fixing in combi- M6 x 80 mm, for through
nation with version 03. fixing in combination with
FSB 4215 series or version
01.
225
Flush pulls for
sliding patio door levers
35 17
4215 00
80 95
69
155 Flush pull without keyhole
With threaded M6 lugs
25 3
35 17
4215 02
80 95
69
155 Flush pull with PZ-keyhole
25 3
35 17
4215 10
Stainless steel
80 95 105
Flush pull without keyhole
25 3
226
Accessories 4e
Overview 230
Indicators 232
Flush pulls 234
Flush ring handles 240
Door stops 241
Door stops for wall mounting 245
Pull handles 246
Coat-hook 249
Cabinet knobs 249
Card frame 252
Cable box 252
Engraving 253
229
Overview
4211 4212 4213 4250 4250 4251 4251

Pages 239, 61, 279 Pages 239, 279 Page 239 Page 234 Page 234 Page 235 Page 235
4210 4252 4252 4253 4253 4254 4254

4203 4204 4205 4299

Page 240 Page 240 Page 240 Page 238
2160 3602 3603 3617 6628 6629 5325

3816 3817 3819 3878 3879 3880 3881

Page 241 Page 241 Page 241 Page 242 Page 242 Page 242 Pages 243, 279
230
New products 09 |10
Aluminium Bronze
AluGrey Brass
Stainless steel Rubber
3882 3884 3888 3896 3880 3896 9888

Page 243 Seiten 243, 61, 279 Page 244 Page 244 Page 245, 61 Page 245 Page 244
3646 3650 2328 3632 3641 3643 3654

3689 3691 3641

4001 9865 4059

Page 252 Page 252 Page 232 f.
231
Indicators
0002 Arrow pointing upwards
0005 Arrow pointing diagonally
down to the left
0003 Arrow pointing left
0004 Arrow pointing right
0012 Lift
0014 Stairs up
0017 Escape route
0030 No smoking
0041 Quiet please

0042 No shoes
0100 Ladies’ toilet

0101 Gents’ toilet
0103 For the disabled
0106 Shower
0111 Soap (opto)
0120 Rest room

0121 Waiting room
0122 Visitors’ terrace
0131 Men’s changing room

0142 Drying room
0143 Storeroom
0144 Utility room
0150 Kitchen
0151 Sauna
0152 Solarium
0153 Conference room
0154 Prayer room
0211 Parcels
0212 Stamps
0213 Letterbox
0300 Hotel
0301 Reception
0310 Restaurant
0313 Bar
0200 Telephone
0201 Fax
0220 Laptop
232
100
4059 ....
Aluminium
100
Stainless steel
The quality of any system of The spectrum of over 400 si-

pictograms is primarily defined gns covers virtually every ap-
by its simplicity and exhausti- plication in the public and
veness. Our pictograms have commercial spheres. All picto-
no truck with fads and trends, grams draw on a uniform, co-
having recourse to a clear and pyrighted formal vocabulary,
These two pages show but a unequivocal visual language thus allowing for random per- 4e
small selection from our wide- instead. Originally devised as mutations within the system.
ranging system. You will find a signage for the Munich FSB engraves, lasers or tam-
complete rundown at Olympic Games and Frankfurt pon-prints these pictograms
www.fsb.de/pictograms. The Airport by graphic artist Otl onto aluminium or stainless
system covers the following Aicher, they have lost none of steel signplates. The produc-
areas of application: their exemplary impact and tion technique is set out on
are still utterly contemporary Page 253.
– information signs more than 35 years on. The
– function rooms ongoing addition of new picto-
– communication grams reflects technical inno-
– service vations as well as the
– security convergence of international
– health markets.
– culture and leisure time
– shops
– transport
– sport
0330 Information
0332 Bank
0334 Ticket office
0403 Fire extinguisher
0511 Registration
0520 Internal medicine
0528 Massage
0605 Lecture hall

0633 Reading room
0634 Lounge
0911 Swimming pool
233
Flush pulls
45 19
4250
Aluminium
Stainless steel
155 108 Flush pull open

150 × R 20 × 17.5 mm
25 2
39
4250 0001
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Flush pull closed

150 × R 20 × 17.5 mm
FSB delivers a formally and appearance for the door leaf.

functionally innovative hardwa- The operating aperture is al-
re solution for sliding doors in ways blanked out by a flap
the form of closed and open that springs neatly into the clo-
flush pulls. Made in stainless sed position when the hardwa-
steel and aluminium, its new re is not being used.
recessed handles echo the ar-
chitectural trend towards the
flush-mounting of functional
appliances. Our new closed
flush pulls ensure a uniform
234
Flush pulls
45 19
4251
Aluminium
Stainless steel
155 105 Flush pull open

150 × R 20 × 17.5 mm
25 2
39
4251 0001
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Flush pull closed

4e
150 × R 20 × 17.5 mm
45 19
4251 0002
Aluminium
Stainless steel
75
155 Flush pull open

150 × R 20 × 17.5 mm
25 2
39
235
Flush pulls
54 19
4252
Aluminium
75 Stainless steel
Flush pull open

2

Ø 70 × 17.5 mm
4252 0001
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Flush pull closed

Ø 70 × 17.5 mm
54 19
4252 0002
25 Aluminium
75 Stainless steel
Flush pull open

2

Ø 70 × 17.5 mm
30 18,5
4254
50 Aluminium
Stainless steel
1,5
Flush pull open

Ø 45 × 17.5 mm
4254 0001
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Flush pull closed

Ø 45 × 17.5 mm
236
Flush pulls
50 19
4253
Aluminium
70 Stainless steel
Flush pull open

2

65 × 65 × 17.5 mm
4253 0001
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Flush pull closed

4e
65 × 65 × 17.5 mm
50 19
4253 0002
25 Aluminium
70 Stainless steel
Flush pull open

2

65 × 65 × 17.5 mm
Radius corners R 15
59 10,5
45 8,5 4210 9000
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Flush pull open

163,5 143
177,5 130,5 Mill out size in the door
144 × 56 × 9 mm
Radius corners 3 mm
42,5 2
55,5
237
Flush pulls
X 10
4299 ....
Stainless steel
101 55
Flush pull with radiused cor-
ners, installed on the face of
the door.
R 5,5
3
Door thickness
50
.... 0002 40 mm
.... 0006 38 mm
.... 0007 43 mm
.... 0008 50 mm
.... 0013 52 mm
.... 0017 55 mm
.... 0014 60 mm
X 10
4299 ....
Stainless steel
101 55
Flush pull with square corners,
installed on the face of the
door.
3
Door thickness
50
.... 0003 40 mm
.... 0004 38 mm
.... 0005 50 mm
.... 0009 43 mm
.... 0015 52 mm
.... 0018 55 mm
.... 0016 60 mm
238
Flush pulls
40 11,5
4211
Aluminium
Stainless steel
120 Bronze
Brass

1,5 87 x 28 x 10 mm
Boreholes for 3.0 mm

countersunk screws
40 11,5
4212
Aluminium 4e
Stainless steel
120 Brass

1,5 87 x 28 x 10 mm

countersunk screws
36 12
4213
Aluminium
Stainless steel
105

97 x 28 x 10 mm
Flush pulls FSB 4211 and

4212 are available:
without keyhole,
with lever lock/BB keyhole,
with profile cylinder/PZ keyhole.
239
Flush ring
handles
90 12
4203
Aluminium
90 72
Available with:
8 mm Δ-hole
72
Solid spindle 8 mm Δ
FSB Stabil-spindle 8 mm Δ
70 11
4204
Aluminium
70 54
Available with:
54
8 mm Δ-hole
FSB Stabil-spindle 8 mm Δ
70 13
4205
57
Aluminium
47
Available with:
8 mm Δ-hole
148 FSB Stabil-spindle 8 mm Δ
Lever lock/BB keyhole

Profile cylinder/PZ keyhole
50
Please state door thickness Boreholes for 3.5 mm counter-

and, if applicable, spindle sunk screws
projection when ordering.
240
Door stops
25 3816
Aluminium
9
Stainless steel
60 16,5
40 20
40
3817
Aluminium 4e
47 16,5
31,5 15,5
28
76,5
3819
Aluminium
28
As with all architectural hard- Depending on requirements, it

ware, door stops will only give is then possible to choose bet-
satisfaction if correctly fitted and ween simple stops, stops with
properly used. Before ordering anti-skew capability, stops with
or fabricating, it is necessary baseplates, directional and
to check the weight of the non-directional stops and, fi-
door leaf, the angle of contact, nally, stops fitted straight into
the height of the bottom of the the floor or those where rawl-
door from the floor and the plugs are used.
241
Door stops
Ø 48
24
3878
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
48
24
52
3879
Aluminium
24
Ø 40
3880 01
32 Rubber
As with all architectural hard-

ware, door stops will only give
satisfaction if correctly fitted and
properly used. Before ordering
or fabricating, it is necessary
to check the weight of the
door leaf, the angle of contact,
the height of the bottom of the
door from the floor and the
242
Door stops
Ø 45
3881
34 Aluminium
Stainless steel
Brass
Ø 40
3882
37 Aluminium 4e
70
3884
Aluminium
20
Stainless steel
Bronze
Brass
75
10
3884 10
Black baseplate
Depending on requirements, it
is then possible to choose bet-
ween simple stops, stops with
anti-skew capability, stops with
baseplates, directional and
non-directional stops and, fi-
nally, stops fitted straight into
the floor or those where rawl-
plugs are used.
243
Door stops
48 42
3888
49 Aluminium
42 48
3889
Aluminium
49
Ø 46
30
3896 00
Rubber
9888
Stainless steel
Portable door stop and door

200 holder in one.
Weight approx. 1.6 kg
The rubber edging gently
absorbs impact.
45 Bottom surface non-slip.
80
244
Door stops
for wall mounting
Ø 45
3880 ..
Ø 40 Aluminium
Stainless steel
60
90 Bronze
120
02 Length 120 mm
03 Length 90 mm
04 Length 60 mm
Ø 45
3896 ..
Ø 46 Aluminium 4e
Stainless steel
60
90
120 02 Length 120 mm
03 Length 90 mm
04 Length 60 mm
80
3646 ..
Aluminium
Stainless steel
40 100
00 without rubber
01 with rubber
35 20
Door stops mounted to the wall FSB advises against fitting

need to be fitted in such a way stops at door-handle height.
that the door leaf strikes them The resultant shock waves are
as head-on as possible. Any transmitted via the lock follo-
undue lateral force is likely to wer to the lock mechanism,
cause the stop to be worked eventually causing it to suffer
loose. damage.
245
Pull handles
25
2160
Aluminium
165
113
140
52
Ø 16
45 64
3601
Aluminium
200
45 59
3602
Aluminium
160
246
Pull handles
25
3603
Aluminium
230
200
50
55
20
3604
Aluminium
175
150
40 4e
45
23 40
3617
Aluminium
175
23 35
3618
Aluminium
150
247
Pull handles
55 64
6628
Aluminium
Stainless steel
210 Ø 20
Fittings feature two fixing
points concealed by a clip-on
cover.
80 59
6629
Aluminium
Stainless steel
300
210
Ø 20 Boreholes for 4.0 mm counter-
sunk screws
80
5325
Aluminium
Stainless steel
300 counterplate to 6629
Boreholes for 4.0 mm counter-

sunk screws
Double-action swing doors in An alternating arrangement

restaurants, canteens, hospi- is conceivable in the gripping
tals and so forth are generally area, however. Furnishing the
fitted with both finger and kik- two faces of the door with the
king plates for added protec- combination shown above al-
tion. lows the desired direction of
swing to be notionally indica-
ted.
248
Coat-hook,
Cabinet knobs
34 34
3650
Aluminium
90
28 37
2328
Aluminium 4e
70 43 Ø 33
33
3632 ..
04 r.h. | 05 l.h.
40 Aluminium
Stainless steel
27
Screw M4 x 30 mm
249
Cabinet knobs
Ø 16
3641
32 Aluminium
Stainless steel
Ø 14
3643
32 Aluminium
Stainless steel
Ø 26
3654
34 Aluminium
Stainless steel
All cabinet knobs/

coat-hook are supplied with
screw M4 x 30 mm.
250
Cabinet knobs,
Drawer pull,
90 27
24
3657
Aluminium
80
70 27
3656
24 Aluminium
60
Ø 33
3689
30
Aluminium 4e
Screw M4 x 30 mm
Ø 29
3691
29
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Screw M4 x 30 mm
251
Card frame
Cable box
400.
89 66 Aluminium
4001 suitable for paper

82
dimension 74 x 105 mm
96
120
48 29
82
100 4004 suitable for paper
120 dimension 26 x 74 mm
64 46 36 20
55
55 70
68 86
86
90
9865
Aluminium
Stainless steel
External diameter 90.0 mm

Internal diameter 80.0 mm
85
Inlet diameter 85.0 mm
Height less rim
23–38 9865 0000 38.0 mm
9865 0002 33.0 mm
9865 0004 29.0 mm
1,2 2,5 9865 0006 23.0 mm
Rim thickness 1.2 mm
Rim projection 2.5 mm
23–38
Slit length 58.0 mm
Ø 85
Bonding groove
Clip
Cap
The FSB cable box ensures ti- Its heavy-duty design is such The FSB cable box is available
dy cable management at work that the cap remains resolutely in
desks. Connections for tele- clipped in place no matter how
phones and fax machines, obdurate the cabling beneath. Alu 01 natural colour anodised
task lights, desktop computers The slit is sealed by a brush Alu 03 brass-colour anodised
and all that goes with them are gasket that adapts itself to the Alu + colour black
ideally accommodated in this cables inserted. Alu + colour white
elegant cable box. Alu + colour grey
Satin stainless steel
252
Engravings
Laser engravings
Tampon prints
FSB can engrave graphics, Engravings Laser engravings Tampon prints
illustrations, patterns, decorati-
ve material, lettering numerals Size of inscription area: Size of laserable area: Size of inscription area or max.
and also colours onto informa- 610 x 2,000 mm (flat) 610 x 610 mm size of graphic elements:
tion signs, key tags, letter (flat or slightly curved) Ø 85 mm (flat)
plates, bell-push plates, hand- Site of workpiece:
le pads and any other flat fit- H 50 x 650 x 2,000 mm, cy- Size of workpiece: Size of workpiece:
tings in aluminium, stainless lindrical objects to Ø 110 mm, H 200 x 610 x 610 mm, cylin- H 150 x 300 x 200 mm, cylin-
steel, AluGrey®, bronze and max. length 200 mm drical object to Ø 110 mm, drical objects not possible
brass or, indeed, wood and max. length 360 mm
glass.
The various options together

with the relevant technical
specifications are set out
alongside. Before we can quo-
te we require details of the
material as well as specimens
of the graphics, illustrations, 4e
logos or other pictorial material
as a means of gauging the in-
put involved more accurately.
We work with all the standard
picture and graphics formats,
i.e. pixel data such as .tiff, Inscriptions: Inscriptions: Inscriptions:
.jpeg or .bmp, and vector data min. cap height 4.0 mm min. cap height 2.0 mm min. cap height 2.5 mm
such as .dxf, .cdr or .eps.
Engravings in metal can be The means now exist to pro- Standard colour black, special
In the case of typographic en- “natural” or with inlay lacque- cess motifs not only as vecto- colours possible to order
gravings, we require precise ring. Custom designs may in- red data but also in the form of
details of fonts and sizes. corporate any common colour pixel data such as .tiff, .jpeg or Tampon prints are recommen-
Besides a broad range of type- systems (RAL, HKS, Pantone .bmp and to laser any motif on- ded for less complex mono-
faces, we can also arrange for etc.) including lacquers from to glass and wood surfaces as chrome or two-tone print items
your script, logos or names to the automotive industry. well as onto aluminium and to be produced in large num-
be input in vectored form or Unless specified otherwise by stainless steel as hitherto. bers. They are additionally a
converted into character the customer, we produce in- Filigree linear design elements useful means of adding diffe-
paths. lay lacquering for engravings look particularly good in this rently coloured detail to inlay
in black. way, as the laser technique al- lacquered areas of engravings
With laser engravings it is ne- lows very fine lines or dots to or else to chromatically accen-
cessary both to check the data be rendered. tuate laser-engraved areas or
and simulate use of pixel data designs.
in combination with the desi- Laser engravings are generally
red materials before we can metallic white in appearance There is thus some scope for
make a quote or commit our- (including on colour anodised combining the techniques set
selves to producing the item. surfaces) due to the presence out above.
of an aluminium oxide layer.
Lasered stainless steel finishes, If you have any queries, please
by contrast, turn black, whilst contact our inhouse service
wood becomes beige-to-black staff:
depending on the species.
Glass turns dull silver, very mu- International Sales:
ch as with sand-blasted sur- Mr Ralf Frischemeier
faces. Telephone +49 5272 608213
ralf.frischemeier@fsb.de
It is also possible, furthermore,
to engrave curved surfaces.
253
How Le Corbusier
made it to colour
Le Corbusier achieved fame for interested not merely in the

his work as an architect in the formal quality of such colours
first instance. He is generally but in particular also in the
classified as being an exponent way they interact with the
of “white architecture”; com- human observer and in the
mon to this movement was an powers of association they
abhorrence of all things deco- activate in the process. It was
rative, which were deemed to only a question of time before
include colour finishes in built Le Corbusier began applying
spaces and on facades. Thus, his thoughts to the applicabili-
for decades, whitewash was ty of colour to architecture.
considered the only coating ac- Early forays of note in this
ceptable for walls and ceilings. respect such as in the interior
Le Corbusier nonetheless ad- of the “La Roche” residential
dressed himself to the design building he designed in Paris
potential of “colourful” colours (built between 1923 and
from early on. His second pas- 1925) reveal how he was at
sion – painting in a style that pains to concede a certain
was distinctly experimental amount of autonomy to walls
compared to his buildings – is as carriers of colour without
to be viewed as the point of jeopardising the wholeness of
departure for his reflections on the space.
the matter. However, he was
Brass 5
Brass – the material 256
Overview 257
Lever handle 258
Roses 268
Backplates 270
Knob handles 282
Door knobs 273
Knob backplates 271
Window handles 274
Window lock 278
Letter plates 458
Door stops 279
Flush pulls 279
255
Brass
FSB 4205
Brass polished lacquered
FSB 4305
Brass polished waxed
FSB and brass Corrosion protection Recommendation Surface Hygiene
FSB has been supplying select Brass is prone to corrosion in FSB fundamentally recom- A brief word of clarification
door and window furniture in everyday use - a fact that is mends only using waxed brass concerning the hygienic pro-
brass, together with accesso- sometimes glossed over. finishes. Polished waxed finis- perties of door handles:
ries, for forty years. From the Polishing is the only way hes can be looked after using There are those amongst our
very beginning we strove for round this. Anyone acquainted proprietary cleansers. competitors who, citing the
originality, spurning hackneyed with more northerly countries Do not use lacquered brass findings of research institutes,
forms such as post horns or will have observed the weekly finishes in outdoor applications make much in their brochures
duck bills. buffing given to brass furniture where the sun and the environ- of the enhanced sterilizing pro-
on front doors there. ment will hasten the onset of perties of certain finishes. FSB
This chore becomes redun- corrosion. likewise has access to reports
DIN 17 660 dant if the surface is either lac- Brass furniture should not be proving that, for instance, cup-
quered or waxed. considered for heavy duty ap- riferous metals kill germs more
Brass furniture is available in a Waxed brass components plications in public buildings, effectively than, in particular,
wide range of alloys and at wi- are self-polishing through use. since there is too much clean- synthetic materials.
dely differing prices. But not all Areas that are not handled will ing involved. But FSB sets no great store
that glitters is pure brass. It is rapidly develop a brown or by such findings. Whether a gi-
in our case though. We make grey-green patina. Many buyers ven finish destroys bacteria in
exclusive use of the CuZn37 deem this surface discoloura- 24 hours or in 72 is academic
copper-zinc alloy specified un- tion positively alluring. Lacque- really, since in practice, doors
der DIN 17 660 as material no. red brass furniture loses its tend to be in fairly regular use
2.0321 and 2.0335. gloss once the lacquer is da- anyway. You’d have to take re-
maged. Intercrystalline corro- medial action every time a door
sion then quickly sets in. was opened or closed if you
Corroded handles can be re- wished to eliminate germs al-
conditioned, however - for a together.
charge covering costs.
256
New products 09 |10
Aluminium Bronze
AluGrey Brass
1020 1023 1028 1057 1076 1102

Pages 258, 84 Pages 259, 86, 43 Pages 260, 91 Pages 261, 99 Pages 262, 108 Pages 263, 116, 45
1106 1135 1146 1147 1705| 1709 1743| 1744

Pages 264, 118, 46 Pages 265, 129 Pages 266, 131 Pages 267, 132 Pages 269, 148, 150 Pages 268, 148, 150, 48
0802 0880
1418 1927 1964 2302 2380 3404
Pages 270, 159, 50 Pages 271, 57, 184 Pages 271, 57, 184 Pages 272, 54, 171, 175 Pages 272, 177 Pages 278, 212
3423 3432 3435 3446 3447 3476 3735

Pages 274, 197, 58 Pages 274, 199, 60 Pages 275, 200 Pages 275, 202 Pages 276, 203 Pages 276, 206 Pages 277, 207
4211
3736 3407 3826 4212 3881 3884
Pages 277, 208, 59 Pages 222, 278 Page 458 Pages 279, 239, 61 Pages 279, 243 Pages 279, 243, 61
257
Product family
Model 1020
1020 | 1743 | 1744 1
1020 | 1731 | 1735 2

1020 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1
1020 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1020 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1020 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Brass Window handle

Aluminium* 3404
AluGrey*
Details page 278
The FSB 1020 model is the clearest embodiment

of the “good form” of the 1950s. This is a lever
handle that flourishes by dint of the organic flow
of its moulded-to-the-hand design and because
it somehow looks symmetrical without actually
being so. Johannes Potente’s intention with this
design was to provide a dynamic counterpoint
to the linearity of doors.
were added to the permanent collection at the
MoMA in New York.
78
122
1
Design: Johannes Potente * Additional sets cf. 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
page 84 without lugs, face fixing 3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
258
Product family
Model 1023
1023 | 1743 | 1744 1
1023 | 1731 | 1735 2

1023 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1023 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1023 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1023 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Brass Internal door furniture

Aluminium 1023 | 1451 03
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze

1023 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
In the 1950s, the Swiss architect Max Bill got Bathroom furniture
together with Ernst Moeckel to fashion a door 1023 | 1451 0384 5
handle for the new Ulm Design College building 1023 | 1451 0354 6
that drew on the handles common on railway
carriage doors in Switzerland and has made
design history as the “Ulm handle”.
It was a handle that in turn inspired Johannes Internal door furniture
Potente to produce FSB 1023, which for is an 1023 | 1418 03
alternative to the usual U-shaped models.

1023 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
58
Bathroom furniture
135
1023 | 1418 0384 5
1023 | 1418 0354 6
1
Window handle 3423 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
cf. page 274 without lugs, face fixing 3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
259
Product family
Model 1028
1028 | 1705 | 1709 1
1028 | 1707 | 1708 2

1028 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1
1028 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1028 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1028 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
Brass Window handle

Aluminium 3435
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Details page 275
The FSB 1028 design is the most ornate of the

handles in the “FSB Featherlight” range. It is a
variation on the terminology used in the FSB
1025 model, yet one that does not neglect the
ergonomic factor.
This is a design that catches the eye and is just
as good to hold. The undular styling of the grip
section is both visually striking and a stimulating
experience for the hand. It’s as elegant a silver
embellishment as you could ever hope to see
on a door and, almost as an afterthought, it also
serves to operate the door.
60
135
1
Design: Hartmut Weise 1705 | 1709 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
260
Product family
Model 1057
1057 | 1705 | 1709 1
1057 | 1707 | 1708 2

1057 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1
1057 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1057 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1057 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
Brass
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Lever handle model FSB 1057 is the work of

Munich-based designer Jan Roth. Singularly
unimpressed by the models then on sale, he
decided to design a handle of his own for his
doors. After the first casting, he took the polished
unfinished parts home with him and duly fitted
them to the doors there (which is where they
can still be found).
The FSB 1057 model by Jan Roth nestles
snugly in the hand and is a handle that women
in particular often tend to fall for on the spot.
63
127
1
Design: Jan Roth 1705 | 1709 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
261
Product family
Model 1076
1076 | 1743 | 1744 1
1076 | 1731 | 1735 2

1076 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1076 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1076 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1076 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Brass Window handle

Aluminium 3476
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Details page 276
The architect Robert Mallet-Stevens (1886 –

1945) designed several residential buildings in
Paris in the 1920s. It is likely to have been he
who hit upon the idea of splitting a round tube
in two and mitring the ends back together again
at right angles.
The design is now known as the “Frankfurt
model”. There’s a simple reason for this being
so. The handle was rediscovered when the Ar-
chitecture Museum was built and proceeded to
take the market by storm.
57
21
137
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
262
Product family
Model 1102
1102 | 1743 | 1744 1
1102 | 1731 | 1735 2

1102 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1102 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1102 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1102 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Brass Window handle

Aluminium* 3432
AluGrey*
Stainless steel*
Bronze* Details page 274
The FSB 1102 model is rooted in a redesign

a groove as one of his submissions to FSB’s
Design Workshop held in 1986.
Owing to the popularity of this design, we now
supply FSB 1102 in the four materials listed above
and the corresponding finishes. We would re-
commend using the rugged stainless steel variant
on heavily used doors, indeed that is the version
shown here.
60
22
127
1
* Additional sets 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
263
Product family
Model 1106
1106 | 1743 | 1744 1
1106 | 1731 | 1735 2

1106 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1106 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1106 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1106 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
Brass Window handle

Aluminium 3736
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze Details page 277
Materials always figure centrally for Frankfurt-

based architect Prof. Christoph Mäckler. It came
as no surprise, therefore, that he earmarked
Brass for his lever handle collection.
Lever handle 1106 is the slightly reworked version
of FSB 1135.
60
119
1
Design: Christoph Mäckler 1743 | 1744 subroses Spindles for privacy sets:
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
cf. page 531ff.
264
Product family
Model 1135
1135 | 1425

1135 | 1425 | 1925
Bathroom furniture
1135 | 1425 7584 1
1135 | 1425 7554 2
Brass Window handle

Aluminium 3735
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Details page 277
When we got together with Frankfurt-based

architect Prof. Christoph Mäckler to contem-
plate a new handle collection, attention initially
focused not on the design but on the choice of
material.
Professor Mäckler loves natural materials.
Thus the first thing he did was to reach a de-
cision in that respect by opting for brass. Once
the issue of materials had been resolved, he
leafed through no end of old catalogues and
ultimately hit upon a form that had originally
found favour with door users in the 19th century.
58
107
Design: Christoph Mäckler Spindles for privacy sets:

3
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
265
Product family
Model 1146
1146 | 1743 | 1744 1
1146 | 1731 | 1735 2

1146 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1146 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1146 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1146 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

Aluminium 1146 | 1451 03
AluGrey
Stainless steel

1146 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
In the early 1990s, FSB felt the time had come Bathroom furniture
to give the plain round styling of the stable-door 1146 | 1451 0384 5
handle a going over. The shank was conically 1146 | 1451 0354 6
extended and a semicircular tip was added to
the bent end; two subtle little changes that have
given the revamped FSB 1146 model a charac-
ter all of its own. Inevitably, the inevitable hap- Internal door furniture
pened and this model, too, has suffered no end 1146 | 1418 03
of imitations.

20 1146 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
62
52
Bathroom furniture
1146 | 1418 0384 5
142 1146 | 1418 0354 6
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
266
Product family
Model 1147
1147 | 1743 | 1744 1
1147 | 1731 | 1735 2

1147 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1147 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
Bathroom furniture
1147 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1147 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

Aluminium 1147 | 1451 03
AluGrey
Stainless steel

1147 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
The FSB logo echoes a lever handle designed Bathroom furniture

by the Austrian philosopher Ludwig Wittgenstein 1147 | 1451 0384 5
in the mid-1920s in Vienna. This is the original 1147 | 1451 0354 6
upon which all similar lever handle forms are
based. By adding a conical shank and spherical
tip we aimed to set ourselves apart from the
many other variants of this lever handle on the Internal door furniture
market – and, of course, to render our corpora- 1147 | 1418 03
te logo “grippable”.

1147 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
62
20 Bathroom furniture
1147 | 1418 0384 5
132 1147 | 1418 0354 6
1
6 mm Δ
4
8 mm Δ
2
267
Roses
55
1743
Subroses with
lugs: 1731
38 Brass
7
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
55
1744
Subroses with
lugs: 1735
38 Brass
7
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
55
1744 0084 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs:
1735 0054, 8 mm Δ
38 Brass
Aluminium
AluGrey
30 Stainless steel
Bronze
55
38
Keyholes
268
Roses
55
1705
Subroses with
lugs: 1707
38 Brass
7
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
55
1709
Subroses with
lugs: 1708
38 Brass
7
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
55
1709 7554 6 mm Δ 5
Subroses with lugs:

1735 0054, 8 mm Δ
38 Brass
Aluminium
AluGrey
29 Stainless steel
55
38
Keyholes
269
Roses
Backplates
32,5 7
1758
Brass
70 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
32,5 7
1757
Brass
70 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
45 7
1418 03
88
Brass
75,5
Aluminium
21,5 AluGrey
245 70
72
Stainless steel
92 134,5 Bronze
Concealed fixing
Ø 10
45 7
1451 03
50 Brass
21,5 Aluminium
70
185 72
112
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
Ø 10
Distance 70 + 72 mm
Concealed fixing
Keyholes
270
Knob backplates
45 X
1964 03
50
Brass (X = 72 mm)
21,5 Aluminium (X = 77 mm)
70
185 72
112
AluGrey (X = 77 mm)
Bronze (X = 72 mm)
Distance 70 + 72 mm
Concealed fixing
45 X
1927 03 5
88
Brass (X = 72 mm)
75,5
245 70 Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)
72
92 134,5 Bronze (X = 72 mm)
Concealed fixing
Keyholes
271
Knob handles
50
0802
Brass (X = 65 mm)
AluGrey (X = 70 mm)
Bronze (X = 65 mm)
X
8 mm Δ-hole
45
0880
Brass
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
40
8 mm Δ-hole

FSB Stabil-spindle 0102.
272
Door knobs
X
2302 06
55 50
Brass (X = 72 mm)
AluGrey (X = 77 mm)
Bronze (X = 72 mm)
Concealed through fixing,

X
2302 05
55 50
Brass (X = 72 mm)
AluGrey (X = 77 mm)
Bronze (X = 72 mm)
48
2380 06 5
55 46
Brass
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Concealed through fixing,

48
2380 05
55 46
Brass
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
06 05
273
Window handles
32,5 72
3423
70 43 Brass
Aluminium
AluGrey
123 14
Stainless steel
Bronze
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
32,5 74
3432
70 43 Brass
Aluminium
AluGrey
114 14
Stainless steel
Bronze
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm


Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
274
Window handles
32,5 68
3435
70 43 Brass
Aluminium
AluGrey
118 14
Stainless steel
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

32,5 71
3446 5
70 43 Brass
Aluminium
AluGrey
120 14
Stainless steel
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
275
Window handles
32,5 71
3447
70 43 Brass
Aluminium
AluGrey
120 14
Stainless steel
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
32,5 70
3476
70 43 Brass
Aluminium
AluGrey
115 14
Stainless steel
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
276
Window handles
30 65
3735
63 43 24 Brass
Aluminium
95
3
Stainless steel
Lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
These window handles come

with reduced-depth roses
43 24
3 mm thick that are fastened
to the window drive mecha-
nism at 43mm centres using
6 M5 screws.
30

32,5 74
3736 5
70 43 Brass
Aluminium
106
AluGrey
14
Stainless steel
Bronze
Window handle with

lugs with 10 mm Ø
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm

Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
277
Window handle
Window lock
28
3404
70 43 Brass
Aluminium
7 C:C mounting holes 43 mm

64
7 mm Δ spindle
projecting 30 mm
95
55 25,5
3407
Brass
73 43 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
37 12,5 Plastic black
like RAL 9004
Plastic white
like RAL 9010

lugs with 10 mm Ø
only for use with FSB window
handles having lugs 10 mm
in diameter
Details page 222
278
Door stops
Flush pull
Ø 45
3881
34 Brass
Aluminium
Stainless steel
70
3884
Brass
20
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Bronze
75
10 3884 10 5
Black baseplate
40 11,5 40 11,5
4211
4212
120 120 Brass
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Bronze (only 4211)
1,5 1,5
87 x 28 x 10 mm

countersunk screws
Flush pulls FSB 4211 and 4212

are available:
– without keyhole
– with lever lock/BB keyhole
– with profile cylinder/PZ
keyhole
279
Interplay between
colour and space.
Le Corbusier eschewed the use was that there are immutable

of colour as a purely decorative constants in people’s reactions
stylistic medium. His intention, to different colours. He was
rather, was that it should be intent on identifying inherent
deployed in accordance with laws, invariables and mecha-
functional dictates and contri- nisms that could explain the
bute to the structuring of the use of colour. Where was it
architecture. Different colour permissible to apply colour at
schemes within a building all? Was it alright for one wall,
mark out differing functional all walls or even the ceiling to
areas and spheres of life and be coloured? A ceiling of the
heighten the identity of the in- same hue as the walls can
dividual spaces. This function- heighten a space’s sense of
driven approach was, however, enclosure (like a dome), faca-
required to take adequate ac- des in burnt sienna undersco-
count of the psychological and re the structure’s volume, light
social effect of colour in archi- green facades fade in with the
tecture. The aesthetic dimen- vegetation.
sion was to enjoy priority in
equal measure. It is by combi-
ning the two criteria that the
correct formal solution is arri-
ved at. Le Corbusier’s premiss
Lever handles
and door knobs
for framed doors 6a
Explanations 282
Overview 284
Lever handles for 286

framed doors
Door knobs for framed doors 292
Roses for framed doors 296
Backplate for framed doors 299
Lever handle for unlatching 298

handle for pulling and pushing
Grip handle furniture for 300

framed doors
281
Furniture for
framed doors
“Classic” problems: Fastenings supplied with

Fixing on frame doors product
A consequence of said spatial In the past we have frequently

constraints is that there may had to follow up notifications
be some difficulty fixing the of faulty goods arising from their
hardware: short backsets and having been fitted improperly
the absence of through fixing or contrary to our recommended
options within frame door course of action. With the
1 locks has led - against better appearance of the present
judgment - to the face fixing of Manual, therefore, FSB is
frame door hardware beco- adopting a new policy of sup-
As well as a complete range of ming common practice, one plying matching fastenings with
different types of handle (le- that has repeatedly given rise products. Fastenings comprise
vers, knobs and pulls) for frame to hardware that wobbles and non-loosening M5 screws and
doors in metal, plastic or wood, works loose. rivet nuts to suit the bases for
FSB also supplies fixing systems frame door fittings. The heads
specifically adapted to the re- of these rivet nuts (Ø 11 mm)
quirements of frame doors and FSB fixing system for frame fit exactly into the underside of
hardware that have undergone door fittings - Generation 2008 FSB fittings for frame doors.
constant refinement over the The combination of rivet nuts,
years. Spurred on variously by bases (with integrated anti-
Wittgenstein’s breakthrough, slip/screw-retention devices)
our knowledge of the notorious and non-loosening screws
fixing problems involved and ensures that hardware can be
innovations developed in co- fitted so as not to work loose.
operation with Sächsische
Schlossfabrik (SSF), FSB has Accordingly, FSB will not in
re-aligned its fixing system for future entertain any faulty-
frame door fittings and placed product complaints where use
it on new system-led technical has not been made of FSB
foundations. fastenings.
282
2 3 4
Rugged connection Locks by FSB: fastening sys- FSB Positive Mechanism

tem with through fixing option
Use should be made of solid Competent product solutions Virtually the entire FSB range
spindles 0172/0173 to ensure ought to be a matter of course for narrow-frame doors fea-
that the two female handles for a highly evolved society, as tures a positive mechanism as
are firmly secured and hence should equally dependable a means of supporting the lock
that the forces exerted when functioning over a product’s springs that permits a max.
operating the handles are full life cycle. FSB puts this angle of operation of 45° (Fig 4).
channelled into the frame conviction to effect with the Please note: The positive me-
door’s stile. The cup points appearance of its German chanism remains inactive until
required to fasten the female 2008|09 Manual: FSB has thus the lever handles are assembled
handles to the spindle are optionally adapted the fixing by inserting and securing the
supplied as standard. They system for its frame door hard- spindle. It is integrated into
can also be ordered as spares ware to FSB 02 Series frame the baserose and does not
under product code 0450 (cf. door locks with through fixing engage in the state supplied.
page 551). points (Fig. 3). This essentially
involves a special fastening set
(Order Code 0526 10, Fig. 2) 6a
Antislip/screw-retention device – cf. page 551, with which
FSB frame door hardware can
Regardless of whether they be fitted to order at the works.
incorporate rivet nuts and/or The set contains screws for
non-loosening screws, all FSB the applicable door thickness
roses forming part of hardware plus metal lugs that are preci-
for frame doors have screw sion-fitted into the bases at the
bushings fitted with rubbery works instead of the usual
plastic retarder plugs. These rubber retarder plugs and are
protrude slightly beyond the additionally secured with an
reverse of the rose and are M5 screw on one side. This
compressed when the screws form of fastening does away
are tightened. Hence, they act with rivet nuts, moreover, since
as an antislip device against the metal lugs are inserted into
their host surface whilst also the frame door stile from both
providing the necessary axial sides, thus assuming the func-
and radial tension to hold the tion of said rivet nuts. Pre-
screws tight. paration of the half-sets at the
FSB works beforehand in both
cases leads to a real and tan-
gible reduction in assembly
times, as just two screws are
needed to through-fix frame
door furniture (as opposed to
four for two face-fixed half sets).
A first impression of the FSB 02
lock series with through fixing
function is given on page 531ff.
283
Overview
0605 0634 0683 7202 7204

Page 286 Page 286 Page 286 Pages 286, 63 Pages 287
7206 7210 7215 7216 7219

Pages 287 Pages 287 Pages 287,62 Pages 288 Page 288
7223 7240 7242 7244 7245

Pages 288, 62 Pages 288 Pages 289 Pages 289 Pages 289, 62
7246 7247 7263 7270 7276

Pages 289 Pages 290 Pages 290, 62 Pages 290 Pages 290
7278 7293
Pages 291 Pages 291
284
New products 09 |10
Aluminium Alu + Color

AluGrey Plastics, black
Stainless steel
Bronze
0602, 2302 0604, 2304 0609, 2309 0629, 2329 0638, 2346
Pages 292, 64 Page 294 Pages 293, 65 Pages 293, 65 Pages 292, 64
0638, 2346 02 0638, 2346 08 0643 02, 2343 02 0654, 2354

6a
7816 7816 1550

1718| 1719 1717 1752 | 1755 1758| 1757 1769 | 1730 1777 | 1727 0418
Page 296 Page 298 Page 298 Pages 296, 51 Page 297 Page 297 Page 294
285
Lever handles
for framed doors
32,5
0605 13 8 mm Δ
70 Aluminium
Alu + Color
14
60
137
32,5
0634 02 8 mm Δ
70 Aluminium
Alu + Color
25
136
32,5
0683 11 8 mm Δ
70
0683 12 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
Stainless steel
63
Suitable for backset bigger than
40 mm
164
32,5
7202 25 8 mm Δ
70
7602 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
Stainless steel
75
Bronze
131 Design: Alessandro Mendini
8 mm Δ-hole
286
Lever handles
for framed doors
32,5
7204 25 8 mm Δ
70
7604 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
Design: Peter Bastian
74,5
139
32,5
7206 25 8 mm Δ
70
7606 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
Stainless steel
75
Bronze
123 Design: Christoph Mäckler
32,5
7210 25 8 mm Δ
70
7610 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
Stainless steel 6a
80
60
154
32,5
7215 25 8 mm Δ
70
7615 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
69
Stainless steel
Bronze
126
8 mm Δ-hole
287
Lever handles
for framed doors
32,5
7216 25 8 mm Δ
70
7616 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
21 AluGrey
Stainless steel
72
50
147
32,5
7219 25.. 8 mm Δ
70 ..54 r.h. | ..55 l.h.
7619 25.. 9 mm Δ
14 ..64 r.h. | ..65 l.h.
76
Aluminium
AluGrey
153 Stainless steel
32,5
7223 25 8 mm Δ
70
7623 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
Stainless steel
72
Bronze
139
32,5
7240 25 8 mm Δ
70
7640 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
Stainless steel
73

140
8 mm Δ-hole
288
Lever handles
for framed doors
32,5
7242 25 8 mm Δ
70
7642 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
71
Stainless steel

139
32,5
7244 25 8 mm Δ
70
7644 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
Stainless steel
77

135
32,5
7245 25 8 mm Δ
70
7645 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
69
Stainless steel 6a
40 Bronze
136
32,5
7246 25 8 mm Δ
70
7646 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
Stainless steel
77
52 Alu + Color
146
8 mm Δ-hole
289
Lever handles
for framed doors
32,5
7247 25 8 mm Δ
70
7647 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
Stainless steel
77
20
136
32,5
7263 25 8 mm Δ
70
7663 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
69
Stainless steel
Bronze
127 Design: Hans Kollhoff
32,5
7270 25 8 mm Δ
70
7670 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
20 AluGrey
Stainless steel
77
55
150
32,5
7276 25 8 mm Δ
70
7676 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
71
Stainless steel
141
8 mm Δ-hole
290
Lever handles
for framed doors
32,5
7278 25 8 mm Δ
70 24
7678 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
Stainless steel
74
20
139
32,5
7293 25 8 mm Δ
70
7693 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
Stainless steel
72
141
6a
8 mm Δ-hole
291
Door knobs
for framed doors
32,5
0602 2853 turnable
70
2302 2801 fixed
14
AluGrey (X = 85 mm)
X
Bronze (X = 80 mm)
50
Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole
Fixed version with Fixing M 12
32,5
0638 2853 turnable
70
2346 2801 fixed
Aluminium
14 AluGrey
Stainless steel
98 Bronze
81
292
Door knobs
for framed doors
32,5
0629 2853 turnable
70
2329 2801 fixed
14
59 Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)
Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)
Ø
32,5
0609 2853 turnable
70
2309 2801 fixed
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
61 Stainless steel 6a
Bronze
81
293
Door knobs
for framed doors
32,5
0654 28 turnable
70
2354 28 fixed
Stainless steel
14
68

99
32,5
0604 28 turnable
70
2304 28 fixed
Aluminium
14
AluGrey
Stainless steel
84
70
32,5 35
0418 03
Aluminium
8 mm Δ
14
Spindle projecting
standard 40 mm
C:C screwholes 50 mm, Rose for framed doors: For the deployment on multi-
for countersunk screws M5 FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296 point locks, FSB supplies an
Fixing accessories cf. section easy-action turnable knob on
9b, page 543 Protection roses for framed a circular or oval rose for con-
doors cf. page 51 or 450 cealed face fixing.
294
Door knobs
for framed doors
32,5
0643 02 turnable
70
2343 02 fixed
Aluminium
11
55 Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole
50
32,5
0638 02 turnable
70
2346 02 fixed
Aluminium
11
96
81
32,5
0638 08 turnable
70
2346 08 fixed
Aluminium
14
Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole 6a
98
81
C:C screwholes 50 mm, Rose for framed doors:

for countersunk screws M5 FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
Fixing accessories cf. section
295
Roses for
framed doors
32,5 7
1758
Aluminium
70 AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
32,5 7
1757
Aluminium
70 AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
32,5 7
1718
Aluminium
70 Stainless steel
32,5 7
1719
Aluminium
70 Stainless steel
C:C screwholes 50 mm,

for countersunk screws M5
Fixing accessories cf. sections
9b, spindles and screws
296
Sliding escutcheons
Self adhesive escutcheons
6 9 14
30 1776 6 mm
65
1777 9 mm
1779 14 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Alu + Color
6 9 14
30 1726 6 mm
70
1727 9 mm
1728 14 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Alu + Color
3 7
28 1768 3 mm
65
1769 7 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Alu + Color 6a
3 7
28 1729 3 mm
70
1730 7 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Alu + Color
Fixing accessories cf. sections

9b, spindles and screws
297
Roses for
framed doors
28 7
1752
Aluminium
70 Stainless steel
Alu + Color

28 7
1755
Aluminium
70 Stainless steel
Alu + Color

32,5 7
1717
Aluminium
70 Stainless steel
Alu + Color

Lever handle for unlatching public transit. Such furniture is

handle for pulling and pushing only intended for emergency
application, however and sub-
We know from sorry experience jecting it to regular heavy use
that architects, interior designers can cause spindles to break,
and clients often disregard the backplates and roses to work
recommendations of the hard- loose and locks to suffer dam-
ware industry in respect of age. The following procedure
emergency-exit doors, allowing has proved effective in such
them to be used for general scenarios:
298
Backplate for
framed doors
28 8
1550
Aluminium
67
Stainless steel

225 72
92
6a
The door lever handle furniture with door-closer attached using the outset, instead of waiting
is fitted together with a pull. In a lightweight lever handle. It is until damage has occurred.
this disparate match, the lever only a matter of time, there-
handle has the task of re- fore, before attention switches
leasing the panic lock, whilst the to the sturdier fixed pull handle.
robust pull suggests itself as a Where there is a likelihood –
means of pulling or pushing the against the advice of the indu-
door. It has been our observa- stry – of emergency-exit doors
tion that people very soon grasp being used as standard transit
how difficult it is to move a points, FSB recommends fitting
heavy emergency-exit door, a lever/pull combination from
299
Lever handle furniture
for framed doors
7816
Aluminium
Alu + Color
Stainless steel
93
75,5
21,5
245
70
72
92
134,5
Ø 10
35 10
66
50
156
Lever handle furniture for framed doors fixed on an

oval backplate, with concealed fixing
8 mm -hole and support mechanism
Size A spacing 70, 72 mm and 92 mm PZ
Necessary order details:

– door thickness in mm
– PZ spacing
Item nos.:
Lever handle furniture Entrance door furniture Balcony door furniture

7816 01 7816 13 7816 02
300
Grip handle furniture
for framed doors
7816 09
Aluminium
Alu + Color
104 58
93
75,5
21,5
245
70
72
92
134,5
6a
Ø 10
35 10
Grip handle furniture for framed doors fixed on an

oval backplate, with concealed fixing
8 mm -hole and support mechanism
Size A spacing 70, 72 mm and 92 mm PZ

– door thickness in mm
– PZ spacing
Item nos.:
Grip handle furniture

7816 09
301
EZK - the smart
door handle 6b
303
EZK – the smart
door handle
The baserose houses a mechatronically
controlled engaging device that allows
the door to be operated upon positive
identification being forthcoming (1).
A connection with the handle rose, the

heart of the EZK system solution, is es-
tablished by means of a cable run wi-
thin the lock mortise (2).
The electronics have been designed to

1 fit into a europrofile cylinder. The mo-
dule is inserted into the lock and secu-
red from the other side (3) .
2
“Simple is better than com- More ergonomic, rapid and Unitary closing concept for
plicated.” straightforward internal and external doors
That’s the dictum of Dieter We set ourselves the goal of EZK is just the thing for major Also available are a plethora of
Rams, former designer-in-chief easing and accelerating this buildings, notably of a corpo- interfaces for hotel booking
at Braun AG. routine, of heeding the inhe- rate, administrative or official systems. Combining the sys-
rently human need for simplifi- nature, where levels of public tem with BlueChip cylinders,
Or – in other words: technology cation: we directly connected traffic or dealings with sensiti- moreover, allows time/cost-cut-
should serve people in the first the process of electronic iden- ve or personal data are increa- ting organisational solutions to
instance - and not the other tification with a mechatronic singly lending prominence to be devised for staff areas or
way round. module squeezed into the aspects of organisational secu- external points of access (also
handle rose. rity as opposed to “high-profi- cf. page 306).
We at FSB felt that there was a le” anti-burglary measures.
case for looking into the merits Forming the heart of this mas- The EZK hardware system can EZK embodies a modular orga-
of electronic access control terpiece of precision mecha- be supplemented by corres- nisation concept that is preci-
systems not only on aesthetic nics is an electronically- ponding modules and software sion-tailored to the aspirations
grounds but also and in parti- controlled engaging device solutions relating to the captu- and needs of users as well as
cular taking account of user- that ensures immediate opera- re of time or personal data as being readily adaptable or ex-
driven and hence ergonomic tion of the lock via the door a means of fulfilling such re- pandable. Planning and instal-
factors. handle upon positive identifi- quirements. lation are single-source – per-
cation being forthcoming. formed by FSB, one of the
The same applies to hotels: almost celebrated brands known
though “organisational securi- to the project building sector.
ty” assumes different forms
here, the structural require-
ments are virtually the same
as for office blocks. Of particu-
lar significance for hoteliers is
the great convenience of ope-
ration of EZK, since access
identification takes place wi-
thout contact and hence quite
effortlessly.
304
25..
26..
Aluminium
AluGrey
2505 Design 1005 2515 Design 1015 Stainless steel
Bronze*
2516 Design 1016 2523* Design 1023
2535 Design 1035 2576 Design 1076
Planning merits of EZK
– self-supporting closing sys-

2577 Design 1077 2578 Design 1078 tem with no on-site prepara-
tions for power supply and
no connections to external
interfaces 6b
– simple and flexible applica-

tions, suits all EPC locks as
2606 Design 1106 2607 Design 1107 laid down in DIN
– effortlessly retrofitted to exis-

ting doors
– matching member of the

FSB range of door and win-
2608 Design 1108 2619 Design 1119 dow hardware and products
for the interior design of
buildings, with unitary fi-
nishes in Aluminium, Alu-
Grey, Stainless steel and
Bronze
2644 Design 1144 2646 Design 1146 – single-source product invol-

ving one interlocutor
2647 Design 1147 2660 Design 1160
(Selection of available lever designs)
305
EZK - convenient solutions
User-friendly and cost-
effective solution for hotels
There are comparable require-

ments for hotels: here, too, it
is necessary in particular to
handle frequently changing
room occupancies of limited
duration. There is also a need
to be able to respond with no
delay, fuss, risk or expense to
keys or identifying media
being mislaid or pocketed by
mistake.
What makes EZK so compel-

ling for hotel guests is its great
convenience: passive trans-
ponder technology (the
“smartness” being in the hard-
ware and not the card) ren-
ders the insertion of keys or
the manual releasing of bolts
to open doors obsolete. The
virtually silent mechatronics
under the handle rose allow
the door to be opened instan-
taneously. At the same time,
designer handles assure a tas-
teful ambience with a living-
room feel.
The “Hotel Function” software

interface makes for troublefree
link-ups with the “Fidelio”,
“Protel” and “Hotline” hotel
booking systems. Additionally
available is a “time function”
that automatically deletes ac-
cess authorisation after a defi-
ned time.
EZK ideally maps the “suite function”:

it is possible, for instance, to provide
access to two separate rooms from a
single point - an ideal solution for fami-
lies. Or else one room can have ano-
ther one added, where so requested by
a guest, by entering extended access
authorisations on the guest’s card.
306
EZK - security solutions
System benefit: secures
external points of access
Besides its multifarious merits BlueChip cylinders guarantee

in respect of lost keys, EZK is security-level protection – no-
a system solution that, amongst tably at external points of
other things, enables processes access – in compliance with
and work routines in hotels to DIN 18 257 and VDS Security
be organised more efficiently Class B assuming all the hard-
and hence economically. De- ware elements involved have
pending on the booking cate- been tested and certificated to
gory involved, separate access DIN EN 1906 - which is cer-
authorisations can be awarded tainly the case with the whole
to guests for exclusive hotel range of FSB security fittings.
areas (wellness, spa) just as Convenient, security-driven so-
they can to external service lutions can be put to effect in
providers (laundries) that may, combination with wall scan-
for instance, regularly require ners and e-openers or motor-
a means of access from out- operated closing elements.
side to the washing store.
EZK guarantees fine visuals
Proven BlueChip technology and a living-room feel and can
facilitates easy integration of also be retrofitted to existing
BlueChip profile cylinders into doors.
the EZK hardware system, fur-
thermore. These cylinders allow
locks to be operated – as in
mechanical closing systems –
by inserting and rotating a key.
Thus it is likewise possible to
integrate all FSB fittings – in- 6b
cluding, for instance, FSB se-
curity hardware or armoured
roses in combination with no-
frills FSB door pulls – into a
fully-fledged electronic access
control system serving to safe- Convenient, security-driven solutions
can be put to effect in combination wi-
guard external points of access.
th wall scanners and e-openers or mo-
tor-operated closing elements
307
Emergency-exit
hardware 6c
Crossbar fitting 7980 311
Crossbar fitting 7970 316
309
Crossbar fittings
Through its crossbar fittings, In the Federal Republic of Crossbar fitting Crossbar fitting 7970
FSB offers a means of opening Germany and some other DIN EN 1125
doors whereby the turning of a countries, crossbar fittings of FSB continues to supply its
lever is replaced by a pushing this type have hitherto predo- The standard prescribes the proven 7970 crossbar fitting
motion acting on the lock or minantly been used on panic use of panic exit devices whe- for doors not requiring to be
latch. Via a horizontal bar ex- doors in combination with the rever high levels of public traf- designed to conform to DIN
tending the entire width of the appropriate mortise locks. Ot- fic are to be expected and EN 1125.
door, force exerted is transmit- her hardware systems for pa- where panic may arise due to
ted to the lock follower by a nic doors are also available on unfamiliarity with the surroun-
bevel gear pair acting directly the European market, however. dings. Besides design-engi-
through the spindle. The door The differing views on the fit- neering requirements, there
can be opened by pressing ting out of fire-escape, emer- are also exacting stipulations
against any part of the cross- gency-exit and panic doors haas regards fitness for function.
bar. ve now been harmonised The hardware must, for exam-
through the drafting of Europe- ple, be capable of opening the
an standards binding upon all panic door through exertion on
EU Member States. The requi- the bar of a force of just 220
rements for emergency exit N even whilst the closing devi-
devices are laid down and set ce is being subjected to a load
out in DIN EN 179 and those of 1,000 N. The fulfilment of
for panic doors in DIN EN this and further stipulations
1125. The hardware package such as service longevity and
for panic doors is made up of ability to withstand misuse has
a bolting element (lock), a bolt to be demonstrated by means
receiver (striking plate) and a of tests and certification proce-
horizontal bar. dures in respect of the system
as a whole conducted by an
independent test institute. The
CE kitemark on the hardware
ensures that only tested fit-
tings conforming to the appli-
cable standards can be fitted.
FSB's crossbar hardware only

forms part of any panic-exit sy-
stem. It has been adapted to
lock systems by a variety of le-
ading makers, and tested and
certified for use with same.
To prevent the crossbar fitting

striking the frame when the
door is opened, it is necessary
to maintain a distance bet-
ween the frame and the centre
of the bar of at least 30 mm.
Please bear this in mind when
selecting the profile and door
configuration.
min. 30
310
Crossbar fitting
DIN EN 1125
7980 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Description of function:
Bevel gearing and spindle

combine to convert pressure
exerted on the crossbar into
rotary motion acting on the
lock follower. A fixed stop is fit-
ted as a means of absorbing
the requisite test forces. A
spring ensures that the cross-
a = As a function of the lock bar fitting returns to its original
position once it has been ope-
Ajustable stop rated.
6c
36 50 3 45 6 Size and connecting dimen-

sions for crossbar fittings with
Ø10 Ø10
46 58 46 58 72 mm spacing
19 19
21,5 21,5
72 185 72 185
112 118 112
111 7

Ø10 Ø10
46 58 46 58 92 mm spacing
19 19
21,5 21,5
185 185
92 92
112 118 112
22 111 22 7
311
Crossbar fitting for leading doors
with 92 mm spacing
36 50
7980 ..12 9 mm Δ
58 Aluminium
Stainless steel
185
92 Crossbar fitting for leading
118
doors, fire safety variant
Spacing 92 mm
111 Illustration r.h.
Wilka locks* a = 30°
7980 1112 r.h. fitting
7980 2112 l.h. fitting
Winkhaus locks* a = 40°

Determining length of Order details:

XA
crossbar:
Material/finish
Width of door Thickness of door
XI
minus (2 x backset) Width of door
minus 68 mm Backset
Dimension XI
Back- Back- = Crossbar length Dimension XA
set set
34 34
Spindle length
Door width
Order details:
Material/finish
Thickness of door
Width of door
Backset
Back- Back-
set set
34 34
Spindle length
Door width
To prevent the crossbar fitting * Locks not included in the

striking the frame when the goods supplied.
configuration.
min. 30
312
Crossbar fitting
for trailing doors
Reverse fitting
36 50
7980 .301 9 mm Δ
58 Aluminium
Stainless steel
185
Crossbar fitting for trailing
118
Spacing 92 mm
Wilka locks* a = 40°
7980 3301 r.h. fitting,

crossbar:
XI
Material/finish
minus 68 mm Backset
Back- 34 34 Back- Dimension XI
set set
Spindle length = Crossbar length
Door width
45 45 54 45 7 Outside fitting options

FSB supplies lever handle
58 58 58 model 1146 as standard.
185 185 185 45

92 92
6c
70
153
7971 0012 9 mm Δ 7972 0112 9 mm Δ 7973 0001 9 mm Δ

Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium
Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel
Reverse lever handle back- Reverse knob backplate with FSB blind backplate
plate with concealed fixing, concealed fixing, fire safety concealed fixing for fire doors
fire safety variant, designed variant, designed for 92 mm to German DIN standard.
for 92 mm spacing. spacing.
Trailing door DIN r.h. Leading door DIN l.h. Leading door DIN l.h.
l.h. fitting r.h. fitting r.h. fitting
313
Crossbar fitting for leading doors
with 72 mm spacing
36 50
7980 .110 9 mm Δ
58 Aluminium
Stainless steel
185 72
Crossbar fitting for leading
118
Spacing 72 mm
BMH locks* a = 30°

XA
crossbar:
Material/finish
XI
minus 68 mm Backset
Dimension XI
Back- Back- = Crossbar length Dimension XA
set set
34 34
Spindle length
Door width
Order details:
Material/finish
Thickness of door
Width of door
Backset
Back- Back-
set set
34 34
Spindle length
Door width
To prevent the crossbar fitting * Locks not included in the

striking the frame when the goods supplied.
configuration.
min. 30
314
Crossbar fitting
for trailing doors
Reverse fitting
36 50
7980 .400 9 mm Δ
58 Aluminium
Stainless steel
185
118
Spacing 92 mm
BMH locks* a = 45°,
7980 3400 r.h. fitting,

crossbar:
XI
Material/finish
minus 68 mm Backset
Back- 34 34 Back- Dimension XI
set set
Spindle length = Crossbar length
Door width
45 45 54 45 7 Reverse fitting options

185 72 185 72 185 45
6c
70
153
153
7971 0010 9 mm Δ 7972 0110 9 mm Δ 7973 0000 9 mm Δ

Reverse lever handle back- Reverse knob backplate with Blank reverse backplate with
plate with concealed fixing, concealed fixing, fire safety va- concealed fixing, fire safety
fire safety variant, designed riant, designed for 92 mm variant.
for 92 mm spacing. spacing.
Trailing door DIN r.h. Leading door DIN l.h. Leading door DIN l.h.
l.h. fitting r.h. fitting r.h. fitting
315
Crossbar fitting
7970 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Description of function:
Bevel gearing and spindle

combine to convert pressure
on the cross bar into rotary
motion acting on the lock
follower. An adjustable stop
protects the lock follower and
is set at the fixing stage to suit
Adjustable stop
the operating arc.
Angle of lock operation up to 90°
Recuperator spring

Ø10 Ø10
46 58 46 58 72 mm spacing
19 19
21,5 21,5
72 185 63 72 185
112 112
123 7

Ø10 Ø10
46 58 46 58 92 mm spacing
19 19
21,5 21,5
185 63 185
92 92
112 112
22 123 22 7
316
Crossbar fitting
36 50
123
7970 0110 PZ 72
58 7970 0112 PZ 92
Aluminium
72 63
Crossbar fitting for leading

9 mm Δ
36 50
123
7970 0200 PZ 72
58 7970 0201 PZ 92
Aluminium

9 mm Δ
45 45 54 45 7,2 Reverse fitting options

185 72 185 72 185 45

92 92
6c
70
153
153
7971 0010 PZ 72 7972 0110 PZ 72 7973 0000 PZ 72

7971 0012 PZ 92 7972 0112 PZ 92 7973 0001 PZ 92
Reverse lever handle back- Reverse knob backplate with Blank reverse backplate with con-
plate with concealed fixing, concealed fixing, fire safety cealed fixing, fire safety
fire safety variant. variant. variant.
9 mm Δ 9 mm Δ 9 mm Δ
Determining length crossbar: Order details:

XA
Width of door Material/finish

minus (2 x backset) Thickness of door
XI
minus 68 mm Width of door
Backset
= Crossbar length Dimension XI
Back- Back- Dimension XA
set set
34 34
Spindle length
Door width
317
Gymnasium
fittings and
XXL lever handles 6d
Gymnasium fittings 320
FSB Lever handleset Ergo 322
FSB XXL lever handles 322
319
Gymnasium
fittings
53,5
197
7949
Stainless steel
Applications exist in which it is

not permissible for the handle
to protrude above the surface
235 200
of the door, in the case of
sliding-door designs, for in-
stance, or gymnasium doors.
FSB has devised two mo-
dels of gymnasium fittings for
such applications. The FSB
162 7949 model is angular with
36 mitred corners. FSB 7950, by
contrast, features rounded
23
edges.
Flush handles FSB 7949
and 7950 are combined on
the reverse side with hardware
from the FSB heavy-duty
programme, with the option of
either a backplate or rose.
Doors to which flush handles
Backplate version to suit are to be fitted must be at least
PZ 72 and 92 mm 81,5 71,5 55 mm thick. To rule out any
45 35 chance of injury, it should be
Inner backplate PZ 72 mm: 21,5 ensured when be fitting the
1450 03 | 1451 03 72 112 92 128,5 handle that there is sufficient
117 127 backset and the rim rests fully
Inner backplate PZ 92 mm: flush against the door.
1452 03 | 1453 03
8 + 9 mm Δ-spindle
Roses version to suit

PZ 72 and 92 mm 81,5 71,5
45 35
Roses:
1731 | 1735 resp. 72 80 92 100
1707 | 1708 117 127
38
* Rose/backplate variant with

lever handle on reverse ple-
ase order separately.
Backplate version* Roses version*
320
Gymnasium
fittings
51,5
200
7950 Backplate version
75,5
7952 Roses version
Aluminium
Stainless steel
230 207
Radius corners 8 mm
8 + 9 mm Δ-spindle
177
40
23
Backplate version to suit With the PZ 92 backplate,

PZ 72 and 92 mm 75,5 75,5 through fixing is only possible
33 below the lever bearing.
Inner backplate PZ 72 mm: 21,5
1450 03 | 1451 03 72 112 92
112
Inner backplate PZ 92 mm: 6d

1452 03 | 1453 03 bzw.
1410 03 | 1418 03
Roses version to suit

PZ 72 and 92 mm 75,5 75,5
33
Roses:
1731 | 1735 resp. 72 80 92 100
1707 | 1708 112
38
* Rose/backplate variant with

lever handle on reverse ple-
ase order separately.
Backplate version* Roses version*
321
FSB XXL lever handle
Ergo door handle
7617 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
XXL variant of the

FSB 1023/7653 model
75
58
163
7655 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Ergo door handle
98
85
200
Ergo lever handle 7655 solves – the triangular alignment of – its fullness and sectional Ergo lever handle furniture,
almost all ergonomic problems the handle accords with the styling echo the hollowing of FSB model 7655, turns within
associated with heavily used user’s direction of movement the human hand as it closes a non-detachable bearing and
doors. at any given time. to grip. is suitable for fire doors. Owing
to its large projection the Ergo
Theses are the principal bene- – this angular form accommo- – its two-way alignment offers handle operates with a 9 mm
fits of the FSB 7655 Ergo dates the sequence of move- a firm hold should elbows be spindle.
handle: ments involved in operating needed for its operation.
the door.
322
FSB XXL lever handle
7652 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
XXL variant of the

FSB 1107 model
58
167
7690 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
XXL variant of the

FSB 1070 model
6d
9
20
62 55
182
The XXL door levers FSB pro- These are the three designs
duces are a particularly popu- that have established themsel-
lar choice for use on hospital ves in the marketplace over
ward doors. Architects are al- the years. For reasons of stabi-
ways coming to us demanding lity, FSB only supplies its XXL
extra-long door handles. lever handles with a 9 mm
spindle. We recommend DIN
heavy-duty (Class 5) locks, cf.
page 531 ff.
323
Furniture for
glass door 6e
Explanations 326
Overview 327
Glass door furniture 328

Compact
Compact strike box 329

for double-leaf glass doors

Rectangular
Rectangular strike box 331


Softly rectangular
Softly rectangular strike box 333

Hinges for glass doors 334
Pull handles for glass doors 336
Sliding door handle 337
Door holder 337
Doorknobs for glass doors 338
Flush pull for glass doors 340
325
Coordinating hardware designs extremely compactly dimen- ished in a RAL colour. Series
for doors, glass doors and win- sioned and operating without 4220 and 4223 hardware can
dows strikes FSB as being handle roses even in the heavy- be fitted either with or without
logical, such consistency being duty variant, can be fitted flush rose/lever handle furniture, thus
an indispensable form of over- with the door frame (assuming offering scope for deploying
all architectural expression in the latter is to the DIN stan- lever handle sets with AGL®
modern buildings. Glass doors dard). Our glass door furniture heavy-duty bearings for heavy
in particular have an important is ideally complemented by or large-format glass doors.
part to play here. They create components produced by sys-
more light, link up spaces and tem partners Gira (ITS 30 in-
are conducive to a great sense stallation system for partition
of roominess. The innate trans- systems), Mabeg (Comform
parency of glass doors means wayfinding system) and Inotec Mention should also however
that great care needs to be (ITS 30 escape route lighting be made of the visually very
taken when designing hardware system) that are suitably pro- alluring 4224 Series of fittings
for them, however. It is the lock, portioned and go well with for glass doors: A notch be-
handles and hinges, after all, FSB’s AluGrau® colour shade. tween shank and grip on lever
that lend a glass door its visual Please request exhaustive handles FSB 1063, 1078 and
identity. One of the compelling product information from the 1088 is aligned with the edge
innovations presented in this respective makers. All the of the lockset plate. Colour can
Manual is a new compact glass hardware variants covered in also feature if so desired: Lock
door lock concept developed this section can be combined and hardware can be powder-
in cooperation with Ingenhoven with virtually all lever handle coated in any colour from the
Architects that, as well as being models in the FSB range. RAL chart to match stiles fin-
Matching hinges complete Door pulls for glass doors

FSB’s collection of glass
door fittings Door pulls of round or oval
cross-section can be used in a
Lever handle furniture to match great variety of ways either as
glass door locks As well as a means of operating glass
supplying its own glass door doors or as a design feature
fittings, FSB can also – with with protective properties and
few exceptions – adapt its en- have fastenings specifically
tire range of lever handles/ intended for back-to-back or
doorknobs to glass door fittings face fixing respectively. FSB
commonly marketed by its can either make use of exist-
competitors. This entails minor ing custom solutions for glass
technical modifications regard- doors or develop bespoke fix-
ing the handle connection and ing solutions and handle de-
fixing procedure. To rule out any signs. The standard fixing so-
misunderstandings, detailed lutions for glass doors and the
information concerning the lock pull handle models variously
(e.g. maker’s name and pro- available are shown on pages
duct code) is required when 414ff.
ordering lever handles and door-
knobs for glass door locks.
Please order well in advance
to allow for the requisite modi-
fications. We cannot supply
these items from stock.
326
New products 09 |10
Aluminium Bronze
AluGrey Brass
4220 41/51 4220 42/52 4223 41/51 4223 42/52 4224 42/52
4220 45/55 4223 45/55 4224 45/55

6e
2302 07 2322 07 2329 07 2374 07 2339 07

3684 3686 3688 4299 ..

4227 4228 4230

327
Compact
56,5
4224 42 r.h.
60
4224 52 l.h.
Aluminium
170 AluGrey
72
Stainless steel
Heavy-duty bearings compact

rectangular lockset plate for glass
74 5,2 8 doors with cover plates with
heavy-duty glass door lock
41,6
(DIN 18251, Class 4)
20,5 89
designed for use with cylinder
16,1
and featuring a lifter assembly
EPC 72 mm
8 mm split follower
cast-steel latch bolt head in
bright nickel-plated zinc heavy-
duty
Teflon-coated handle bearing in
Aluminium/Stainless steel to
suit FSB lever handles
Illustration l.h. The FSB 4224 lockset plate of glass door. We have develo-
Drawing r.h. for glass doors terminates flush ped a special heavy-duty bea-
with any DIN frame, thus vi- ring for heavily frequented doors
sually unifying frame and hard- involving an expansion sleeve
ware. Door frames that are not in Teflon-coated stainless steel
to the DIN specification can, of that encompasses the door
course, also be used – though handle over its entire bushing
the flush-frame effect cannot area whilst also dependably
then be guaranteed. The furni- withstanding the mechanical
ture can also be used in con- forces exerted on large-format
junction with partition systems. glass doors.
The glass door’s transparency
is underscored by the tight
dimensions of the lock cover,
which is some 10 % smaller
than in standard glass door
furniture. This paring-down
was achieved by developing a
special-purpose lock that is
every bit as rugged and func-
tional as larger models as well
as being suitable for all sizes
Technical notes: Options:
Dimensions given assume glass The handles shown are merely – warded lock (BB)
8 mm thick. Lockset plates for illustrative. Virtually any FSB – no keyway
glass doors are prepared at handle can be used. For tech- – indicating/bathroom furni-
the works for glass 8 mm and nical details please refer to ture: Please specify when
10 mm thick. Hardware for page 342. ordering, as furniture is fitted
glass 12 mm thick is available with indicating furniture
to order. For further technical 1735 0054 as standard at
notes, refer to page 371. The the works. Indicating furni-
strike box shown does not form ture is not fitted on site.
part of the goods supplied.
328
Strike box
4224 45 r.h.
4224 55 l.h.
170
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Compact rectangular
R2 89 16,1 strike box
8
5,2
to match lockset plate 4224
104
Illustration l.h.
6e
56,5
60
170
72
104 74 5,2 8
89 89 16,1
Technical notes:
Dimensions given assume

glass 8 mm thick. Strike box
plates for glass doors are pre-
pared at the works for glass
8 mm and 10 mm thick.
Hardware for glass 12 mm
thick is available to order.
329
Rectangular
56,5
4220 41 r.h.
68 4220 51 l.h.
Aluminium
184
AluGrey
72 Stainless steel
Rectangular lockset plate

with heavy-duty lock for glass
doors (DIN 18251, Class 4)
81 10
8 designed for use with Euro-
profile cylinder centres 72 mm
20,5
21,5 8 mm steel-bushed split
follower latch
96
cast steel
bolt head bright nickel-
plated zinc
die casting handle bushing
glass-fibre reinforced poly-
amide to suit all FSB lever
handles
4220 42 r.h.
4220 52 l.h.
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Rectangular lockset plate

designed for use with Euro-
profile cylinder and lifter
assembly centres 72 mm
8 mm steel-bushed split
follower latch
cast steel
plated zinc
amide to suit FSB commercial
Illustration DIN r.h. hardware with roses
10 mm thick. Hardware for page 342. ordering according to FSB
glass 12 mm thick is available indicating bathroom furniture
to order. For further technical shown on page 150.
notes, refer to page 371. The Indicating/bathroom furni-
strike box shown does not form ture will be fitted on site.
330
Strike box
4220 45 r.h.
4220 55 l.h.
184 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Rectangular strike box

111 10
8 To match lockset plate
4220 41/51 and 4220 42/52
21,5
96
Illustration l.h.
6e
56,5
68
184
72
111 81 10
8
21,5
96 96
Technical notes:

331
Softly rectangular
56,5
4223 41 r.h.
68 4223 51 l.h.
Aluminium
184
AluGrey
72 Stainless steel
Softly rectangular lockset plate

81 10 designed for use with Euro-
8
profile cylinder centres 72 mm
20,5
21,5 8 mm steel-bushed split
follower latch
96
cast steel
plated zinc
amide to suit all FSB lever
handles
4223 42 r.h.
4223 52 l.h.
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Softly rectangular lockset plate

designed for use with Euro-
profile cylinder and lifter
assembly centres 72 mm
8 mm steel-bushed split
follower latch
cast steel
plated zinc
amide to suit FSB commercial
Illustration DIN r.h. hardware with roses
10 mm thick. Hardware for page 342. ordering according to FSB
glass 12 mm thick is available indicating bathroom furniture
to order. For further technical shown on page 150.
notes, refer to page 371. The Indicating/bathroom furni-
strike box shown does not form ture will be fitted on site.
332
Strike box
4223 45 r.h.
4223 55 l.h.
184 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Softly rectangular strike box

111 10
8 To match lockset plate
4223 41/51 and 4223 42/52
21,5
96
Illustration l.h.
6e
56,5
68
184
72
111 81 10
8
21,5
96 96
Technical notes:

333
Hinges
for glass doors
18
4228
Satin chromium-plated steel
Stainless steel
45 95
VARIANT glass door hinge in
satin chromium-plated steel
to suit Aluminium and AluGrey
finishes or in stainless steel
42
with hinge connector
To match lockset plate

4220 41/51 and 4220 42/52
27
74
BBL BBL
HDL BBL
4228 0101 4228 0102 4228 0103 4228 .. 04

VARIANT VXG 7990/100K VARIANT VNG 7990/100K VARIANT VG 8790K commer- 41 r.h. | 51 l.h.
commercial hinge for glass commercial hinge for glass cial hinge for glass doors on VARIANT VG 3990K commer-
doors on rebated timber, steel doors on rebated steel frames rebated steel frames cial hinge for glass doors on
or aluminium frames with with three-dimensionally adju- rebated wooden soffit and
three-dimensionally adjustable stable mating elements blockwork frames
mating elements
Technical notes:
Loading capacity 60 kg
(two hinges)
(three hinges)
Hinges for glass doors are pre-

8 mm and 10 mm thick. For
further technical notes please
refer to page 344 and 345.
334
Hinges
for glass doors
18
4227
Satin chromium-plated steel
Stainless steel
45 95
VARIANT glass door hinge in
satin chromium-plated steel
to suit Aluminium and AluGrey
finishes or in stainless steel
42
with hinge connector
To match lockset plate

4223 41/51 and 4223 42/52
27
74
BBL BBL
HDL BBL
6e
4227 0101 4227 0102 4227 0103 4227 .. 04

VARIANT VXG 7990/100 VARIANT VNG 7990/100 VARIANT VG 8790 41 r.h. | 51 l.h.
commercial hinge for glass commercial hinge for glass commercial hinge for glass VARIANT VG 3990
doors on rebated timber, steel doors on rebated steel frames doors on rebated steel frames commercial hinge for glass
or aluminium frames with with three-dimensionally doors on rebated wooden
three-dimensionally adjustable adjustable mating elements soffit and blockwork frames
mating elements
Technical notes:
(two hinges)
(three hinges)
Hinges for glass doors are pre-

8 mm and 10 mm thick. For
further technical notes please
refer to page 344 and 345
335
Pull handles
for glass doors
30
70
3684 2114
Aluminium
AluGrey
210 Design: Ton Haas
30
66
3688 2114
AluGrey
Stainless steel
210 Design: Christoph Ingenhoven
For detailed information on

fixing, please turn to page 414ff.
Back to back bolt-through

fixing fixing
336
Sliding door handle
Door holder
3686
Aluminium
168
AluGrey
Stainless steel
56 32
Sliding door handle for

24 58
fixing in pairs
40
4230
Stainless steel
50 B
25
6e
Ø 10
A
thickness width order code.

of glass (B) overall (A)
8 mm 27 mm 4230 0000
10 mm 29 mm 4230 1000
12 mm 31 mm 4230 1200
337
Doorknob
for glass doors
55
2339 07
Aluminium
60
Bore hole Ø 13 mm
Deadknob
338
Doorknobs
for glass doors
X
2302 07
50 Aluminium (X = 77 mm)
AluGrey (X = 77 mm)
Bronze (X = 72 mm)
Brass (X = 72 mm)
Bore hole Ø 13 mm
52
2322 07
45
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Bore hole Ø 13 mm
52
2329 07
Ø
Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)
6e
Bore hole Ø 13 mm
80
2374 07
52 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bore hole Ø 13 mm
Deadknobs Deadknobs are generally fitted

directly to glass doors. There
are no locks involved. The knobs
are joined together at the as-
sembly stage by means of an
8 mm square spindle (for two
female parts).
339
Flush pull
for glass doors
60 11
4299 ....
Stainless steel
100 74
.... 0012 for glass doors
10 mm thick
47 .... 0019 for glass doors

8 mm thick
15
Adhesive not included in

the goods supplied.
340
Door dimensions
acc. DIN 18101
834 for frame dimension 841 834 for frame dimension 841
214,5 232
237 237
35,5 Hinge datum line 35,5 Hinge datum line
45
45
1972 for frame dimension 1983

1972 for frame dimension 1983
16
16
57 57
1435 1435
1435 80 1435 80
50 50
6e
960 960
35,5 Hinge datum line 35,5 Hinge datum line
45
45
16
16
4227 01 | 4227 02 4227 03 | 4227 04

4228 01 | 4228 02 4228 03 | 4228 04
T.D.I.U.S.* 750 × 2000 875 × 2000 1000 × 2000

Frame rebate dimensions 716 × 1983 841 × 1983 966 × 1983
Standard glass dimensions 709 × 1972 834 × 1972 959 × 1972
T.D.I.U.S.* 750 × 2125 875 × 2125 1000 × 2125

Frame rebate dimensions 716 × 2108 841 × 2108 966 × 2108
Standard glass dimensions 709 × 2097 834 × 2097 959 × 2097
* = theoretical dimensions in unfinished state
341
Technical notes
Series 4220 and 4223
Lever handle specification
A modified lever handle set is

required for glass door lockset
plates 4220 41/51 and 4223
20,5 42 41/51. Lever handle sets will
8 be shortened one-side at the
works to make sure lever
handle connecting is adjusted
on lock dimensions inside.
Bearings
Lockset plates 4220 42/52

and 4223 42/52 can be fitted
with either standard roses and
39 20,5 54 lever handle sets or commer-
8
cial fittings with compensating
bearing for heavy or big-sized
glass doors.
Lock cylinders
For aesthetic and functional

min.
27,5
reasons FSB recommends lock
13 cylinders with minimum 55 mm
55 (27,5 mm on both sides).
39
8 min.
26
27,5
Indicating/bathroom furniture
Lockset plates for glass doors

4220/4223 series are also
available in a bathroom version.
They can be fitted with FSB
39 20,5 standard indicating furniture
8 shown on page 150 and are
suitable for doors opening
both inwards and outwards.
Technical notes: Order details:
Dimensions given assume Lever handles are not supplied Please specify also lockset plate
glass 8 mm thick. Lockset as part of these hardware sets. type regarding with or without
plates for glass doors are pre- Please order the desired model roses and type of bearing and
pared at the works for glass separately, indicating that it is DIN handing.
8 mm, 10 mm and 12 mm used on glass door furniture
thick. 4220/4223 series.
342
Technical notes
Series 4224
Lever handle specification
A modified lever handle set is

required for glass door lockset
plates 4224. Male lever handle
20,5 41,6 will be adapted to a special
8 spindle projection (differing
from FSB standard) at the
works to make sure lever han-
dle connecting is adjusted on
lock dimensions inside.
Bearing
Lockset plates 4224 will be

supplied without roses for
aesthetic reasons. A heavy-
duty bearing is included as
standard and fits functionality
with heavy and big-sized glass
doors.
Lock cylinders
For aesthetic reasons FSB re-

25 (27,5)
commends lock cylinders with
9
minimum length 50 mm (25
50 mm on both sides) or 55 mm
(54)
29,3 (27,5 mm on both sides). 6e
20,3 8
25 (27,5) For lock cylinders with length
50 mm its necessary to make
sure its ability within key sys-
tems.
Indicating/bathroom furniture
Lockset plates for glass doors

4224 series are also available
in a bathroom version. They
will be fitted with FSB indica-
29,3 20,5 ting furniture 1735 0054 (cf.
8 page 150) at the works by
request. Indicating furniture
is suitable for doors opening
both inwards and outwards.
Technical notes: Order details:
Dimensions given assume Lever handles are not supplied

glass 8 mm thick. Lockset as part of these hardware sets.
plates for glass doors are pre- Please order the desired model
pared at the works for glass separately, indicating that it is
8 mm, 10 mm and 12 mm used on glass door furniture
thick. 4224 series. Please specify
also DIN handing.
343
Technical notes
4227 and 4228
214,5 214,5
241 241
35,5 35,5
80 45 70 45
Hinge datum line Hinge datum line
Bore hole Ø 16 mm Bore hole Ø 16 mm
241 232 241 232
35,5 35,5
11,5
35 45 45
22
Hinge datum line Hinge datum line
Bore hole Ø 16 mm Bore hole Ø 16 mm
The positioning of hinge con-

nectors relative to the hinge
datum line also necessitates
adapting bore holes in the
glass door. This should be
borne in mind most notably
in the cases of VX and VN
commercial hinges.
344
Frame connection
dimensions
VARIANT commercial hinge · suitable for wholly glazed for soffit
for glass doors on rebated tim- doors with standard vertical frames VX 7602 3D
ber, steel or aluminium frames borehole layout for blockwork
with three-dimensionally adju- · for glass 8 and 10 mm thick frames VX 7605 3D
28
stable mating elements VX · twistproof threaded stud for steel
BBL
80 · concealed, no-maintenance frames VX 7611 3D
28
axial-radial sliding bearings VX 7612 3D
· combinable with mating ele- for aluminium
ment: frames VX 7621 3D
for blockwork · non-handed
frames VX 7601 3D
VARIANT commercial hinge · suitable for wholly glazed

for glass doors on rebated doors with standard vertical
steel frames with three-dimen- borehole layout
sionally adjustable mating · for glass 8 and 10 mm thick
24
elements · twistproof threaded stud
BBL
24
70 · concealed, no-maintenance
axial-radial sliding bearings
· combinable with mating ele-
ment VN 7608/120 3D
· non-handed

steel frames borehole layout
· for glass 8 and 10 mm thick
30 BBL
· for mating elements V 8600
17,5
35 or V 8610
· non-handed 6e

wooden soffit and blockwork borehole layout
11,5 frames · for glass 8 and 10 mm thick
30
BBL · for mating elements of the
17,5
22 V 3600, V 3610, V 3630,
V 3650 series and clamping
block V 3604 or V 3607
· necessary to indicate
DIN handing
SIMONSWERK engineering SIMONSWERK GmbH

and quality are a byword for Baubeschlagtechnik
safety and stability to the Bosfelder Weg 5
highest professional standards. 33378 Rheda-Wiedenbrück
For further information on Germany
hinges, hinge connectors,
frame fastening elements etc., Telephone +49 5242 413-0
please consult the latest Telefax +49 5242 413-210
SIMONSWERK manual. www.simonswerk.de
mail@simonswerk.de
345
Functional and
associative aspects.
The formal implications of people’s individual tendencies

using colour are manifold. and inner needs with tools
Colour makes houses larger or conducive to “self-revelation”.
smaller, makes them stand out His deliberations are also to
against or blend in with Natu- be seen as a reaction against
re. Besides its spatial (physio- the sometimes oppressive ex-
logical) effect, colour also has ternal impact of large edifices.
the psychological effect of trig- Colour was a multilayered
gering associations. A darker means of visual expression
shade of light blue applied to for Le Corbusier: an element
the outside of buildings can, engendering identity and mea-
for instance, have nautical ning that completes architec-
connotations and, applied to ture without alienating it.
the interior, intuitively make
reference to the function of
having a bath. Whilst social
concerns were in no way a
decisional driving force for Le
Corbusier, colour was never-
theless expected to be of
service to humanity in archi-
tecture. He saw his investiga-
tions as aiming to provide
Furniture for
entrance doors 7a
Explanation 348
Overview 351
Pull handles 354
Push and pull pad handles 409
Lever handles turnably fixed 412

with spring mechanism
Turnable knob for 413

multi-point locks
FSB Self-trapping insert 414
FSB Clamping Rose Fastening 415
Borehole dimensions 416
Fixing methods 417
347
Materials, Fixing Options,
Safety Clearance
Over the past decade, FSB Fixing Scenarios As regards the issue of face Safety Clearance (S)
has added a fully-fledged fixing versus one-side through-
alternative to its traditional Pulls can be either face or fixing, FSB wishes to point out When fitting a handle to the
tubular pull-handle range with through fixed to doors made of that, on account of the dowel- closing face of a door, a safety
a comprehensive collection of the most diverse of materials. fastening technique deployed clearance needs to be allowed
oval designs. Both sets of de- In the case of through-fixing, by FSB, face fixing is both for between the handle and
signs can be fixed in a wide either a pair of pulls or a single aesthetically pleasing and suf- the edge of the door and the
variety of ways. The traditional handle can be fitted. ficiently durable as a rule. This jamb. The assembly scenario
range of push/pull pad handles FSB has accorded these three needs to be qualified, however, is made more readily compre-
and profiles with brackets has fixing options - both-sides in the case of heavy-duty ap- hensible by the following sketch.
also been further developed. through fixing, one-side plications, (i.e. in schools, offi- Ideally, safety clearances as
through fixing - clear identify- ce blocks and other public in- recommended by FSB should
ing symbols that can be found stitutions): here, we emphati- be adhered to. Nevertheless,
Materials on all relevant product pages. cally recommend one-side conditions at the point of
(Examples show fixing for tu- through-fixing, which ensures assembly are crucial. It is par-
In principle, FSB supplies its bular pulls). that the furniture remains fit ticularly advisable to make use
entire pull-handle range in for use even after years of he- of the shackle-type bracket
either aluminium, stainless avy treatment, since the forces purpose-designed by FSB for
steel or brass, with stainless involved are absorbed on both especially narrow stiles, which
steel being particularly recom- sides of the door. sets the handle sufficiently far
mended for heavy-duty appli- away from the edge.
cations. Aluminium surfaces
can easily get blemished in
such circumstances, though
this 'ageing process' in no way
impairs the functioning of the
handle. Owing to their tendency
to corrode, brass pulls are only
offered with a waxed finish. It
takes several years before a
natural brown protective patina
forms on brass handles.
Back to back fixing Bolt through-fixing Secret single side fixing with
self-tapping insert
348
Pull handles Pull handles Other handle
Oval series Round series systems
We kick this section off with a The proven FSB range of tu- The HT Round and HT Oval
range of oval designs FSB has bular pulls has profited from kits launched by FSB and en-
developed over the past decade the burst of innovation in the thusiastically received by the
as an alternative to traditional sphere of oval designs. New market have precursors that
pulls of circular cross-section. shapes and brackets have are still going strong:
Adopting the formula 'diagonal been added.
+ oval = ideal gripping' identi- This is particularly true of the R+S
fied by FSB reduces the amount lightweight pull series in 20 mm
of effort required to take hold tubular material, for which a Back when the first grey Ma-
of and operate the handles on new design-conscious bracket nual was published in the early
entrance doors. fixture has been developed that 90s, we introduced a system
The oval styling offers the mar- FSB has likewise had utility of tubes and brackets for
ket a new gripping quality for and design patented. Hence, speedy erection on building
eye and hand which FSB has this lightweight pull-handle sites that was well taken up
had copyright protected. The series in its familiar 'straight, and has thus been retained:
experience FSB has amassed rectangular, triangular and
now allows it to supply almost crescent' styles can continue - aluminium brackets
all its traditional styles both as its victorious campaign against - tubes in either aluminium or
circular pulls and as optimised- the traditional 'heavyweights'. stainless steel
grip oval variants.
A new flattened oval pull se- TGS
ries airily and elegantly under-
pins architectural solutions. Towards the end of the 90s, the
The proven HT modular sys- 4th edition of our grey Manual
tem for express assembly is featured a rapid-assembly
likewise now available in oval. range in stainless steel that
Up to a length of 1,500 mm, was likewise well received:
this kit of brackets and tubes
can be put together on site to - either circular with a 25 mm
produce a technically sound diameter or of 25 mm square
and very good looking piece of cross-section
hardware with little fuss. - accessory brackets for
Where lengths in excess of visible fixing
1,500 mm are envisaged, FSB - offer of dispatch within 24
recommends factory-welded hours of order. We've always
fittings for reasons of structural been up to the challenge so
strength. far. 7
A rich source of new design
variants is the HS modular
system with oval or circular
stainless steel grips and grey
anodised brackets in alumin-
ium, each with a choice of two
handle cross-sections.
The hand grips oval
349
Furniture for
main entrance doors
The architectural hardware But help is at hand for our be- Two further main-door pull This comprehensive new
sector – including FSB – has leaguered author. FSB com- handles by Hartmut Weise package is augmented by pull,
for decades been marketing a missioned its in-house desig- incorporate a design idea from knob and lever handle furnitu-
veritable plethora of custom ner Hartmut Weise to come up the 50’s. At that time, any re on oval and angular narrow-
fittings for main entrance with some new ideas for main number of doors were adorned frame backplates, pull-handle
doors, to wit door knobs, door entrance doors. Hartmut Weise with sinuous extruded hand- furniture with a selection of fit-
pulls, armoured roses and se- already presented four design les. Refining this seasoned tings, and push/pull handles
curity furniture in all materials conceptions for the penultima- style gave rise to an integrated with armoured cylinders.
and all manner of designs. te Manual. Two more followed pull handle/backplate design. Before ordering please always
You’d think the market had for the last Manual. In this case, too, handles are check that the situation allows
been sated. The first four handles for through fixed using 6mm bolts for sufficient mortise depth as
Not a bit of it though. An arti- main entrance doors by Hart- that engage in a heavyduty well as the necessary backset.
cle in the supplement to the mut Weise retain the distincti- backplate on the inside. The When fitting the new pulls for
weekly newspaper DIE ZEIT of ve axially slanted grip from his latter additionally supports the main entrance and entrance
31 March 1995 observes: ‚Sa- 1995 pull-handle collection, lever handle and its bushing. doors, FSB recommends re-
me doors, handles, conserva- but forego the droplet-shaped These two designs are exclu- inforcing the cylinder by me-
tories, carports everywhere. Be cross section in favour of an sively available in aluminium. ans of round, oval or angular
it in Munich or Münster, elliptical form. A matching aluminium lever armoured roses.
Darmstadt or Stuttgart, ow- Mr. Weise was intent on en- handle and coverplate have
neroccupiers are a force for suring that the hand would be been selected for the inside. If
uniformity in their unitary hou- able to exert the necessary for- so desired, however, the inter-
sing.’ ce despite the vertical styling. nal furniture may be made of
These handles are available stainless steel, brass or colour-
in silver anodised or colour- coated aluminium.
coated aluminium and in stain-
less steel. They are through-
fixed by means of 6 mm bolts
that fasten onto a rugged
backplate on the inside.
The internal backplate also
acts as a bearing for the lever
handle. The fancy coverplate
on the inside can be supplied
in either aluminium, colour-co-
ated aluminium or stainless
steel.
350
New products 09 |10
Aluminium Bronze
AluGrey Brass
Overview Stainless steel Alu + Color
6501 38 6504 38 6506 .. 6507 .. 6508 6510 6514

6526 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537 6538

6540 6541 6542 6543 40 6546 6599 0036 6602 38

7a
6605 38 6610 6611 6612 6613 6615 6616

6620 45 6621 45 6630 6642 6643 6650 6652 38

351
Overview
6655 38 6662 38 6669 38 6674 6675 6688 00 6679 38

6681 6682 6683 38

6710, 6711 6715 – 6718 6801 6522

6712, 6713 6735 .. – 6738 .. 6802 6524

6707, 6708 6800 ..

Page 405 Page 405
352
New products 09 |10
Aluminium Bronze
AluGrey Brass
Stainless steel Alu + Color
6181 6184 6254 6268

7000
Pages 412f.
0418
Pages 413, 294
7a
353
Pull handle
Round series
35 6501 38
Ø 20 mm
Aluminium
350 390 Ø 20 Stainless steel
Brass
M8 fixing
Safety clearance S=49 mm

65
(cf. page 348)
The “heavyweights” of the For detailed information on

long-running standard pro- fixing, please turn to page
gramme are juxtaposed with a 414ff.
“lighter than air” series of pull
handles (20 mm) in several
shapes on plain brackets
(25 mm).
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single
fixing side fixing with
self-tapping
insert
354
Pull handle
Round series
92
35
6504 38
Ø 20 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
350 R 213 Ø 20 Brass
M8 fixing

(cf. page 348)
65
7a

fixing, please turn to page
414ff.

self-tapping
insert
355
Pull handles
Round series
45
6506 ..
65 r.h. | 75 l.h.
R 60
Ø 35 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Bronze
1000 Ø 35
Illustration r.h., outside view

handing details, cf. page 586f.
M8 fixing
R 60
(cf. page 348)
220 95
45
6507 ..
65 r.h. | 75 l.h.
R 60 Ø 35 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Bronze
1000 Ø 35
Illustration r.h., outside view
M8 fixing
R 60
(cf. page 348)
474 95

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
356
Pull handle
Round series
150
6514
Stainless steel
M8 fixing
A Ø 30 Safety clearance S=55 mm

(cf. page 348)
Ø 35
80
Item nos. Ø A
6514 38 30 350
6514 45 30 450
7a

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
357
ht round welded
from 1500 to 2100 mm and
for lengths more than 2100 mm
6522 6523
Stainless steel Stainless steel
Bronze*
2,5 Tube Ø 35 × 2.5 mm Tube Ø 40 × 4 mm

4,0
For reasons of structural- For requirements where di-

strength, we recommend order- mension A exceeds 2,100
ing a factory-welded version mm, we can supply a factory-
drawing on the elements of the welded version incorporating
ht round kit in cases where a sturdy tube cross-section of
the A dimension lies between 40 x 4 mm and in all other
1500 mm and a maximum of respects the design features
2100 mm of the ht round series.
35
40
* with brackets 45/55 and

46/56 only
45 . . 46 . . r. h. 56 . . l. h. 47 . . 48 . . The pulls in the welded larger

length series FSB 6522 are
produced to order. This involves
selecting the combination of
brackets desired from the illus-
tration alongside and citing the
appropriate code numbers.
It is also necessary to state the
A dimension, which defines the
fixing distance from the centre
of the borehole for one bracket
to the centre of the borehole for
the other. By adding or sub-
tracting the differential dimen-
sions given on page 402, we
calculate the length of the pull
at the works prior to welding.
35 40 40
40 46 46
35
40
35
40
. . 45 . . 46 r. h. . . 56 l. h. . . 47 . . 48
Reference: When using elements of the safety rail at particularly hazar-

ht round kit – whether for self- dous openings in buildings.
fabrication or as factory-wel- If in any doubt, please contact
ded parts – attention needs to the architect or engineer in
be paid to structural specifica- charge.
tions and conditions locally.
This hefty product series is not
a substitute for gym bars, For detailed information on
neither should it be used as a fixing, please turn to page 414.
358
ht oval welded
from 1500 to 2100 mm
6524
Stainless steel
Bronze*
Tube 28 × 40 × 1.5 mm
28
1,5
For reasons of structural
strength, we recommend orde-
ring a factory-welded version
drawing on the elements of the
ht oval kit in cases where the
A dimension lies between
1500 mm and a maximum of
40 2100 mm.
* with brackets 45/55 and

46/56 only
45 . . 55 . . 46 . . 56 . . 47 . . 57 . . 48 . . 58 . . The pulls in the welded series

r. h. l. h. r. h. l. h. r. h. l. h. r. h. l. h. FSB 6524 are produced to or-
der. This involves selecting the
combination of brackets desired
from the illustration alongside
and citing the appropriate code
numbers. It is also necessary to
state the A dimensions, which
defines the fixing distance
from the centre of the borehole
for one bracket to the centre
of the borehole for the other.
By adding or subtracting the 7a
differential dimensions given
on page 406, we calculate the
length of the pull at the works
prior to welding.
. . 45 . . 55 . . 46 . . 56 . . 47 . . 57 . . 48 . . 58
r. h. l. h. r. h. l. h. r. h. l. h. r. h. l. h.
Reference: When using elements of the safety rail at particularly hazar-

ht oval kit – whether for self- dous openings in buildings.
fabrication or as factory-wel- If in any doubt, please contact
ded parts – attention needs to the architect or engineer in
be paid to structural specifica- charge.
tions and conditions locally.
This hefty product series is not
a substitute for gym bars, For detailed information on
neither should it be used as a fixing, please turn to page 414.
359
Pull handle
Round series
110
6526
Aluminium
Stainless steel
(brackets aluminium)
FSB is supplementing its proven

and long-successful in-line pull
350 570
series in aluminium and stain-
less steel with a particularly
safe-to-grip design featuring
heavily cranked fixing points
40 on which the ends of brackets
are incorporated into the pull
section. The in-line pull sections
are supplied with a diameter of
44,5 35 mm in either aluminium or
stainless steel. The brackets
80 are made of aluminium and are
35 anodised in the metal’s natural
colour. The standard version
has an A dimension of 350 mm
and a length of 570 mm. Other
A dimensions and lengths are
possible.

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
360
Fax copy
R1 R1 R1 6526 Ø 35 mm
To order custom designs in the

pull handle series 6526, please
L A1 A1 A1
use a copy of this page:
Enter the quantity required and
overall length in the table be-
low. Then enter details of the
distances between brackets
and, where applicable, their
L distance from the end of the
R2
handle in mm. To ensure
stability, the distance between
brackets should not exceed
1200 mm.
A2 L A2
R2
A3
7a
R2
Qua. Overall length Distance between brackets Edge spacing* Fixing method
L A1 A2 A3 R1 R2
* least. 40 mm
max. 350 mm
361
Pull handles
Oval series
114
35
6533
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Bronze
300
83
125
35
6534
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Bronze
300
88
The flattened oval pull handle The circular fastening section Guaranteeing FSB’s usual pro-
series 6533, 6534, 6535 and has been shortened and the duction excellence are the tra-
6536 see FSB’s philosophy of grip tilted towards the user by ditional casting technique for
the ovally gripping hand and dint of a flattened oval cross- aluminium and an innovative
the diagonal moving arm put section. The hand therefore internal high-pressure metal
to effect in telling manner. enjoys optimum clearance forming process for the stain-
whilst, stylistically, these airy, less steel variant.
elegant handles display a de-
cidedly architectural dimension.
362
Pull handles
Oval series
116
35
6535
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Bronze
300
83
122
35
6536
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Bronze
300
87
7a

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
363
Pull handle
Oval series
133
39
6537
Stainless steel
Bronze
Door pulls 6537 and 6538 are

450
visually related to the 300 mm
range of pulls.
Their 450 mm length allows
them to be effortlessly inte-
grated into the closing area,
though for technical reasons
they are only available in
stainless steel.
98

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
364
Pull handle
Oval series
117
39
6538
Stainless steel
Bronze
Door pulls 6537 and 6538 are

450
visually related to the 300 mm
range of pulls.
Their 450 mm length allows
them to be effortlessly inte-
grated into the closing area,
though for technical reasons
they are only available in
stainless steel.
89
7a

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
365
Pull handle
Round series
35
35
75
6540
Stainless steel
Matches FSB lever handle

model 1035

(cf. page 348)
600

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
366
Pull handles
Round series
35
35
80
6541
Stainless steel (Grip)
Aluminium (Corners)

model 1077

600
(cf. page 348)
25
25
65
6543 40
Aluminium
Stainless steel

model 1021
400

(cf. page 348)
7a

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
367
Pull handle
Oval series
D
C
6542 ....
Stainless steel

models 1107/1108
A Ø
Item nos. Ø A C D S
6542 3095 30 × 15 300 60 35 48

6542 6095 40 × 28 600 75 45 53
S Safety clearance (cf. page 348)

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
368
Pull handles
Round series
35
81
6546
Stainless steel

model 1102
350 Ø 30
Maximum A Dimension
1200 mm

(cf. page 348)
25 85
6599 0036
Stainless steel

model 1003

500 300
(cf. page 348)
7a

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
369
Pull handles
Round series
D
C
6602 38
Aluminium
R Stainless steel
Bronze
A Ø
(only 6602 38)
Brass
Alu + Color
Fixing Ø = 20 mm M6
Ø ≥ 25 mm M8
Item nos. Ø R A C D S
6627 34 20 25 200 75 30 45
6670 34 25 40 200 80 35 48
6670 37 25 40 300 80 35 48
6670 38 25 40 350 80 35 48
6602 38 30 55 350 90 35 51
6603 38 35 60 350 95 45 56
6604 38 40 60 350 105 45 65
6670 99 25 40 200–1200 80 35 48
6602 99 30 55 300–1200 90 35 51
6603 99 35 60 300–1200 95 45 56
6604 99 40 60 350 –1200 105 45 65

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
370
Pull handles
Round series
B
6605 38
Aluminium
R1
Stainless steel
Brass
Alu + Color
A Ø
M8 fixing

R2
(cf. page 348)
35
80
Item nos. Ø R1 R2 A B
6605 25 25 260 40 250 32

6605 38 25 260 40 350 68
6605 50 25 400 40 500 88
7a

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
371
Pull handles
Oval series
30 6610
Aluminium
210
Stainless steel
Fixing M6

(cf. page 348)
70
25
55
30
6611 ..
Aluminium
Stainless steel
210
..24 r.h.
..25 l.h.
Fixing M6
70
22 Safety clearance S=60 mm
(cf. page 348)
Illustration r.h.*, outside view,

* is required for DIN l.h.

opening inwards

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
372
Pull handles
Oval series
105
30
6612
Aluminium
Stainless steel
210
Fixing M6

(cf. page 348)
70
22
94
30
6613
Aluminium
Stainless steel
210 90°
Fixing M6

(cf. page 348)
70
22
7a

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
373
Pull handles
Round series
6615
40 Stainless steel
In door pull series FSB 6615

(Ø 30 mm), fixing is by means
A L
of laterally offset strap-type
brackets. The fastening and
gripping sides are separated
20
from one another and hence
protect hands. The innovative
combination of fixing strap and
pull lends the design an airy,
vivacious appearance.
77
112
Item nos. Ø A L
6615 35 30 350 550

6615 45 30 450 650
6615 99 30 451–2100

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
374
Pull handles
Oval series
20
6616
40 Stainless steel
A L
83
118
Item nos. Ø A L
6616 35 40 × 28 350 550

6616 45 40 × 28 450 650
6616 99 40 × 28 451–2100
7a

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
375
Pull handles
Round series
57
6620 45
75 Ø 25 mm
Stainless steel
Overall length 600 mm
A2
57
75 Ø 45
62,5
A1 600 450
75
Ø 25
A3
Item nos. Ø A1 A2 A3 Ending
6620 99 25 X X X 75 mm
75
Ø 25
The stiles on frame doors have 130 mm. Both are supplied as
become narrower in recent standard with an A dimension
years. FSB has responded by of 450 mm and an overall
producing a filigree handle length of 600 mm. Optionally,
series in stainless steel (Ø 25 they can both extend over the
mm). The straight bar handle entire door. The standard mea-
features a clearance between surement for the end sections
the fixing centre and the cen- is 75 mm.
tre of the bar of no less than FSB recommends a distance
57 mm. With the curved ver- between brackets of at most
sion, the clearance is a mighty 1200 mm.
376
Pull handles
Round series
130
6621 45
75 Ø 25 mm
Stainless steel
A1= 450 mm
Overall length 600 mm
A2
130
75 Ø 45
62,5
R 120
R 180 R 180
A1 = 450 600 450
R 120
75
Ø 25
A3
Item nos. Ø A1 A2 A3 Ending 7a
6621 99 25 450 X X 75 mm
75
Ø 25

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
377
Pull handles
Round series
6630
Ø 30 mm
Ø 35
Stainless steel
400 150
Standard length 400 mm
M8 fixing
Ø 30
80
60
6681
Ø 30 mm
Ø 35
Stainless steel
400 150 Bronze
Standard length 400 mm

M8 fixing

Ø 30 (cf. page 348)
80
Available in custom lengths
also, please turn to the next
page.
For all tubular pulls in stain- For detailed information on

less steel FSB can supply two fixing, please turn to page
customised variants with non- 414ff.
standard ends, one a shallow
curvature (10), the other a
stepped flat cap (20).

self-tapping
insert
..00 ..10 ..20
378
Fax copy
R1 R1 R1
6580 Ø 25 mm
6681 Ø 30 mm
6582 Ø 35 mm
6583 Ø 40 mm
L A1 A1 A1
6529 Ø 25 mm
L 6630 Ø 30 mm
R2
6531 Ø 35 mm
6532 Ø 40 mm
A2 L A2

pull handle series 6681 or
6630, please use a copy of this
R2
page: First specify the model
desired citing the applicable
order code above. Then enter
the quantity required and overall
A3 length in the table below. Then
enter details of the distances
between brackets and, where
applicable, their distance from 7a
the end of the handle in mm.
To ensure stability, the distance
between brackets should not
exceed 1200 mm. Finally,
R2
please tick the cap required
for standard versions with a
diameter of 30 Ø.
Qua. Overall length Caps for 6681 and 6630 Distance between brackets Edge spacing* Fixing method
L ..00 ..10 ..20 A1 A2 A3 R1 R2
* least. 30 mm
max. 350 mm
379
Pull handles
Round series
6642
Ø 30 mm
36
Brackets
400 150 Aluminium
Grip
Aluminium or
Stainless steel
25 Ø 30 Standard length 400 mm

Fixing M6
71
(cf. page 348)

also, please turn to the next
page.
6643
Ø 30 mm
36
Brackets
400 150 Aluminium
Grip
Aluminium or
Stainless steel
36 Ø 30 Standard length 400 mm

Fixing M6
70
50 also, please turn to the next
page.

fixing of the pull handles 6642
and 6643, please turn to page
422.
380
Fax copy
R1 R1 R1 6642 Ø 30 mm
L A1 A1 A1
6643 Ø 30 mm
R2
A2 L A2

pull handle series 6642 or
6643, please use a copy of this
page: First specify the model
desired citing the applicable
R2
order code above. Then enter
the quantity required and overall
length in the table below. Then
enter details of the distances
A3 between brackets and, where
applicable, their distance from
the end of the handle in mm.
To ensure stability, the dis- 7a
tance between brackets should
not exceed 1200 mm.
R2
Qua. Overall length Distance between brackets Edge spacing* Fixing method
L A1 A2 A3 R1 R2
* least. 30 mm
max. 350 mm
381
Pull handle
Oval series
Ø 35 6650
Stainless steel
Diameter 36 × 22 mm
350
M8 fixing

(cf. page 348)
FSB could not resist squeezing

all the experience gained in
80 fashioning the 40 x 28 mm
oval tube into a smaller dia-
30 meter. And thus it was that the
standard in-line pull FSB 6650
came into being.
If so desired, FSB 6650 can
also be supplied in other
lengths.
Item nos. Ø A
6650 38 36 × 22 350
6650 99 36 × 22 351–1500

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
382
Pull handle
Oval series
175
Ø 35
6652 38
Stainless steel
R 175
M8 fixing
350
(cf. page 348)
Handle models FSB 6650 (in-

line), FSB 6682 (U-shape) and
FSB 6652 (semicircular) are
80
30 living proof that tested designs
featuring new oval cross-sec-
tions have the edge over their
round counterparts both opti-
cally and in terms of gripping
ergonomics. The hand glides
effortlessly around them.
7a

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
383
Grip de porte
tubulaires
193,5
6655 38
Ø 35 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
350 Ø 35
M8 fixing

(cf. page 348)
16,5 75

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
384
Pull handles
Round series
B
6662 38
Aluminium
R Stainless steel
Brass
A Ø
Alu + Color
Ø ≥ 25 mm M8
R
C
Item nos. Ø R A B C D S
6660 34 20 25 200 100 75 30 41

6661 34 25 40 200 100 80 35 42
6661 37 25 40 300 100 80 35 42
6661 38 25 40 350 100 80 35 42

6662 38 30 55 350 140 90 35 43
6663 38 35 60 350 140 95 45 45
6664 38 40 60 350 150 120 45 52
6661 99 25 40 200–1200 100 80 35 42 7a

6662 99 30 55 300–1200 140 90 35 43
6663 99 35 60 300–1200 140 95 45 45
6664 99 40 60 350–1200 150 120 45 52

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
385
Pull handles
Round series
D
C
6669 38
Stainless steel
Bronze
(With diameter 30 mm and
maximum length 1200 mm
A Ø only)
M8 fixing
Item nos. Ø A C D S
6606 38 25 350 75 35 50
6669 38 30 350 80 35 55
6669 99 30 custom length
6607 38 35 350 85 45 57
6609 38 40 350 90 45 60
6609 99 40 custom length

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
386
Pull handles
Round series
R
6674
Stainless steel
40
Door pull FSB 6674 takes the

A L offset strap-type brackets from
the FSB 6615 series and fuses
20
these with the sweep of the
crescent-shaped round pull
(Ø 30 mm). This pull series is
only supplied with A dimen-
sions of 210 mm and 350 mm.
77
Item nos. Ø R A B L
6674 21 30 485 210 126 497

6674 35 30 1420 350 123 742
7a

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
387
Pull handles
Oval series
R
6675
Stainless steel
40
Door pull FSB 6675 takes the

offset strap-type brackets from
A L the FSB 6616 series and fuses
20 these with the sweep of the
crescent-shaped oval pull
(Ø 40 x 28 mm). This pull series
is only supplied with A Dimen-
sions of 210 mm and 350 mm.
83
Item nos. Ø R A B L
6675 21 40 × 28 485 210 132 504

6675 35 40 × 28 1420 350 129 745

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
388
Pull handles
Round series
B
6679 38
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Brass
A 90° R Alu + Color
Ø ≥ 25 mm M8
R
C
Ø
Item nos. Ø R A B C D S
6649 34 20 25 200 90 75 30 41
6679 34 25 40 200 83 80 35 42
6679 37 25 40 300 133 80 35 42
6679 38 25 40 350 158 80 35 42

6623 38 30 55 350 152 90 35 43
6624 38 35 60 350 150 95 45 45
6625 38 40 60 350 150 105 45 49
S Safety clearance (cf. page 348) 7a

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
389
Pull handle
Oval series
125
35
6682 38
Stainless steel
R 55
M8 fixing
350
(cf. page 348)
FSB has extended its FSB

6650 series introduced four
years ago to embrace U-
shaped and circular variants.
80
30 In all four cases, the easy-grip
oval tube with a diameter of
36 x 22 mm is supported on
round fixing brackets.

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
390
Pull handles
Round series
B
6683 38
Aluminium
Stainless steel
R1 Bronze
(6683 38 only)
A Ø Brass
Alu + Color
Ø ≥ 25 mm M8
R2
C
Item nos. Ø R1 R2 A B C D S
6626 34 20 100 25 200 130 75 30 41

6673 34 25 100 40 200 140 80 35 42
6673 37 25 150 40 300 190 80 35 42
6673 38 25 175 40 350 215 80 35 42

6683 38 30 175 55 350 230 90 35 43
6659 38 35 175 60 350 235 95 45 45
6678 38 40 175 60 350 235 120 45 52
S Safety clearance (cf. page 348) 7a

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
391
Pull handle
Round series
200
6688 00
Ø 25 mm
100 200
Stainless steel
M8 fixing

80
Ø 25 (cf. page 348)

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
392
Pull handles
Wave
6510
Ø 30 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Brass
Safety clearance 65 mm for

30 mm handle projection,
M8 fixing
The wave handle is offered in For quoting purposes, we re-

aluminium, stainless steel and quire the following details toget-
brass with the following speci- her with a dimensioned sketch:
fications:
1. Door width
Torsion radius: 800 mm 2. Size A required
Handle diameter: 30 mm 3. Width of frame
Bracket diameter: 35 mm 4. Profile section
5. In case of glass doors:
distance of fixing holes from
edge
R 800
R 800
Ø 30 7a
Illustration l.h. Illustration r.h.
Width of frame Handing details, cf. page 586f.

Width of door

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
393
Design proposals
Pull handles Round series
a b c
d e f
For detailed information on The stainless steel pull handle Handing details, cf. pp. 586ff.
fixing, please turn to page designs shown here are inten-
414ff. ded as creative aids for archi-
tects, planners, designers, re-
tailers and builder clients alike.
Please always give details of
the door’s type, material and
weight. We must have accurate
drawings before we can supply
quotes or implement orders.
394
Handrail systems
72,5
Ø 40 Typ A Stainless steel
Fixing method 1:
72 Ø 45
Hole for countersunk screw M8
Fixing method 1 Fixing method 2:

Hole for countersunk screw M6
6599 9991
Screws and dowels are delive-
red for number of fixing points.
R 27,5
Ø 40
80 Ø 70
Fixing method 2
6599 9994
Ø 40
Typ B1 Stainless steel
T
100
6599 9993
Ø 40
Typ B2 Stainless steel 7a
Fixing reference: First of all the

supplied rose has to be shoved
T on the tubes of the handrail
100 system. Fill up then boreholes in
basis with usual constructional
6599 9992 resins. Before hardening set up
the handrail system. The rose
will then be glued to the basis.
Handrail systems
In recent years FSB has occa- ordering party. The variants

sionally made handrail systems shown here are merely meant
to measures for installation near to provide a general impression,
main-entrance doors. Three which is why no dimensions
typical examples are shown on have been given. Why not send
this page. Unlike serially pro- us your specifications – plus
duced hardware, these custom dimensions – by fax? We will
products are made to order. then scrutinise the details,
Responsibility for deployment produce drawings of our own,
and fabrication lies with the and submit a quote.
395
Pull handles TGS round
25
6508
Ø 25 mm
65
Stainless steel
2
24,5
Breadth of brackets 40 mm
28
Screw hole-Ø 8.5 mm
25
65
24,5
26
48
25
65
43,5
24,5
67
For detailed information on Speed and ease of installation Please feel free to make en-
fixing, please turn to page were the design brief for the quiries and put FSB’s TGS se-
414ff. Immediate programme by FSB: ries to the test. It can be called
The TGS series comprises stain- up any time and is ready and
less steel tubes with a diameter waiting to be assembled in a
of 25 mm and three choices of jiffy.
brackets. We recommend
allowing one bracket for each
600 mm of handle.
396
Fax copy TGS
R1 1 2 3 R1 1 2 3 R1 1 2 3
L A1 A1 A1
R2
A2 L A2
Please submit exact measure-

ments, ideally on a copy of the
order chart shown here:
First enter number of handles

R2
required and overall length.
Then ring the brackets intended

for your fixing points (in-line,
offset, or diagonally offset) as A3
well as ticking the numbered
box.
7a
Finally, specifiy distances be-
tween brackets and edge spa-
cing. For reasons of stability,
the distance between brackets
R2
should not exceed 600 mm.
Qua. Overall length Type of bracket Distance between brackets Edge spacing*
L 1 2 3 A1 A2 A3 R1 R2
l.h. r.h. l.h. r.h. l.h. r.h.
* least 30 mm
397
hs round modular system
The hs modular system com-
prising grips and brackets ca-
ters in a novel way to individual
design aspirations and func-
tional requirements.
The round grips in stainless
steel are supplied in standard
lengths of 30 mm and 25 mm
as well as in custom lengths
as requested.
The matching 45°-crank
brackets in aluminium are grey
anodised and are securely
attached by means of a special-
purpose fastening system.
There is scope for variation
owing to the differing lengths
of grips and the fact that the
positioning and number of
brackets are freely selectable.
The option of providing handle
ends with either one or two
brackets and positioning cen-
tral brackets as desired turns
every handle into a distinctive
feature and an embellishment
for main entrance doors.
Once their arrangement and Alignment of brackets is

spacing have been established, achieved by laying the handle
brackets are firmly secured to on a flat surface once the first
the grip by means of recessed bracket has been fitted and
fastenings (cf. Fig.). only then fixing the remaining
brackets at the desired intervals.
398
hs round modular system
Brackets + Grips
20
96
6710
20 Aluminium grey anodised
33,5
Bracket for grip 6810
Ø 25 mm
66
81
61
22
100
6711
37,5
Ø 30 mm
66
83
61
6810
Stainless steel
Grip Ø 25 mm
6811
Stainless steel
Item nos. Grips Ø Length Grip Ø 30 mm

7a
6810 0450 25 mm 450 mm
0600 25 mm 600 mm
0900 25 mm 900 mm
1800 25 mm 1800 mm
6811 0450 30 mm 450 mm

0600 30 mm 600 mm
0900 30 mm 900 mm
1800 30 mm 1800 mm

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
399
hs oval modular system
The hs modular system com-
prising grips and brackets ca-
ters in a novel way to individual
design aspirations and func-
tional requirements.
The oval grips in stainless
steel are supplied in standard
lengths of 36.5 x 22 mm and
40 x 28.5 mm as well as in
custom lengths as requested.
The matching 45°-crank
brackets in aluminium are grey
anodised and are securely
attached by means of a special-
purpose fastening system.
There is scope for variation
owing to the differing lengths
of grips and the fact that the
positioning and number of
brackets are freely selectable.
The option of providing handle
ends with either one or two
brackets and positioning cen-
tral brackets as desired turns
every handle into a distinctive
feature and an embellishment
for main entrance doors.
Once their arrangement and

spacing have been established,
brackets are firmly secured to
the grip by means of recessed
fastenings (cf. Fig.).
400
hs oval modular system
Brackets + Grips
20
98
6712
33,5
Ø 36.5 x 22 mm
66
83
61
22
103
6713
37,5
Ø 40 x 28.5 mm
66
86
61
6812
Stainless steel
Grip
Ø 36.5 × 22 mm
6813
Stainless steel
Item nos. Grips Ø Length
Grip 7a
6812 0450 36.5 × 22 mm 450 mm Ø 40 × 28.5 mm
0600 36.5 × 22 mm 600 mm
0900 36.5 × 22 mm 900 mm
1800 36.5 × 22 mm 1800 mm
6813 0450 40 × 28.5 mm 450 mm

0600 40 × 28.5 mm 600 mm
0900 40 × 28.5 mm 900 mm
1800 40 × 28.5 mm 1800 mm

414ff.

self-tapping
insert
401
ht round modular systems
up to 1500 mm
6801
Stainless steel
Tube Ø 35 × 1.5 mm
Stock length 3000 mm
The ht round kit enables safety

rails, handle systems, handrails
etc. up to 1500 mm in length
to be cut to size, fabricated
and fitted on site with the aid
of the appropriate tools.
Where lengths in excess of
1,5 1500 - 2100 mm are concer-
ned, we would recommend
factory welded hardware, ver-
sions FSB 6522 and 6523 cf.
page 358.
35
Dimensions: Longueur de tube 6715 + 6715 Tube length and A size are im-
6716 + 6716
portant for fabrication, fitting
Cote A + 32 mm = Longueur de tube
Cote A
and ordering purposes.
The A size defines the fixing
Longueur de tube 6717 + 6717 distance from the centre of the
Cote A – 40 mm = Longueur de tube borehole for one bracket to the
Cote A centre of the borehole for the
other. Tube length is arrived at
Longueur de tube 6718 + 6718
by adding or subtracting the
Cote A – 108 mm = Longueur de tube
differential sizes given along-
Cote A side from the A size.
FSB recommends reinforcing
door pulls from the ht round
kit that are to be fitted to hea-
Cote A vily used doors by means of
the accessories available.
Cote A

Cote A
Reference:
When using elements of the rail at particularly hazardous

ht round kit – whether for self- openings in buildings.
fabrication or as factory-welded If in any doubt, please contact
parts – attention needs to be the architect or engineer in
paid to structural specifications charge.
and conditions locally. This For detailed information on Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single
hefty product series is not a fixing, please turn to page fixing side fixing with
substitute for gym bars, neither 423. self-tapping
should it be used as a safety insert
402
Brackets ht round
modular systems
4 57,5
20
6715
35 Stainless steel
Straight bracket,
35 angled 90° inwards,
to match tube 35 x 1.5 mm Ø
4 57,5
20
6716 ..
35 Stainless steel
6716 14 r.h.
40
6716 15 l.h.
71
Bracket with 45° cranking,
angled 90° inwards,
to match tube 35 x 1.5 mm
Illustration r.h.
4
57,5
15
6717
35 Stainless steel
Straight bracket,
35
57,5
15
6718 7a
36 Stainless steel
69
4
Bracket for swing doors,
35
Screw hole Ø 8.5 mm O-Ring Once the tube has been cut to
size (dimensions A + differen-
Safety clearance S=52 mm tial measurement), matching
(cf. page 348) brackets are slotted into the
tube ends and fastened with
screws from the top.
Part synth. mat.
403
Modular systems ht oval
Accessories
For pull handles from the mo-
dular systems ht round over
1.5 metres long or where robust
handling is to be assumed, we
would recommend reinforcing
the tube with square-section
tubing as shown on this page.
20
6801 20
20 Steel tube hot galvanised
20 x 20 x 2 mm
31,5 25
6719
Thermoplast
Spacing sleeve with fixing

screw
0313 0880 M8 x 80 mm
Steel stud
0316 0840 M8
Steel stud - for timber fixing
0320 0800 M8
Dome nut of stainless steel
For detailed information on Fixing reference: Sizing square-section tube:

fixing, please turn to page outside length of oval tube
414ff. minus 100 mm. Then fixing of
spacing sleeves with distance
350 mm, afterwards assem-
bling.
404
Pull handles
Modular systems R + S
The “tube and support bracket”
package is a kit system that 6800 04
allows the buyer effortlessly to Stainless steel Ø 30 mm
make to measure, put together Side 1.5 mm
and fit in place pull handles, Stock length 3000 mm
hand and towel rails of all
types.
6800 09
Aluminium Ø 30 mm
Side 2.0 mm
40
6707
Aluminium natural
colour anodised
60
6707 06 End support

80 6707 05 Intermediate support
30
60
40
6708
Aluminium natural
60 colour anodised
52 50
6708 06 End support
10
6708 05 Intermediate support
30
20
The length is established by 13 A 7a

measuring between bore
holes and adding 26 mm
(2 x 13 mm). The tube will
now fit snugly into its end
brackets. Any end play there
is can easily be remedied by
wedging, recentring, bonding
etc., as applicable.
When using elements of the If in any doubt, please contact Fixing methods brackets:
tubes and brackets kit atten- the architect or engineer in
tion needs to be paid to struc- charge. Screw holes - Ø 5.3 mm for
tural specifications and condi- countersunk screws
tions locally. This hefty product
series is not a substitute for
gym bars, neither should it be
used as a safety rail at particu-
larly hazardous openings in
buildings.
405
ht oval modular systems
up to 1500 mm
6802
Stainless steel
Tube 28 × 40 × 1.5 mm
The ht oval kit enables safety

rails, handle systems, hand-
rails etc. up to 1500 mm in
length to be cut to size, fabri-
cated and fitted on site with
the aid of the appropriate tools.
Where lengths in excess of
28
1,5 1500 - 2100 mm are concer-
ned, we would recommend
factory welded hardware, ver-
sion FSB 6524 cf. page 358.
40
Dimensions: Longueur de tube 6735 + 6735 Tube length and A dimension

6736 + 6736
are important for fabrication,
Cote A + 32 mm = Longueur de tube
Cote A
fitting and ordering purposes.
The A dimension defines the
Longueur de tube 6737 + 6737 fixing distance from the centre
Cote A – 40 mm = Longueur de tube of the borehole for one bracket
Cote A to the centre of the borehole
for the other. Tube length is
arrived at by adding or sub-
tracting the differential dimen-
Cote A sions given alongside from the
A dimension. FSB recommends
reinforcing door pulls from the
HT Oval kit that are to be fitted
Cote A to heavily used doors by means
of the accessories available.
Cote A

Cote A
Reference:
When using elements of the rail at particularly hazardous

HT Oval kit - whether for self- openings in buildings. If in any
fabrication or as factory-welded doubt, please contact the ar-
parts - attention needs to be chitect or engineer in charge.
paid to structural specifications For detailed information on
and conditions locally. This hefty fixing, please turn to page 423. Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single
product series is not a substi- fixing side fixing with
tute for gym bars, neither self-tapping
should it be used as a safety insert
406
Brackets ht oval
modular systems
4 57,5
20
6735 ..
35 Stainless steel
6735 04 r.h.
35 6735 05 l.h.
Straight bracket,
to match oval tube
40 x 28 x 1.5 mm Ø
4 57,5
20
6736 ..
35 Stainless steel
6736 14 r.h.
40
6736 15 l.h.
71
Bracket with 45° cranking,
to match oval tube
40 x 28 x 1.5 mm Ø
4
57,5
15
6737 ..
35 Stainless steel
6737 04 r.h.
6737 05 l.h.
35 Straight bracket,
angled 90° outwards,
to match oval tube
40 x 28 x 1.5 mm Ø
57,5
15
6738 .. 7a
36 Stainless steel
69
4
6738 04 r.h.
6738 05 l.h.
Bracket for swing doors,

to match oval tube
35
40 x 28 x 1.5 mm Ø
All illustrations r.h.
Screw hole Ø 8.5 mm O-Ring Once the tube has been cut to
size (dimensions A + differen-
Safety clearance S=52 mm tial measurement), matching
(cf. page 348) brackets are slotted into the
tube ends and fastened with
screws from the top.
Part synth. mat.
407
Modular systems ht oval
Accessories
FSB recommends reinforcing
door pulls from the HT Oval kit
that are subject to heavy-duty
use or have an “A” dimension
of between 1,500-2,100 mm
using the accessories shown on
this page.
20
6801 20
20 Steel tube hot galvanised
20 x 20 x 2 mm
35 25
6739
Thermoplast
25
Spacing sleeve with fixing

screw
0313 0880 M8 x 80 mm
Steel stud
0316 0840 M8
Steel stud - for timber fixing
0320 0800 M8
Dome nut of stainless steel
For detailed information on Fixing reference: Sizing square-section tube:

fixing, please turn to page outside length of oval tube
414ff. minus 100 mm. Then fixing of
spacing sleeves with distance
350 mm, afterwards assem-
bling.
408
Push and pull
pad handles
6181 62
70 Aluminium
A 100
Pad 150 x 150 mm

Dimension A 90 mm
11
50
6181 70
10 Aluminium
21
Pad 180 x 180 mm
Dimension A 120 mm
6181 74
Aluminium
Pad 200 x 200 mm

Dimension A 120 mm
150
6184 62
Aluminium
90 70 150
Plastic-Pad, black
30
11
50
18
7a
171
Fixing accessories, Screw hole Ø 8.5 mm

cf. page 552. Engravings, cf. page 253.
409
Push and pull
pad handle
150
6254 62
Stainless steel
90 70 150
25
11
38,5
18,5
165

410
Push and pull
pad handle
6268
90 70 175
Stainless steel
25
11
50
25
198
7a

411
Lever handles turnably fixed
7000 0001 7000 0002
Aluminium Aluminium
10 mm Δ-hole 10 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1070 Model FSB 1146
7000 0003
Aluminium
Stainless steel
10 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1076
7000 0004
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Bronze
10 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1023
7000 0232
Aluminium
Stainless steel
10 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1107
27 Single fixed lever handles for

entrance doors incl. solid
12
subroses.
7 FSB spindle 0115 or 0116
necessary, see page 546.
38
55
412
Lever handles turnably fixed
Turnable knob
7000 0233
Aluminium
Stainless steel
10 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1108
7000 0347
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
10 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1015
7000 0348
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
8 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1163
38 28
0418 02 7a
55
Aluminium
Stainless steel
7 For the deployment on multi- 8 mm Δ-hole

point lock, FSB supplies an
easy-action turnable knob on Spindle projection: Standard
a circular or oval rose for con- 40 mm, custom projections
cealed face fixing. on request.
27 Single fixed lever handles for

entrance doors incl. solid
12
subroses.
7 FSB spindle 0115 or 0116
necessary, see page 546.
38
55
413
FSB Self-tapping insert
FSB’s threaded bushing tech- The self-tapping thread creates
nique delivers a practically- an excellent bond with compa-
oriented, enhanced solution ratively little play between door
for the concealed face fixing of stile and threaded insert, thus
pulls to timber, aluminium and ensuring an even and effective
plastic doors that guarantees frictional connection – assu-
far better absorption of disten- ming the accurate drilling of
sion forces by the door stile. 12.5 mm-diameter boreholes
Regardless of door thickness for timber doors and 13 mm-
or stile type, a single type of diameter boreholes for metal
threaded insert 34 mm long is and plastic doors.
used.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Whether a manual or a power Then the self-tapping insert is The handle is then fitted at
drill is used, threaded inserts screwed in using a Size 8 Allen these fastening points.
require holes 12.5 mm in dia- key. FSB recommends an Allen
meter to be drilled for timber key with handle, as this is the 2 galvanised self-tapping
doors and 13 mm in diameter best way of guaranteeing the inserts in hardened steel
where metal and plastic doors requisite force is applied. Once
are involved. the threaded bush lies flush
against the stile, the enclosed
set screw is tightened.
414
FSB Clamping Rose Fastening
The FSB clamping rose faste- All door pulls with round necks
ning is a new method of are supplied as female parts
assembling door-pulls whereby with an internal left-handed
the pull is tightened fast against thread 18 by 1.5 mm (M8
the surface of the door. Visible fixing) or 14 by 1.5 mm (M6
fixing screws are done away fixing). A clamping rose faste-
with. ning comprises a plastic washer,
a steel washer, a clamping ele-
ment, a rotating rose and a
spacer sleeve that are securely
held in place by a plastic clip
and pre-attached to the end of
the handle.
steel washer
clamping element
set screw spacer sleeve
plastic washer
clamping rose
7a
FSB Clamping Rose Fastening Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
The new FSB clamping rose First fit into the door the set Then detach the clamping ele- Place the handle on the fixing
fastening allows all FSB door screw over which the clamping ments from the handle ends by points and tighten against the
pulls with round necks to be elements are to pass. How this turning them anticlockwise. Re- door by alternately turning the
screwed tight against the is done depends on whether move the plastic clip and slip clamping roses in a clockwise
surface of the door by means of Back to back fixing, Bolt the plastic washer, the steel direction.
an easy-to-operate clamping through-fixing or secret single washer, the clamping rose and
rose. Radial play allowed for by side fixing with expansion plug. the clamping element over the A turning device for the FSB
FSB ensures the necessary set screw in that order. Using clamping rose is supplied with
tolerances during fitting. the spacer sleeve, screw the the product.
Assembly is as follows: elements together, ensuring that
the clamping rose and clam-
ping element remain free to ro-
tate.
415
Borehole dimensions
Glas door Timber door Metal door Synth. mat. door
Back to back fixing
Inside Inside Inside

Inside
13 13 13 13
Outside Outside Outside
Outside
Bolt through-fixing 15
18 18
18
Inside
Inside
Inside
Inside
18 13 13
13 Outside
Secret single side fixing

with self-tapping insert
Inside
55 Inside
Inside
10,5 10,5
10,5
416
Fixing methods
Pull handle series
Round M8
6604, 6605, 6606, 6607,
6501, 6504, 6506, 6507, 6609, 6623, 6624, 6625,
6510, 6514, 6529, 6531, 6630, 6647, 6650, 6652,
6532, 6533, 6534, 6535, 6655, 6659, 6661, 6662,
6536, 6537, 6538, 6540, 6663, 6664, 6669, 6670,
6541, 6542, 6546, 6580, 6673, 6678, 6679, 6681,
6582, 6583, 6602, 6603, 6682, 6683, 6688
Fixing method Fixing accessories Item nos.
Back to back fixing 2 each set bolts M8 0580 1008 Glass door
8 - 10 mm
0580 3035 35 – 54 mm
0580 3055 55 – 74 mm
0580 3075 75 – 94 mm
Borehole Ø 13 mm
Bolt through-fixing 2 each set bolts M8 Grip diameter 25/30 mm:

2 each fixing nuts with caps
0580 2308 Glass door
8 - 10 mm
0580 4335 35 – 44 mm
0580 4345 45 – 54 mm
0580 4355 55 – 64 mm
0580 4365 65 – 74 mm
0580 4375 75 – 84 mm
Grip diameter 35/40 mm: 7a

8 - 10 mm
0580 4435 35 – 44 mm
0580 4445 45 – 54 mm
0580 4455 55 – 64 mm
0580 4465 65 – 74 mm
Borehole Ø 13/18 mm, 0580 4475 75 – 84 mm
cf. page 416
Secret single side fixing 2 each set bolts M8 0580 0335 Dim. X 10 – 30 mm
with self-tapping insert 2 each self-tapping inserts, Length of insert 34 mm
hardened steel, galvanized
Ø 12.5 mm (Timber door),

Ø 13 mm (Metal door or
Synth. mat. door)
417
Fixing methods
Pull handle series
Round M6
3684, 3688, 6543 40, 6610,

6611, 6612, 6613, 6619,
6626, 6627, 6642, 6643,
6649, 6660
8 - 10 mm
0580 3235 35 – 54 mm
0580 3255 55 – 74 mm
0580 3275 75 – 94 mm
Borehole Ø 13 mm
Bolt through-fixing 2 each set bolts M8 Grip diameter 20/25 mm:

2 each fixing nuts with caps
8 - 10 mm
0580 4235 35 – 44 mm
0580 4245 45 – 54 mm
0580 4255 55 – 64 mm
0580 4265 65 – 74 mm
Borehole Ø 13/18 mm, 0580 4275 75 – 84 mm
cf. page 416

Synth. mat. door)
Dimension X
Dim. X = Dim. of chamber
418
Fixing methods
Pull handle series
6615
6616
6674
6675
Back to back fixing 2 each countersunk bolts M8 0583 1008 Glass door
with sleeve nuts M8 8 - 10 mm
Stainless steel
4 each plastic washers 0583 3034 34 – 43 mm
0583 3044 44 – 53 mm
0583 3054 54 – 63 mm
0583 3064 64 – 73 mm
0583 3074 74 – 83 mm
Borehole Ø 13 mm
Bolt through-fixing 2 each countersunk bolts M8 0583 2008 Glass door

Stainless steel
2 each washers Stainless steel 0583 4036 36 – 45 mm
0583 4056 56 – 65 mm
0583 4066 66 – 75 mm
0583 4076 76 – 85 mm
Borehole Ø 13 mm
Secret single side fixing 2 each countersunk bolts M8 0583 0335 Dim. X 10 – 30 mm 7a
with self-tapping insert Stainless steel Length of insert 34 mm
2 each self-tapping inserts,
2 each plastic washers

Synth. mat. door)
Dimension X
419
Fixing methods
Pull handle series
6620
6621
Back to back fixing 2 each countersunk bolts M8 0584 1008 Glass door
Stainless steel
0584 3045 45 – 54 mm
0584 3055 55 – 64 mm
0584 3065 65 – 74 mm
0584 3075 75 – 84 mm
Borehole Ø 13 mm
Bolt through-fixing 2 each countersunk screw M8 0584 2008 Glass door

Stainless steel
2 each washers Stainless steel 0584 4035 35 – 44 mm
0584 4055 55 – 65 mm
0584 4065 65 – 75 mm
0584 4075 75 – 85 mm
Borehole Ø 13 mm
Secret single side fixing 2 each countersunk screw M8 0584 0335 Dim. X 10 – 30 mm
with self-tapping insert Stainless steel Length of insert 34 mm

Synth. mat. door)
Dimension X
420
Fixing methods
Pull handle series
6526
6599 0036
8 - 10 mm
0587 3035 35 – 54 mm
0587 3055 55 – 74 mm
0587 3075 75 – 94 mm
Borehole Ø 13 mm
Bolt through-fixing 2 each set screws M8 0587 2308 Glass door

2 each fixing nuts with caps 8 - 10 mm
0587 4335 35 – 44 mm
0587 4345 45 – 54 mm
0587 4355 55 – 64 mm
0587 4365 65 – 74 mm
0587 4375 75 – 84 mm
Borehole Ø 13/18 mm,

cf. page 416
Secret single side fixing 2 each set bolts M8 0587 0335 Dim. X 10 – 30 mm 7a

Synth. mat. door)
Dimension X
421
Fixing methods
Pull handle series
6642
6643
8 - 10 mm
0580 3235 35 – 54 mm
0580 3255 55 – 74 mm
0580 3275 75 – 94 mm
Borehole Ø 13 mm
Bolt through-fixing 2 each set bolts M6 0580 2208 Glass door

2 each fixing nuts with caps 8 - 10 mm
0580 4235 35 – 44 mm
0580 4245 45 – 54 mm
0580 4255 55 – 64 mm
0580 4265 65 – 74 mm
0580 4275 75 – 84 mm
Borehole Ø 13/18 mm,

cf. page 416

Synth. mat. door)
Dimension X
422
Fixing methods
Pull handle series
ht oval
ht round
6508
6522
6523
6524
Back to back fixing 2 each set bolts M8 0585 3035 35 – 39 mm

4 each sleeve nuts M8 0585 3040 40 – 44 mm
Stainless steel 0585 3045 45 – 49 mm
0585 3055 55 – 59 mm
0585 3060 60 – 64 mm
0585 3065 65 – 69 mm
0585 3070 70 – 74 mm
0585 3075 75 – 79 mm
0585 3080 80 – 84 mm
Borehole Ø 13 mm
Bolt through-fixing 2 each set bolts M8 0585 2035 35 – 44 mm

Stainless steel 0585 2055 55 – 64 mm
with washers 0585 2075 75 – 84 mm
Stainless steel
Borehole Ø 13 mm
Secret single side fixing 2 each set bolts M8 0585 0335 Dim. X 10 – 30 mm 7a
with self-tapping insert 2 each sleeve nuts M8 Length of insert 34 mm
Stainless steel

Synth. mat. door)
Dimension X
423
Fixing methods
Pull handle series
hs round
modular system
6710, 6711
hs round
modular system
6712, 6713
Back to back fixing 1 M8 cheese-head screw 0588 1008 Glass door

1 nut 8 - 10 mm
1 plastic bushing
2 M8 cheese-head screws 0588 3035 35 – 44 mm

1 threaded bushing 0588 3045 45 – 54 mm
0588 3055 55 – 64 mm
0588 3065 65 – 74 mm
0588 3075 75 – 84 mm
Borehole Ø 13 mm
Bolt through-fixing 1 nut 0588 2008 Glass door

1 fixing plate 8 - 10 mm
1 plastic bushing
1 M8 cheese-head screw 0588 4035 35 – 44 mm

1 threaded bushing 0588 4045 45 – 54 mm
1 fixing plate 0588 4055 55 – 64 mm
0588 4065 65 – 74 mm
0588 4075 75 – 84 mm
Borehole Ø 13 mm
Secret single side fixing 1 M8 cheese-head screw 0588 0335 Dim. X 10 – 30 mm

with self-tapping insert 1 self-tapping inserts, Length of insert 34 mm

Synth. mat. door)
Dimension X
424
Security fittings 7b
Overview 428
Design + Security 431
Security fittings 446

for framed doors
Flush protction roses 448
Protection roses 450
427
New products 06|07
Aluminium Bronze
AluGrey Brass
Overview Stainless steel Alu + Color
7330 7330 7331 7331

7360 7361
Page 432 Page 433
7374 7375 7376 7377 7381 7382

7383 7384 7385 7386 7387 7388

3244 3246 7391, 7393 7395 7396

Page 450 Pages 450, 51 Page 450 Pages 451, 52 Pages 448f., 53
428
Design + Security
Crime statistics reveal doors FSB had been wondering FSB security hardware is
and windows to be popular whether this purely technical supplied as standard for the
points of illegal entry. Police approach is the only viable one following thicknesses of door:
and insurance sources accor- and came up with “Design +
dingly recommend making Security” in answer to its own Internal doors 40 - 42 mm
doors and windows secure. rhetorical question. With this Mainentrance doors 67 - 69 mm
Our industry has duly respon- design-oriented offering, FSB FS doors 53 - 57 mm
ded to market demands. takes the worry out of the
complex issue of security for Besides standard-compliant se-
German standards drafted to architects, interior designers, curity fittings, FSB also supplies
show the way include “Bur- joiners and end-users. In the other items of architectural
glar-resistant windows, doors first instance decisions tend to hardware with deterrent pro-
and additional barriers” (DIN be driven by taste (design); it perties. These include:
18103) and “Builders hardware is only thereafter that more ra-
and security furniture (concepts tional aspects (need for security) – open-style round armoured
and definitions, dimensions, are addressed. Which is preci- roses 10 - 16.5 mm thick
requirements, testing and la- sely why we dubbed our range
belling (DIN 18257). “Design + Security”. Having – ound armoured roses with
The EN 1906 and DIN V opted for a given design, all anti-tamper devices (ZA)
ENV 1627-1630 standards have that remains is to tick Security 12.5 - 16.5 mm thick
been developed in tandem. Class box 2 or 4. FSB will then
slot the security technology – round armoured roses with
chosen into the relevant design anti-tamper devices (ZA)
package. 12.5 mm thick, designed
for flush fitting
Gone are the days when you
had to make do with the chea- – rectangular and oval armou-
pest design if you wanted the red roses with anti-tamper
lowest security rating and the devices (ZA) 16 mm thick
best designs were only to be
had in conjunction with the top – rectangular and oval slide-on
rating. FSB has turned the roses 6, 9 and 14 mm thick
tables by creating a situation
whereby a sensible decision on These anti-burglary features
the security class desired only are designed to deter would-
needs to be taken once the be burglars or at the very least
design issue has been settled. make breaking in a an ex- 7b
FSB’s design offering is set out tremely arduous undertaking.
clearly and comprehensively on
the pages that follow. Browse
through at your leisure until
you’re quite sure which one
pleases you most. Next to the
design you select you will find
a set of technical questions that
simply require ticking as appli-
cable. Couldn’t be easier. For
the technically curious, we
provide the low-down on the
two security ratings overleaf.
429
Design + Security
Security Class 2 (EN 1906) Open-style (Fig. 2) or anti- adopting a radically purist ap-
open version tamper (ZA) hardware (Fig. 3) proach to design, FSB’s in-
(ES-1 K Reg. No. 4X078) with a Security Class 2 rating house designer Hartmut Weise
(ES-1 L Reg. No. 4X076) may be fitted with any of the introduces a security hard-
proposed designs incorporat- ware design in the present
strength of 10 kN ing full-length backplates as Manual that departs radically
backplates well as with two short back- from received formal concepts:
max. flexion ≤ 5 mm plate variants. FSB also sup- using stainless steel 5 mm
tensile force of 15 kN plies a version with roses thick he has created a matter-
fastening instead of backplates on the of-fact sculpture of folded sur-
max. deformation ≤ 5 mm inside of the door for this faces that does nothing
resistance to drilling 30 s Security Class. Cylinder projec- whatsoever to accommodate
chisel test resistance 3 blows tions of 11 mm in the open its intended door. The design
versions (Fig. 1) and 15 mm in is only available with an S4
Security Class 2 (EN1906) covered versions (Fig. 2) are security rating and, besides a
with anti-tamper device (ZA) catered for. Cylinder projec- classic version, optionally
(ES-1 K-ZA Reg. No. 4X077) tions of between 8 and 16 mm comes with an integrated elec-
(ES-1 L-ZA Reg. No. 4X079) are allowed for in the anti- tronics package in the form of
tamper version (ZA). a capacitive door-bell sensor
strength 10 kN The engineering specifica- plus nameplate and radio-op-
max. flexion ≤ 5 mm tions laid down for the anti- erated door-bell module and a
tensile force of 15 kN tamper (ZA) variant with a harmonised radio gong on the
fastening Class 2 security rating likewise inside.
max. deformation ≤5 mm
resistance to drilling 30 s Variant 7360
chisel test resistance 3 blows
strength ZA 10 kN entrance door furniture with
straight-cornered backplate,
1 2
Security Class 4 (EN 1906) with lever handle FSB 1108
with anti-tamper device (ZA) on inside
(ES-3 L-ZA Reg. No. 4X081) Security Class S4 - ZA
Classe de protection : S4 - ZA
strength 20 kN (cylinder projection 8-16 mm)
max. flexion ≤ 5 mm spacing 92 mm
3
tensile force of 30 kN Δ 10 mm spindle hole
fastening
max. deformation ≤5 mm apply to Security Class 4 hard- The proven anti-bandit cre- Variant 7361
resistance to drilling 5 min ware. The design engineering dentials of the “Design + (with electronics)
chisel test resistance 12 blows for FSB’s “Design + Security” Security” range introduced by
strength ZA 20 kN hardware package embodies a FSB in the 1990s successfully entrance door furniture with
proven laminar construction demonstrated how a modular straight-cornered backplate,
method developed in-house security hardware concept can with lever handle FSB 1108
that is now a benchmark with- meet varying design notions on inside
in the industry. and security requirements in Security Class S4 - ZA
equal measure. (cylinder projection 8-16 mm)
The level of security set forth With our new security hard- spacing 92 mm
in the applicable standards is ware models FSB 7360 and Δ 10 mm spindle hole
enhanced from Class to Class 7361 we are literally cloaking
through the exchange and ad- our proven security technology
dition of materials. in a completely new, self-
standing design concept:
430
Design + Security
Generation 2008
Constituents of the The radio gong can either stand 7b

7361 variant: or be suspended or screw-fixed.
Replacing batteries is made
– built-in splash-proof elec- easy by a conveniently straight-
tronic door-bell sensor with forward fold-out mechanism.
LED transmission control The volume on the radio gong
(outside) and a built-in radio rises to 86 dB(A) and is con-
door-bell module (inside tinuously adjustable. Batteries
backplate), battery-powered are said by the makers to have
as functional unit with 2 a service life of up to 5 years
1.5V AAA cells. The trans- for the two components as-
mitter has a range of up to suming seven operations a day.
200 m, though this may vary Batteries not supplied.
due to the presence of walls,
doors or metal. Transmission The radio module and accom-
frequency: 868.35 MHz. panying radio gong conform to
the applicable CE standards
– battery-powered indoor radio and European directives
gong operating with 4 1.5V C (R&TTE 1999/5/EC and
cells. Any of 10 melodies 73/23/EEC).
can be set for radio gong.
Transmitter and receiver pre-
programmed at works.
431
Security fitting
Design 7360
7360
Stainless steel
Entrance door furniture with

security-coordinated straight-
cornered backplate and FSB
1108 lever handle on inside
Security Class S4 - ZA
(cylinder projection 8-16 mm)
spacing 92 mm
Δ 10 mm spindle hole
Ø6
135
97 104,5
75,5 75,5
300 21,5 21,5

269,5
92 92
134,5 134,5
255
Ø 12 Ø 12
60 45 8
19
45
118
Order details required:
– door thickness
– DIN handing, cf. page 586 f
– Stainless steel finish
– quantity
– Dimension X for spindle
0115, cf. page 546
432
Security fitting
Design 7361
7361
Stainless steel
Entrance door furniture with

security-coordinated straight-
cornered backplate and FSB
1108 lever handle on inside
Security Class S4 - ZA
(cylinder projection 8-16 mm)
spacing 92 mm
Δ 10 mm spindle hole
Items supplied include: built-in

splash-proof capacitive door-
bell sensor with LED transmis-
sion control (outside) and a
built-in radio door-bell module
(inside backplate), battery-
powered as functional unit
(batteries not supplied)
Ø6
235 228 235
97
400 75,5 75,5
21,5 21,5
269,5 7b
92 92
134,5 134,5
158
Ø 12 Ø 12
60 45 8
19
45
Order details required:
118
– door thickness
– DIN handing, cf. page 586 f
– Stainless steel finish
– quantity
– Dimension X for spindle
0115, cf. page 546
433
Security fitting
Design 7381 4
Order details required Design 7381
Type of furniture Δ Knob Δ Lever handle
Inside execution Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Security class Δ S2 11 mm
backplate furniture Δ S2 15 mm
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
furniture with roses Δ S2 15 mm
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Handing of door Δ DIN r.h., inward opening

Δ DIN l.h., inward opening
to suit door thickness mm
Spacing Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm 1, 3
Δ 72 mm 2 Δ 92 mm 2
Spindle Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mm
Δ 10 mm
Material/ Aluminium Δ 01 Δ
Color Alu + Color Δ white Δ
Stainless steel Δ 6204 Δ
Order quantity sets
1 3
For spacing 70 mm with two Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mm
fixing points or acc. to only
German DIN with three fixing
4
points and combined with Certificate “SKG” only for fit-
mortice locks acc. German tings with backplate and
DIN, cf. page 531 ff. spacing 55, 72 and 92 mm
2
Acc. to German DIN only
Standard lever: design 1107,

different designs available on request.
54 54 54 54,5 45 54,5
55
93,5 93
75,5
2
21,5
246 70 245 70
72 72 80
92 92 100
134,5
2
Ø 12
1 Ø8
38
15 7 15 7
434
Security fitting
Design 7382 4
Indications de commande Design 7382
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mm
furniture with roses Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm

Δ 72 mm 2 Δ 92 mm 2
Δ 10 mm
Order quantity sets
1 3
For spacing 70 mm with two Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mm 7b
4
2

54 54 54 54,5 45 54,5
55
93,5 93
75,5
2
21,5
246 70 245 70
72 72 80
92 92 100
134,5
Ø 12 2
1 Ø8
38
15 7 15 7
435
Security fitting
Design 7383 4
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm

Δ 72 mm 2 Δ 92 mm 2
Δ 10 mm
Order quantity sets
1 3
4
2

54 54 54 54,5 45 54,5
55
93,5 93
75,5
2
21,5
246 70 245 70
72 72 80
92 92 100
134,5
Ø 12 2
1 Ø8
38
15 7 15 7
436
Security fitting
Design 7384 4
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm

Δ 72 mm 2 Δ 92 mm 2
Δ 10 mm
Order quantity sets
1 3
4
2

54 54 54 60 45 60
55
93,5 93
75,5
2
21,5
246 70 245 70
72 72 80
92 92 100
134,5
Ø 12 2
1 Ø8
38
15 7 15 7
437
Security fitting
Design 7376 4
Type of furniture Δ Knob
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm

Δ 72 mm 2 Δ 92 mm 2
Δ 10 mm
Bronze Δ 7305 Δ 7615 Δ 7625
Order quantity sets
1 3
With backplate inside: With roses inside: For spacing 70 mm with two Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mm
with FSB 1023 with FSB 1023 German DIN with three fixing
4
Bronze Bronze points and combined with Certificate “SKG” only for fit-
with FSB 1107 with FSB 1107 DIN, cf. page 531 ff. spacing 55, 72 and 92 mm
Aluminium Aluminium
2
Alu + Color Alu + Color Acc. to German DIN only
54 54 54 59 45 59
55
93,5 93
75,5
2
21,5
246 70 245 70
72 72 80
92 92 100
134,5
Ø 12 2
1 Ø8
38
15 7 15 7
438
Security fitting
Design 7375 4
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mm

Δ 72 mm 2 Δ 92 mm 2
Δ 10 mm
Bronze Δ 7305 Δ 7615 Δ 7625
Bronze finishes cf. page 38 f.
Order quantity sets

Bronze artificially aged and waxed (7615)
1 3
With backplate inside: With roses inside: For spacing 70 mm with two Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mm 7b
with FSB 1023 with FSB 1023 German DIN with three fixing
4
Bronze Bronze points and combined with Certificate “SKG” only for fit-
with FSB 1107 with FSB 1107 DIN, cf. page 531 ff. spacing 55, 72 and 92 mm
Aluminium Aluminium
2
Alu + Color Alu + Color Acc. to German DIN only
54 54 54 85 45 85
55
93,5 93
75,5
2
21,5
246 70 245 70
72 72 80
92 92 100
134,5
Ø 12 2
1 Ø8
38
15 7 15 7
439
Security fitting
Design 7385 4
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm

Δ 72 mm 2 Δ 92 mm 2
Δ 10 mm
Order quantity sets
1 3
4
2

56 56 56 54,5 45 54,5
55
94,5 93
75,5
2
21,5
248 70 245 70
72 72 80
92 92 100
134,5
Ø 12 2
1 Ø8
38
15 7 15 7
440
Security fitting
Design 7386 4
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm

Δ 72 mm 2 Δ 92 mm 2
Δ 10 mm
Order quantity sets
1 3
4
2

56 56 56 54,5 45 54,5
55
94,5 93
75,5
2
21,5
248 70 245 70
72 72 80
92 92 100
134,5
Ø 12 2
1 Ø8
38
15 7 15 7
441
Security fitting
Design 7387 4
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Inside execution
Δ S2 11 mm
backplate furniture Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward opening

Handing of door Δ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
to suit door thickness
Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm 1, 3
Spacing Δ 72 mm 2 Δ 92 mm 2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mm
Spindle Δ 10 mm
Δ 01 Δ
Material/ Aluminium Δ white Δ
Color Alu + Color Δ 6204 Δ
Stainless steel
Order quantity sets
1 3
4
2

54 54 54 56,5 45 56,5
119 55
93
75,5
2
296,5 21,5
70 245 70
72 72 80
92 92 100
134,5
2
Ø 12
1 Ø8
38
15 7 15 7
442
Security fitting
Design 7388 4
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Inside execution
Δ S2 11 mm
backplate furniture Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward opening

Handing of door Δ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
to suit door thickness
Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm 1, 3
Spacing Δ 72 mm 2 Δ 92 mm 2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mm
Spindle Δ 10 mm
Δ 01 Δ
Material/ Aluminium Δ white Δ
Color Alu + Color Δ 6204 Δ
Stainless steel
Order quantity sets
1 3
4
2

54 54 54 56,5 45 56,5
113,5 55
93
75,5
2
21,5
286 70 245 70
72 72 80
92 92 100
134,5
Ø 12 2
1 Ø8
38
15 7 15 7
443
Security fitting
Design 7374
Classification Δ S2 11 mm
Δ S2 15 mm
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm

Spacing Δ 70 mm 1, 3 Δ 72 mm 2
Order quantity sets
1
For spacing 70 mm with two
fixing points or acc. to
points and combined with
mortice locks acc. German
DIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2
3
Standard lever: design 1107, Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mm
only
54 54 54 60 45 60
55
50 50
2
21,5
185 72 185 72 80 Ø 8
112
Ø 12 2
38
15 7 15 7
444
Security fitting
Design 7377
Classification Δ S2 11 mm
Δ S2 15 mm
Δ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm

Spacing Δ 70 mm 1, 3 Δ 72 mm 2
Order quantity sets
1
For spacing 70 mm with two 7b
fixing points or acc. to
points and combined with
mortice locks acc. German
DIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2
3
Standard lever: design 1107, Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mm
only
54 54 54 85 45 85
55
50 50
2
21,5
185 72 185 72 80 Ø 8
112
Ø 12 2
38
15 7 15 7
445
Security fittings
for framed doors
7330 30 7530 30
Aluminium Aluminium
Alu + Color Alu + Color
Lever handle furniture Lever handle furniture

for framed doors for framed fire doors*
Outer backplate 14 mm Outer backplate 14 mm
Internal backplate 7 mm Internal backplate 7 mm
PZ 72 mm PZ 72 mm
PZ 92 mm PZ 92 mm
8 mm Δ-spindle 9 mm Δ-spindle
suitable for cylinder projec- suitable for cylinder projec-

tions from 12.5 to 15.5 mm tions from 12.5 to 15.5 mm
7330 31 7530 31
Aluminium Aluminium
Knob furniture Knob furniture

PZ 72 mm PZ 72 mm
PZ 92 mm PZ 92 mm

tions from 12.5 to 15.5 mm tions from 12.5 to 15.5 mm
* Acc. to German DIN standard 35 98 35
55 50
Security hardware tested 93 93
75,5 75,5
and certificated 156
to DIN 18257 ES 1 21,5 21,5
245 245
DIN EN 1906 Security Class 2 92 92
134,5 134,5
(cf. p. 427)
Reg.-No. 3V05 Ø 10 Ø 10
13,5 7
446
Security fittings
for framed doors
7331 30 7531 30
Aluminium Aluminium
Lever handle furniture Lever handle furniture

PZ 72 mm PZ 72 mm
PZ 92 mm PZ 92 mm

tions from 8 to 13 mm tions from 8 to 13 mm
7331 31 7531 31
Aluminium Aluminium
Knob furniture Knob furniture

PZ 72 mm PZ 72 mm
PZ 92 mm PZ 92 mm
8 mm Δ-spindle 8 mm Δ-spindle 7b

tions from 8 to 13 mm tions from 8 to 13 mm
* Acc. to German DIN standard 35 98 35
55 50
Security hardware tested 93 93
75,5 75,5
and certificated 156
to DIN 18257 ES 1 21,5 21,5
245 245
DIN EN 1906 Security Class 2 92 92
134,5 134,5
(cf. p. 427)
Reg.-No. 3V05 Ø 10 Ø 10
13,5 7
447
We have set new benchmarks tre to the outside of the door:

with our flush furniture (cf. said distance needs to be at
page 146 f.): supplied with least 33.5 mm in the case of
AGL® or fire-check (FS) bear- FSB 7396 1010 and a modest
ings and in all FSB materials, it 29 mm in the case of FSB
has established itself as the 7396 2010. The lower dimen-
Number One choice for de- sion for 7396 2010 is due to
sign-conscious architects and the securing disc being omit-
house builders. Our flush ar- ted, making 7396 2010 a first-
moured roses echo this formal class choice in cases involving
concept, systematically ad- awkward dimensional configu-
vancing it to the main entrance rations as regards door thick-
door. They are based on the ness and lock position: where
DIN EN 1906 S2-approved a door is overly thin or the po-
FSB armoured rose 7395, to sition of the lock less than ide-
which a cylindrical cover has al, 7396 2010 facilitates
been added. The factor that ul- compensation of cylinder pro-
timately determines whether jections up to 4.5 mm greater
7396 Series armoured roses and door thicknesses up to 4.5
can be flush-fitted is not so mm less than with the 7396
much the door’s thickness as 1010 model. Omitting the se-
the distance from the lock cen- curing disc does not affect the
Technical information
www.fsb.de/flush
448
60,5
7396 1010
7396 2010
7396 1010 Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
7396 2010 Brass
38
Les deux versions des roses
12,5
de protection ont été mis à
l´épreuve et sont certifiées
selon DIN 18 257 ES 1.
DIN EN 1906 Security class 2

(voir page 429f.)
No. d´enregistrement 3V06
Mill out dimensions, inside Security Class either - both mm) need to be 38 mm apart the greatest possible degree of
Ø 56 versions accordingly have an and at least 7 mm deep on flexibility as regards design
Ø9 S2 classification under DIN EN both sides. The areas ma- and price to fabricators and
7
1906. A further distance of chined subsequently require architects seeking to fulfil be-
27.5 mm from the lock centre sealing. Since flush fitting has spoke customer aspirations.
min.
to the inside of the door is re- no bearing on the Security
61/56 quired to be able to flush-fit Class, armoured roses can of
mm
the inside rose too. This gives course also be allowed to proj-
12,5 rise to a minimum door thick- ect by a few millimetres or, in-
ness of 56.5 mm, which is deed, they can be “classically”
Ø 61
merely theoretical in nature, surface-mounted, a solution
Mill out dimensions, outside however: the crucial dimen- every bit as visually impressive
sions for flush-fitting purposes given the elemental geometry 7b
are the 33.5 mm and 29 mm imbuing 7396. Similarly, the
already referred to. The flush- client can dispense with in-
recessing of hardware necessi- ward flush fixing so as to har-
tates routing out an area 61.5 monise the rose with classic
mm in diameter and 12.5 mm hardware on all other internal
deep on the outside of the doors. Please request solutions
door and an area 56 mm in di- of this kind individually. These
ameter and 7 mm deep on the options and a wide variety of
inside. The lug boreholes (Ø 9 available materials open up
7396 1010 7396 2010 Order details required:
- door thickness
- version 7396 1010 or 2010
60,5 60,5
- material/finish
- quantity
4,2 27,5 1,5

27,5 6 29
33,5
449
Protection roses
36 16 19
3244
26,7 Aluminium
92 70
Alu + Color
Suitable for cylinder projec-

tions (CP) from 8 to 15 mm
36 15 19
3246
Aluminium
26,7
Alu + Color
102 70
Stainless steel
Bronze
Brass

tions (CP) from 8 to 15 mm
55 53
7391
7392
Aluminium
38 38 Alu + Color
10
Stainless steel
14
7391 7392
62 60
7393
Aluminium
Alu + Color
Stainless steel
38 38
15 14 tions (CP) from 8 to 15 mm
Stainless steel Aluminium

Brass Alu + Color
Integrated safety engineering

demands that the external di-
mensions of an armoured rose
be 11 or 16 mm greater than
its fixing centres. In particular,
this needs to be borne in mind
when ordering a mix of hard-
ware.
450
Protection roses
61,5 62,3 63
7395 1...
Aluminium
Alu + Color
AluGrey
Bronze
12,5 14,5 16,5 Brass
Suitable for cylinder projections

(CP) as per table below
Dimensions (mm)
Ø height CP Item nos.
61.5 12.5 6.5 7395 1010
62.3 14.5 8.5 7395 1110
63.0 16.5 10.5 7395 1210
61,5 62,3 63
7395 0...
Aluminium
Alu + Color
AluGrey
Bronze
12,5 14,5 16,5 Brass
Suitable for cylinder projections

(CP) as per table below
Dimensions (mm) 7b
Ø height CP* Item nos.
61.5 12.5 12.5 7395 0010
62.3 14.5 14.5 7395 0110
63.0 16.5 16.5 7395 0210
* recommended cylinder
projection ± 1.5 mm
Both security roses have

been tested and certificated
to DIN 18257 ES 1
DIN EN 1906 Security Class 2

(cf. page 427)
Reg.-No. 3V06
451
Letter plates
Bell-push plates
Numerals 7c
Technical Information 454
Overview 455
Letter plates 456
Intercom and bell-push plates 461
Intercom and 462

bell-push plates
Bell pushes 462
Numerals 465
453
Letter plates
Letter plates Bell push and light socket
FSB supplies all letter plates Bell pushes may only be

with spring mechanisms - thus connected to a protective low
also facilitating vertical fitting. voltage (max 42 V). Given the
FSB manufactures letter plates high no-load voltage involved,
and their accessories for the we recommend connecting the
most diverse of assembly sce- light socket (lamp operation
narios, with a wide variety of max. 24 V/40 mA) to the safety
external and aperture dimen- transformer (8 V).
sions and with custom inscrip-
tions and engravings, moreover:
Important note regarding
– letter plates with or without assembly:
spacer
– letter plates with or without When fitting letter plates and
nameplate, optionally with bell-push plates, please en-
plastic frame or name ensure that these are not directly
graved directly onto the letter exposed to driving rain
plate
Fixing
EN 13 724
Concealed fixing:
The European Standards Com- Ø 9 mm, 36 mm deep
mittee drew up the above EN Ø 4.5 mm for through fixing
standard in cooperation with Fixing is performed using the
the German Post Office, letter- enclosed M4 screws.
plate manufacturers and re-
presentatives of consumer as-
sociations. On the subject of 36 / Ø 9
openings for domestic letter-
boxes, the standard states that
a C4-format test envelope
(229 × 324 mm) up to 24 mm Visible fixing:
thick must be able to pass
through the opening without On request, intercom/bell-push
having to be folded or dam- plates and letter plate 3808
aged in any way. FSB letter- can also be supplied for visible
plate models 3829 and 3801 fixing using 5mm-diameter
meet this requirement. countersunk screws.
454
New products 09 |10
Aluminium Brass
Overview Stainless steel Bronze
3801 3808 3826 3829

3835 3845 5812

3812 3811 3810 3863

7c
3866 3865 3864 3863

4005
Page 465
455
Letter plates
390
Fixing holes :
10 mm Ø, 8 mm deep 3801
75
5.5 mm Ø through Aluminium
370
Installation with delivered 2001 without nameplate
350
screws M5. 2002 with nameplate
28
Opening size 325 x 32 mm
8
48 Cutout size in the door
20
350 x 48 mm
350
295
Ø 10 Ø 5,5 3804
75
Aluminium
275
2001 without nameplate
255
2002 with nameplate
28
48
Cutout size in the door
20 255 x 48 mm
255
Letter plates 3801 20, 3804 20

are fitted with springs and can
hence be installed vertically.
456
Letter plates
3808
Stainless steel
Bronze

246 x 60 mm
Concealed fixing from the in-

side or through the inner flap.
Customised engravings
cf. page 253
Letter plate system 3808 is 3808 0061 (40 – 70 mm)

available as: 3808 0071 (71 – 100 mm)
Letter plate set
- Letter plate set with black without nameplate,
spacer and inner flap for with spacer and inner flap
door thickness 40 - 70mm
or door thickness 71 - 100 mm 3808 0001
3808 0101, wallmounting
- Letter plate, without spacer Letter plate
or inner flap, with concealed without nameplate,
fixing or for wall mounting. without spacer or inner flap
3808 0062 (40 – 70 mm) 7c

3808 0072 (71 – 100 mm)
Letter plate set
with nameplate,
spacer and inner flap
3808 0002
3808 0102, wallmounting
Letter plate with nameplate,
without spacer or inner flape
290 11,5 7 246 Fixing holes:

9 mm Ø, 36 mm deep
R8 4.5 mm Ø through
90 78 50 14 90 60
Installation with delivered

screws M4.
265
40–70
71–100
277
236 36/Ø 9
290
457
Letter plates
3826 20
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Brass

240 x 50 mm
Fixing of letter plate and inner

flap must be made separately.
Letter plate system 3826 20 is 3826 2061 (40 – 70 mm)

available as: 3826 2071 (71 – 100 mm)
Letter plate set
door thickness 40 - 70 mm
or door thickness 71 - 100 mm 3826 2001
Letter plate
- Single as letter plate. without nameplate,
without spacer or inner flap
3826 2062 (40 – 70 mm)

3826 2072 (71 – 100 mm)
Letter plate set
with nameplate, spacer and
inner flap
3826 2002
Letter plate
with nameplate,
275 15 16,5 240
R8
83 78 40 16,5 83 50
40–70 265
71–100
230
275
458
Letter plates
275
3826
83 42
Aluminium
Stainless steel
249,5

2002 with nameplate
Opening size/cutout size in the

door 230 x 40 mm
370
3829 7c
83 42
Aluminium
Stainless steel
344,5

0002 with nameplate
Opening size/cutout size in

the door 325 x 40 mm
459
Letter plates
3835 00
Aluminium
Stainless steel

Cutout in the door
240 x 50 mm
Fixing of letter plate and inner

plate must be made separately.
Letter plate system 3835 00 is 3835 0061 (40 – 70 mm)

available as: 3835 0071 (71 – 100 mm)
Letter plate set
door thickness 40 - 70 mm
or door thickness 71 - 100mm 3835 0001
Letter plate
- Single as letter plate. without nameplate,
3835 0062 (40 – 70 mm)

3835 0072 (71 – 100 mm)
Letter plate set
with nameplate, spacer and
inner flap
3835 0002
Letter plate
with nameplate,
without spacer and inner flap
270 18,5 240
78 R8
15 40 10 50
85 85
40–70 265
71–100
230
270
460
Letter hood
Flap
275
3845
78
Aluminium
For aperture size

255 x 40 mm
320
5812
82
Aluminium
44
For aperture size
280 x 65 mm
7c
461
Intercom and
bell-push plates
3812 ....
Stainless steel
Bronze
Mill out size

W 245 x H 70 x D 30 mm
290 7
90
90
265 7
155 7
3811
90 Stainless steel
Bronze
130
Mill out size
W 245 x H 70 x D 30 mm
155 7
90
3810 ....
Stainless steel
Bronze
130
155 7 Mill out size

W 245 x H 70 x D 30 mm
90
130
Versions 3810/3812: Interchangeable screw-on na- Without nameplates for cus- Engravings cf. page 263 Notes
Interchangeable plastic meplates (68 x 20 mm) in tom name engraving* on fixing methods cf. Page 454
nameplates Stainless steel and bronze for 0031 single
0011 single custom name engraving* 0032 double
0012 double 0021 single 0131 single, wallmounting
0111 single, wallmounting 0022 double 0132 double, wallmounting
0112 double, wallmounting 0121 single, wallmounting
0122 double, wallmounting
462
Intercom and
bell-push plates
3866 ....
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Mill out size

W 235 x H 60 x D 30 mm
275
83 42
83 42
249,5
140
3865
83 42 Aluminium
Stainless steel
114,5
Mill out size
W 100 x H 60 x D 30 mm
140
3864 .... 7c
83 42
Aluminium
Stainless steel
114,5
140 Mill out size

W 100 x H 60 x D 30 mm
83 42
114,5
Instruction: Versions 3864/3866 :

Interchangeable plastic
Bell pushes may only be nameplates
connected to a protective low 0011 single
voltage (max 42 V). Given the 0012 double
high no-load voltage involved,
we recommend connecting the
light socket (lamp operation
max. 24 V/40 mA) to the safety
transformer (8 V).
463
Bell pushes
55
3863
Aluminium
55
3863
Stainless steel
Bronze
Instruction:
Bell pushes may only be
connected to a protective low
voltage (max 42 V).
464
Numerals
4005 ..
Stainless steel
127 108 Bronze
FSB’s programme of numerals Each character is supplied with

and letters draws on a design a fixing template that also de-
that Otl Aicher recommended termines the distance between
to our company as a headline characters. Custom spacing
typeface. For Otl Aicher, good can be achieved by reducing
legibility from a distance was the width of templates.
all important.
Our numerals and letters are
made of 4 mm-thick stainless
steel, material code 1.4301.
All characters feature two
standardised fixing points
comprising 4 mm threaded 7c
sockets. These are fitted with
bolts which in turn are secu-
red in 8 mm rawlplugs.
Item nos:
4005 ..
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 00
11 12 13 14 16 15
465
Harmony, composition
and colour scale.
It was Le Corbusier’s intention colours. What was decisive was

to create a binding palette of their impact on the beholder
colours that subordinated itself and on the architecture. He
to the rules of architecture and went in search of harmonic
did not violate them – other- equations and colour balances
wise he foresaw the danger of – differentiating between warm
the coloured wall degenerating and cold shades as well as
into a decorative carpet. White between varying levels of radi-
surfaces continue to be key: ant intensity depending on the
they are the prerequisite for giving lighting situation. More-
the luminescent power of over, “his” colours were expec-
the colour shades deployed, ted to act to offset missing
which in turn cause the material values in the space by
whitewash to appear more means of light moods. Le
brilliant. It was a question of Corbusier’s efforts to draw up
specifying colours that are normative principles did not
“eminently architectural” in constitute some abstract sy-
nature. But how were the stem but were, instead, geared
colours to interrelate? Le towards human usage – much
Corbusier searched for colour like the “Modulor”, a usage-
moods whose composition did oriented means of determining
not derive from any objective dimensions and proportions.
analysis of relations between
Ergo lever handle,
barrier-free fittings,
XXL-lever handles 8a
Ergo door handle 468
Model 1119 469
FSB XXL lever handles 470
Barrier-free hardware 471
467
Ergo lever handle
7655 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
Ergo lever handle 7655 solves

almost all ergonomic problems
associated with heavily used
98
85 doors. Theses are the principal
benefits of the FSB 7655 Ergo
lever handle:
200
– the triangular alignment of
the handle accords with the
user’s direction of movement
at any given time.
– this angular form accommo-
dates the sequence of move-
ments involved in operating
the door.
– its fullness and sectional sty-
ling echo the hollowing of
the human hand as it closes
to grip.
– its two-way alignment offers
a firm hold should elbows be
needed for its operation.
468
Model 1119
1119
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
FSB 1119 draws on the in-

sights that FSB gained in co-
62 54 operation with the Fraunhofer
Society in the course of
scientific analyses on the
149
design of a lever handle for
large-leaf doors in hospitals.
Whereas the greatest attention
was paid to ergonomic para-
meters when spawning the
Ergo lever handle, in the case
of FSB 1119 formal aesthetics
have taken precedence. Its
creator is FSB’s in-house
designer Hartmut Weise, who
was also responsible for the
ErgoSystem.
8a
469
FSB XXL lever handles
7652 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
XXL variant of the

FSB 1107 model
58
167
7617 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
XXL variant of the

FSB 1023 model
75
58
163
7690 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
XXL variant of the

FSB 1070 model
9
20
62 55
182
The XXL door levers FSB pro- These are the three designs We recommend DIN heavy-
duces are a particularly popu- that have established themsel- duty (Class 5) locks, cf. page
lar choice for use on hospital ves in the marketplace over 531 ff.
ward doors. Architects are al- the years. For reasons of stabi-
ways coming to us demanding lity, FSB only supplies its XXL
extra-long door handles. lever handles with a 9 mm
spindle.
470
Barrier-free hardware
Standard version 4240
45
4240
4241
72 Aluminium
AluGrey
245 Stainless steel
200
Centres 72 (WC 78 mm)

concealed fixing on both sides
Width of standard
Renovation version 4241
backplate 45 mm
Width of renovation
56
backplate 55 mm
(to cover over old boreholes)
72
With the requirements for
barrier freedom in mind, FSB
256
200 has also given fresh thought to
traditional hardware solutions.
What distinguishes barrier-
free door furniture is that, as
well as the door handle being
more easily reached by wheel-
chair users, it is also easier to
insert the key due to its being
situated – more accessibly
and visibly – above the handle.
Barrier-free hardware can be
fitted to existing doors and
24 locks without the need for any
8
modification work. The renova-
tion backplate (width 55 mm)
conceals boreholes left by the
old fittings, moreover.
9
Integrated into the hardware

beneath the coverplate is a
rugged mechanism that allows
the lever handle to be posi-
tioned beneath the profile
cylinder. 8a
Order details: Combinable with all FSB lever Keyholes and

handle models. Bathroom/WC version
- DIN handing
- Lock follower dimensions Suitable for locks acc. to
- Lock centres DIN 18 251
- Lever handle model
M5 stainless steel screws BB PZ WC R
supplied as a function of door
thickness.
Other lock centres can be

catered to on request.
471
ErgoSystem®
for barrier-free living 8b
Overview 474
Explanations 476
Showers and baths 478
Washstands and 494

bathroom accessories
WC 502
473
Overview
Showers and baths
Grabrail Page 482 Angled railss Page 482 Handrail configuration Pages 478ff.
Tray Page 478 Walking aid holder Page 487 Bath towel rail Page 493
Products for washstands,

Fixed support rails Pages 494f. Drop-down support rail Page 495 Floor/wall-mount. supp. rail Page 496
Hooks Page 500 Hooks Page 500 Wall buffer Page 501
WC
Drop-down and Pages 502f. Backrest Page 504 Armrest Page 506
fixed support rails
474
Hanging seat Page 484 Shower stool Page 485 Shower tip-up seat Page 486 Bath seat Page 486
Shower curtain rail Page 488 Splash guard holder Page 490 Shower head holder Pages 491f. Slide rails Page 492
Towel holder Page 497 Tilting mirror Page 498 Wall mirror Page 499 Utensils tray Page 499
8b
Toothmug holder, soap dish Page 500
Supporting leg Page 505 WC actuator Page 507 Toilet roll holder Pages 508f. Toilet brush set Page 509
475
ErgoSystem®
for barrier-free living
Spanning many generations Barrier-free handle culture Natural grip
FSB has been a source of FSB’s expertise in the sphere If you press the tips of your
handle culture for over 120 of door pulls has now been thumb and forefinger together,
years now. It was graphic applied to designing barrier- you may be surprised to disco-
designer-cum-philosopher free products for sanitary ver you have created an oval
Otl Aicher who, in the early applications. The new diagonal- hollow in between. FSB’s ergo-
1980s, urged us to consider oval ErgoSystem draws nomic new handle concept
what operating a handle rigorously on the laws of puts this simple observation to
actually involves, and this ergonomics. The new grab good effect. An oval form pro-
eventually led to us formulating handle system offers the vides the ideal cross-section
our “four-point guide to good elderly and infirm in particular for a handle because it is so
grip”. Since then it has been an ideal means of self-help by natural. This holds especially
the norm at FSB to consider providing physical support in true if the oval section is then
ergonomic parameters when the sanitary and general tilted through 45 degrees-
designing products. domestic spheres and has, diagonal angling that accords
therefore, a strong social well with the movement
component. The system is an through space our hands
aid to activity, imparting a describe when taking hold of
sense of safety and hence an object. The equation
enhancing the quality of life.
An expert’s report by the diagonal + oval = optimum grip
German Society for Geriatric
Engineering expressly confirms is what makes FSB’s latest
the high functional value of ErgoSystem design so unique:
FSB’s ErgoSystem. this combination makes it
easier to get a firm grip, some-
thing that is particularly crucial
for the elderly or infirm.
476
The enclosing action Sturdiness in the diagonal The design concept
A basic distinction can be made The second variable for ergo- Form and function are as one The striking design features of
between enclosing and taking nomic design concerns the in our ErgoSystem products. this functional handle system
hold of an object. With the diagonal movement through Their angled oval grip sections are carried over in their entirety
latter action, only parts of the space described by the arm as deliver a high level of ergonomic into the complementary acces-
fingers come into contact with it seeks to orient and support gripping comfort and do not sories, thus ensuring end-to-
the object, hence force is only itself when taking hold of an require dimpling of any type to end design schemes for sho-
intermittently applied by one on object. The action is set in aid the transmission of forces. wers, baths, washstands and
the other. With the enclosing motion by the shoulder joint, It is likewise possible to forego toilets. Here, too, our
action, by contrast, the whole carried out by the hand via the all forms of anti-slip surface insights into the gripping
of the hand comes into play, outstretched or slightly angled texturing. Rugged fixing roses action underpinned develop-
allowing the full force available arm, and rounded off with an make a very reassuring im- ment efforts and gave rise to
to be harnessed. This is the enclosing action. A sturdy pression on the user. The some very user-responsive so-
most spontaneous kind of grip, triangle is thus created that stainless steel used is incom- lutions: the toothbrush beaker
one we all instinctively adopt makes for optimum trans- parably sturdy and corrosion- holder, for instance, is tilted
when we are forced to keep our mission of forces from the resistant. It remains virtually outwards, whilst the toilet
balance or support ourselves. body to the hand via the arm. free of marks and scratches brush is at an angle conducive
An oval cross-section accords We have accordingly opted for even if continuously subjected to speedy removal and reverts
particularly well with the ana- an oval cross-section for the to the roughest forms of treat- to that position when returned
tomical dictates of the human grab and support handles, ment. The distinctive formal to its container. This reduces
hand. Our hand encloses the setting them at an angle of vocabulary of the elliptical grip to a minimum the number of
elliptical section snugly. Pres- 45 degrees. sections combines with the hand and arm movements
sure is applied evenly by all design of the connector ele- required. The quality of the
parts of the fingers and the best ments to engender a sense of ErgoSystem is the sum of its
use is made of all the joints in airy elegance. functional support solutions
the hand, including the wrist. and its restrained, end-to-end
This means that far less force design.
needs to be exerted than with
a circular cross-section to
prevent the handle slipping out 8b
of our grasp. The oval form
provides the best possible
means of support whilst
keeping physical effort low.
The products covered in the All products have been accor-

ErgoSystem section likewise ded the following quality kite-
undergo stringent quality con- marks:
trol at our works. They have al-
so been submitted to the Rhi-
neland Technical Inspection
Agency and the German Socie-
ty for Geriatric Engineering to We can forward the relevant
be examined and validated certificates upon request.
against quality and safety re-
quirements.
477
Showers and baths
The handing of angled rails

and handrail configurations
relates to the view into the
corner of the space: angled
rails indicated as being
“lefthand” are for fitting to
the lefthand wall from this
perspective and vice versa.
478
8213
Stainless steel
Handrail configuration
8213 0101 r.h. L1 = 675 mm L2 = 675 mm

8213 0102 l.h. L1 = 675 mm L2 = 675 mm
8213 0201 r.h. L1 = 825 mm L2 = 675 mm
8213 0202 l.h. L1 = 675 mm L2 = 825 mm
Shown here: l.h.
320 320 135°
70
L2
225
93
225
L1
8b
93
Specification details:
www.fsb.de/ergosystem
479
Showers and baths
8210
Stainless steel
“L” shaped grabrail
8210 0201 r.h. H = 1048 mm L = 450 mm

8210 0202 l.h. H = 1048 mm L = 450 mm
8210 0301 r.h. H = 1198 mm L = 600 mm
8210 0302 l.h. H = 1198 mm L = 600 mm
Shown here: l.h.
148
70
L 93
8211
Stainless steel
8211 0101 r.h. L1 = 750 mm L2 = 528 mm

8211 0102 l.h. L1 = 528 mm L2 = 750 mm
8211 0201 r.h. L1 = 975 mm L2 = 528 mm
8211 0202 l.h. L1 = 528 mm L2 = 975 mm
8211 0301 r.h. L1 = 750 mm L2 = 750 mm
8211 0302 l.h. L1 = 750 mm L2 = 750 mm
70 Shown here: l.h.

L2
225
93
L1
The handing of angled rails Specification details:

and handrail configurations www.fsb.de/ergosystem
480
Showers and baths
8212
Stainless steel
8212 0100 L1 = 750 mm L2 = 750 mm

8212 0200 L1 = 975 mm L2 = 975 mm
8212 0301 L1 = 750 mm L2 = 1125 mm
8212 0302 L1 = 1125 mm L2 = 750 mm
70
L2
225
93
225
L1
96
8260 0039
Plastic
155 Soapdish for attaching to

grabrail and handrail
configurations 8b
35
481
Showers and baths
8201
Stainless steel
Grabrail
8201 3000 | L = 300 mm

8201 4500 | L = 450 mm
8201 6000 | L = 600 mm
8201 9000 | L = 900 mm
70
93
8202
Stainless steel
Angled grabrail
8202 5120 L1 = 300 mm L2 = 512 mm L3 = 210 mm

8202 7720 L1 = 450 mm L2 = 772 mm L3 = 320 mm
L2
L3 135°
70
L1
93
482
Showers and baths
8203
Stainless steel
“L” shaped grabrail
8203 3000 L = 300 mm H = 300 mm

8203 6001 r.h. L = 300 mm H = 600 mm
8203 6002 l.h. L = 300 mm H = 600 mm
Shown here: l.h.
70
93
8b
The handing of angled rails Specification details:

and handrail configurations www.fsb.de/ergosystem
483
Showers and baths
8250
Stainless steel (Frame)
Seat section PUR
Hanging seat with spring-

assisted tip-up mechanism
and gripping bulk at the top
of backrest
240
600
460
400
484
Showers and baths
8241 1000
Seat section PUR
Shower and bath stool

rotatable
Seat section with retention
stirrup
8241
420 – Stainless steel (Frame)
520
Seat section PUR

rotatable seat section
400
280
70
8242
Stainless steel
145 Retention stirrup for

shower and bath stool
250
70
8242 0001
Stainless steel
250 Retention stirrup for

shower and bath stool
for fitting in corners 8b
485
Showers and baths
8244
Seat section PUR
Tip-up shower seat

rotatable seat section
400 510
170 160
8240
Seat section PUR
Hanging bath seat
700 – 900
345
420
486
Showers and baths
8260 0033
Stainless steel
Walking aid holder for

universal positioning and
use in the home
100
44
188
8b
487
Showers and baths
8238
Stainless steel
Shower curtain rail with curtain

rings and ceiling connector
that can be shortened
8238 1000 L1 = 1000 mm L2 = 1000 mm

8238 1200 L1 = 1200 mm L2 = 1200 mm
8238 1500 L1 = 1500 mm L2 = 1500 mm
8235
Stainless steel

rings and ceiling connector
that can be shortened
Anti-suicide variant with

re-usable locking mechanism
on the ceiling connector
8235 1200 L1 = 1200 mm L2 = 1200 mm

8235 1500 L1 = 1500 mm L2 = 1500 mm
8235 1800 L1 = 1800 mm L2 = 1800 mm
L1
500
L2
L1
Important note: the distance Specification details:

between the shower curtain www.fsb.de/ergosystem
20
rail and the ceiling must be
at least 400 mm. The distance
between rail centre and curtain
is 20 mm and that between
the bottom of the curtain and
the floor ought to be 30 mm,
cf. example shown.
30
488
Showers and baths
8234
Stainless steel

rings for alcoves, can be
shortened on site
8234 0900 L = 900 mm

8234 1200 L = 1200 mm
8234 1500 L = 1500 mm
8234 1800 L = 1800 mm
Customised solutions
on request.
8237
Textile
Shower curtain with attach-

ment eyelets, variants on
page 490
Shower curtain rails running

round a corner require two
curtains
8237 1200 .... L = 1200 mm H = 2000 mm

8237 1800 .... L = 1800 mm H = 2000 mm
8b
L Important note: the distance Specification details:

70
between the shower curtain www.fsb.de/ergosystem
20
rail and the ceiling must be
at least 400 mm. The distance
between rail centre and curtain
is 20 mm and that between
the bottom of the curtain and
the floor ought to be 30 mm,
cf. example shown.
30
489
Showers and baths
8249
Stainless steel
Splash guard holder for

shower, hooks onto FSB grabs
and handrail combinations
835
22
128
42
8236 0850
Textile
Splash guard with fastening

loops, for use on FSB drop-
down support rails 850 mm
in length
L = 900 mm H = 720 mm
8236 0850 ....
8200 magicwhite 9000 white 8800 manhattan
490
Showers and baths
The new shower head holder
makes for convenient shower-
ing: it combines an ergono-
mically fashioned bow handle
that is safe and easy to oper-
ate without any turning action
involved and features a main-
tenance-free, continuously
adjustable height and tilt
mechanism.
The shower head holder can

be effortlessly adjusted with
one hand – leaving the other
free at all times and giving the
user the opportunity to, for
instance, hold on to a grab
handle.
135
77
8b
491
Showers and baths
8239
Stainless steel
Slide rail with shower head

holder for fitting to grabs and
handrail configurations
8239 1048 | L = 1048 mm

8239 1198 | L = 1198 mm
8260 0050
Stainless steel
Slide rail with shower head

holder for fitting to wall
Length = 900 mm
70 70
Ø 22
900
L
90
91
492
Showers and baths
8260 0011
Stainless steel
Bath towel rail
600
70
Ø 22
90
8260 0021
Stainless steel
Twin bath towel rail
600
70
8b
Ø 22
160
FSB Metric® bathroom

accessoires cf. page 517ff.
493
Washstands and
8220
Stainless steel
Fixed support rail
85 L 8220 6001 r.h. L = 600 mm

8220 6002 l.h. L = 600 mm
200
8220 7001 r.h. L = 700 mm
8220 7002 l.h. L = 700 mm
Shown here: l.h.
494
Washstands and
8221
Stainless steel
Fixed support rail
8221 6000 | L = 600 mm

8221 7000 | L = 700 mm
Suitable for l.h. and r.h.

applications.
85 L
195 140
8224
Stainless steel
Drop-down support rail with

spring loading, ease of action
adjustable as required
8224 6011 r.h. L = 600 mm

8224 6012 l.h. L = 600 mm
8224 7011 r.h. L = 700 mm
8224 7012 l.h. L = 700 mm
Shown here: l.h.
8b
85 L
195 140
All hardware bearing either the Specification details:

“ righthand” or “ lefthand” www.fsb.de/ergosystem
symbol needs to be ordered
and fitted to suit the relevant
handing. The prevailing view in
this instance is that towards
the washstand/WC: the “right-
hand” model is for fitting to
the right of the washstand/WC
and vice versa.
495
Washstands and
8225
Stainless steel
Floor/Wall-mounted support rail
8225 6001 r.h. L = 600 mm

8225 6002 l.h. L = 600 mm
8225 7001 r.h. L = 700 mm
8225 7002 l.h. L = 700 mm
Shown here: l.h.
85
850

and vice versa.
496
Washstands and
8260 0010
Stainless steel
Twin towel holder

with swivel capability
421
70
Ø 12
8260 0012
Stainless steel
Towel holder
rigid
8b
412,5
70
Ø 22

497
Washstands and
8260 0053
Stainless steel
Tilting mirror with angle of tilt

adjustable from 0° to 12°,
easy-action and customisable
operation
600 75
800
498
Washstands and
8260 0015
Plastic
Utensils tray with slight

inclination towards the wall
and non-slip surface for the
safe deposit of items
600 150
74 44
450
600
44 8260 0051
Wall mirror
1000 x 600 x 6 mm
with 4 mirror holders
8b
499
Washstands and
8260 0041
Stainless steel
Synth. mat.
Toothmug holder with

Synth. mat. tooth mug
85 112
117
44
8260 0040
Stainless steel
Synth. mat.
Soap holder with

Synth. mat. soap dish
130 124
36 44

500
Washstands and
47 8260 0001
Stainless steel
44
Wall hook
87 8260 0002
Stainless steel
44
Coat hook
8260 0005 8260 1005

Wall hook Wall hook,

anti-suicide variant with
re-usable tilt fastening
32
44
8260 1007
Stainless steel
80
Double wall hook,
Wall hook double anti-suicide variant with
40 re-usable tilt fastening
40
32
8260 0006
Stainless steel
Coat hook
8b
86
44
8260 0003
Stainless steel
Wall buffer
132
44
501
WC
8224
Stainless steel

spring loading, ease of action
adjustable as required
Wall bracket adaptor enabling

fixed and drop-down support
rails to be retrofitted as re-
quired
Order code 8227
160 L 8224 6001 r.h. L = 600 mm

8224 6002 l.h. L = 600 mm
160 140 8224 7001 r.h. L = 700 mm
8224 7002 l.h. L = 700 mm
8224 8501 r.h. L = 850 mm
8224 8502 l.h. L = 850 mm
Shown here: l.h.

and vice versa.
502
WC
8222
Stainless steel
Fixed support rail
8222 7000 | L = 700 mm

8222 8500 | L = 850 mm
Suitable for l.h. and r.h.

applications.
160 L
160 140
8224
Stainless steel
Drop-down support rail for

lateral assembly so as to
reduce utility shaft widths for
WC bowls projecting max.
550 mm
8224 7021 r.h.

8224 7022 l.h.
Shown here: l.h.
930 8b
75 160
160 140
Assembly note 150 700 Specification details:

503
WC
8247
Stainless steel
PUR
Backrest for retrofitting to

drop-down support rails as
required
Shown here:
1 backrest 8247
2 drop-down support rails 8224
570
135
504
WC
8228
Stainless steel
Leg for FSB drop-down

support rails to increase
35 supportable load by approx.
50 kg and reduce load
exerted on wall
8228 0001 r.h.

8228 0002 l.h.
23
66
8260 0033
Stainless steel
Walking aid holder for

universal positioning and
use in the home
100
44
8b
188
505
WC
8245
Stainless steel
Plastic
Toilet roll holder for fitting to

support rails and grab handles
132 33
118
8246
PUR
Armrest for fitting to support

rails and grab handles
330 38
67
4059 ....
Stainless steel
100 Information sign
4059 0004 This way

100 4059 0103 Wheelchair user
4059 0101 Man
4059 0100 Woman
All new information signs

cf. page 232f.
506
WC
8248 0002
Stainless steel
Plastic
Radio-controlled actuator
for flushing the WC
60
85
46
50
8224 8503
Stainless steel

function buttons
righthand:
8224 8503 blue (1) / yellow (1)
8224 8505 blue (1)
160 850 8224 8507 yellow (1)
lefthand:
160 140 8224 8504 blue (1) / yellow (1)
8224 8506 blue (1)
700 8224 8508 yellow (1)
8248
Stainless steel
Synth. mat.
65
Push-button bracket for fitting
to support rails and grabs
Supplied without push buttons
123
Shown here:
Mepa Sanicontrol 860 8b
57
Brackets for further makes can

69
be supplied on request
507
WC
8260 0030
Stainless steel
Toilet roll holder with

roll retainer
155
70
90
129
8260 0031
Stainless steel
Spare toilet roll holder

for one toilet roll
121
44
508
WC
8260 0032
Stainless steel

for two toilet rolls
22
223
70
8260 0042
Stainless steel
Plastic
Toilet brush set
100 245
144
363
8b

509
Assembly and
fastening methods
Plug-in assembly
Handrail, corner and end Sections are joined together by

sections are fitted with con- pushing these connector lugs
nector lugs having, on one into a snug-fit retention slot
side, a tapped borehole into on the bracket and securely
which an M6 set screw has fastening them with a tool-size
been inserted and, on the 3 socket key via a borehole on
other, a countersink. the underside.
Fixing
Once assembly has been
The fixing roses for the hand- completed, stainless steel
rail and grab system have six covering profiles are attached
boreholes, making for very to the fixing roses with the aid
secure screw fixing. of plastic clips to conceal the
screw fixing.
Important note
Should your walls necessitate

a different form of fixing (light-
weight designs, cavity bricks,
secondary wall systems etc.),
please follow the instructions
of the wall-plug or wall-system
manufacturers.
6 x 50 cross recessed Accessories comprising The means of fixing is con-

SX 8 plug countersunk screw
6 X 50 stainless steel cross- cealed by clipping on the
recessed countersunk screws stainless steel covering profile.
and SX 8 plastic wall plugs This type of fixing is specifi-
are supplied for fixing the cally applicable for a rose of
70 handrail and grab system to 70 mm Ø.
solid masonry walls.
Stainless steel
Rose covering profile
8 x 60 cross-recessed Accessories comprising The means of fixing is con-

SX 10 plug screw to DIN 571
8 X 60 stainless steel hexa- cealed by clipping on the
gonal screws conforming to stainless steel covering profile.
DIN 571 and SX 10 plastic This type of fixing is specifi-
plugs are supplied for fixing cally applicable for a rose of
85 support rails and grab handles 85 mm Ø and plinth tiles.
to solid masonry walls.
Stainless steel
Rose covering profile
510
Recommended Grab handles
and handrail Support rails
fastening methods Nature of wall configurations and tip-up seat
· Concrete (> B15) Fischer Fischer

SX 8 x 40 wall plugs SX 10 x 50 wall plugs
The screw material supplied by FSB can be

used in conjunction with the wall-plug types
shown here.
· Plasterboard 6 x 50 cross-recessed 8 x 60 hexagonal

· Chipboard countersunk screw screw acc. to DIN 571
· Hardboard backed with
bonded laminated timber
board
· Solid V2 lightweight Fischer Fischer

concrete block SX 8 x 40 wall plugs SX 10 LR x 80
· Solid clay brick wall plugs
· HLz4 vertical coring brick
· G2 expanded concrete
(pumice stone)
· Cored sand-lime brick
· Vertical coring brick Fischer with

· Cored sand-lime brick screw anchor collar
· Cavity block
FISH 16 x 75 M
injection screw
anchor collar and
FISE 11 x 75 M8 8b
injection internal
thread anchor
· Concrete Fischer with no

· Natural stone screw anchor collar
· Solid sand-lime brick
· Solid construction materials FISE 11 x 75 M8
· Solid bricks injection internal
thread anchor
511
Planing advice
WC
700 850
850
480
700
OKF OKF
DIN 18 025/1 DIN 18 025/2 DIN 18 024/2
Fixing height including seat 48 cm as required 48 cm
WC depth (distance of front 70 cm as required 70 cm

edge from wall)
Negotiable area at sides 95 cm to the left or right as required 95 cm to the left or right
Negotiable area in front of WC 150 cm deep 120 cm deep 150 cm deep

150 cm wide 120 cm wide 150 cm wide
Distance of WC from side wall 30 cm as required 95 cm
Drop-down rails as required as required on both sides at a height of 85 cm

· Distance between rails as required as required 70 cm
· Integrated flushing as required as required on the left and right
mechanism
· Integrated toilet roll holder as required as required on the left and right
· Backrest as required as required 55 cm back from the front
edge of the WC
It is necessary when planning DIN 18 025 Part 1 applies DIN 18 025 Part 2 applies DIN 18 024 Part 2 relates
bathrooms and WCs in barrier- to the planning, execution and to the planning, execution and to the planning, execution and
free buildings to conform to fitting-out of new rented and fitting-out of new, barrier-free fitting-out of public-access
the following standards: cooperative accommodation rented and cooperative acc- buildings or parts thereof as
and corresponding residential ommodation and correspond- well of places of work and
facilities suitable for wheel- ing residential facilities. their outdoor facilities, i.e. of
chair users. all structural facilities except
those of a purely residential
nature. This standard does not
apply to schools, nursery
schools or hospitals – these
are governed by the building
regulations in force in a given
federal state.
512
Planing advice
Washstands
750
300
850
800
670
OKF OKF
DIN 18 025/1 DIN 18 025/2 DIN 18 024/2
Fixing height, top edge of as required as required 80 cm

washstand
Negotiable area in front 150 cm deep 120 cm deep 150 cm deep

of washstand 150 cm wide 120 cm wide 150 cm wide
Free space at side of 20 cm (preferably 30 cm) 20 cm (preferably 30 cm) 20 cm (preferably 30 cm)

washstand
Room to negotiate beneath Knee space 30 cm Knee space 30 cm Knee space 30 cm
Seating room beneath Depth at a height of 67 cm Depth at a height of 67 cm Depth at a height of 67 cm
Contactless single-lever mandatory as required mandatory

fittings with anti-scald feature
8b
Soap dispenser as required as required Dispensing point at side
at a height of 85-100 cm
Flush or recess-mounted mandatory mandatory mandatory

stench trap
Mirror usable in either as required as required Fixing height: bottom edge

seated or standing position of tilting mirror 130 cm or
else floor-to-ceiling mirror
513
Planing advice
Shower
850
480
OKF OKF
DIN 18 025/1 DIN 18 025/2 DIN 18 024/2
Flush with floor 150 cm deep 120 cm deep 150 cm deep

(no steps to be negotiated) 150 cm wide 129 cm wide 150 cm wide
Retro-installation of a bath to be capable of having must be possible not prescribed for the
a lifter run underneath public domain
Tip-up seat Fixing height 48 cm as required Fixing height 48 cm
Grab handle as required as required Fixing height 85 cm
Fittings as required as required Fixing height 85 cm at side,

within reach of a person
sitting down
It is necessary when planning DIN 18 025 Part 1 applies DIN 18 025 Part 2 applies DIN 18 024 Part 2 relates
bathrooms and WCs in barrier- to the planning, execution and to the planning, execution and to the planning, execution and
free buildings to conform to fitting-out of new rented and fitting-out of new, barrier-free fitting-out of public-access
the following standards: cooperative accommodation rented and cooperative acc- buildings or parts thereof as
and corresponding residential ommodation and correspond- well of places of work and
facilities suitable for wheel- ing residential facilities. their outdoor facilities, i.e. of
chair users. all structural facilities except
those of a purely residential
nature. This standard does not
apply to schools, nursery
schools or hospitals – these
are governed by the building
regulations in force in a given
federal state.
514
METRIC®
Bathroom Accessoires 8c
517
METRIC® in detail
The bathroom is increasingly
becoming a place for tran-
quillity and relaxation. As a
result, notions of how such
spaces are designed are
having to be reconsidered too.
The concept of “atmosphere”
has begun to play an ever
more important part alongside
purely functional require-
ments.
Factors such as “natural-
ness”, “simplicity” and “feeling
good” are setting new standards
both in the domestic sphere
and in hotels and public areas.
Growing significance attaches
in the process to the selection
and combination of natural
materials, finishes and colours.
FSB is echoing this trend in
the design of its METRIC
bathroom accessory series.
METRIC’s looks are conscious- Fixing

ly understated, being defined
by geometric forms and pre- The base rose (wall mounting)
mium materials. The stylistic contains two parallel slots for
contrast between round roses optimum positioning and is
and rectangular-section screwed to the wall using the
supports is a thematic thread fixing material supplied.
that runs through the entire
series. The combination of the The cover rose is then pressed
two simultaneously under- home and the pattern aligned
scores the crisp structuring of as required.
the system’s constituent parts. Final visual adjustment of the
Its astutely balanced propor- This dependable material has functional components is per-
tions have a soothing effect a justifiable reputation for formed by firmly tightening the
and blend harmoniously with being serviceable, corrosion- hexagon socket screw against
a variety of design concepts. resistant, easy to look after the tensioning bolt.
Ergonomic criteria have and durable. The quality with
been taken into account which FSB works stainless
wherever they are an aid to steel is the upshot of many
fluent sequences of move- decades of experience gained
ments. The holder for the from producing well-designed,
toothbrush glass, for instance, superlatively engineered hard-
tilts towards the user in a ware for doors and windows.
manner that facilitates the act We have now applied this
of removing the glass. proficiency in design and
manufacture to the METRIC
METRIC is supplied in satin bathroom accessory series.
stainless steel. As well as
being aesthetically pleasing,
stainless steel exudes an
authenticity that combines
particularly well with natural
materials such as wood and
granite and makes it a firm
contender for inclusion in
quality bathroom schemes.
518
Overview
Bath towel rail Page 520 Bath towel rail Page 521 Towel holder Page 521
Utensils tray Page 522 Toothmug holder Page 523 Soap dish Page 523 Shower rail Page 526
Toilet roll holder Page 524 Spare toilet roll holder Page 524 Spare toilet roll holder Page 525 Toilet brush set Page 525
8c
Coat hook Page 527 Coat hook Page 527 Wall buffer Page 527
Shower stool Page 528 Free-standing stool Page 529
519
METRIC®
Bathroom Accessoires
8270 0021
Stainless steel
Bath towel rail

double rail
600
46,5
Ø 22
157
www.fsb.de/metric
520
METRIC®
8270 0011
Stainless steel
Bath towel rail
600
46,5
Ø 22
88
8270 0010
Stainless steel
Towel rail
double rail, swivel action
419
73
Ø 12
8c
www.fsb.de/metric
521
METRIC®
8270 0015
Stainless steel
Glass
Utensils tray in frosted glass
600
46,5
158
46,5
600
8270 0016
Stainless steel
Glass
158
Utensils tray in plain glass
www.fsb.de/metric
522
METRIC®
8270 0041
Stainless steel
Glass
Glass holder with

toothbrush glass
85 113
117
46,5
8270 0040
Stainless steel
Synth. mat.
Soap holder with

Synth. mat. soap dish
8c
130 124
46,5
www.fsb.de/metric
523
METRIC®
8270 0030
Stainless steel
Toilet roll holder with

roll retainer
144
46,5
88
129
8270 0031
Stainless steel

for one toilet roll
121
46,5
www.fsb.de/metric
524
METRIC®
8270 0032
Stainless steel

for two toilet rolls
22 88,5
210,5 195
46,5
8270 0042
Stainless steel
Toilet brush set
100 250
146
366
8c
www.fsb.de/metric
525
METRIC®
8270 0050
Stainless steel
Shower rail with shower-head

bracket for wall fixing
46,5
900
88,5
www.fsb.de/metric
526
METRIC®
8270 0001
Stainless steel
Coat hook
15 51
25
46,5
8270 0002
Stainless steel
Coat hook
15 89
25
46,5
8270 0003
Stainless steel
Wall buffer
8c
132
46,5
www.fsb.de/metric
527
METRIC®
8241
Seat section PUR

rotatable
Seat section with retention
stirrup
The height-adjustable bath

stool with rotating seat is
designed with comfort in
mind. Propped up against the
edge of the bath, it makes
getting into the bath easier.
Further bathroom functions
such as body care or getting
dressed/undressed are likewi-
se facilitated.
420 –
520
400
www.fsb.de/metric
528
METRIC®
8243
Seat section PUR
Free-standing stool with

rotating seat
The free-standing stool has a

rotating seat and is very con-
venient in the bathroom and
for getting dressed/undressed.
480
400
8c
www.fsb.de/metric
529
The Salubra wallpaper
collection by Le Corbusier.
To get to grips with the pro- the most part, amongst them
blem of colour fluctuations, ochre and earth colours, ultra-
Le Corbusier used common marine, “English green”, oran-
colour pigments when mixing ge, blue, vermilion and crim-
his colours. By a felicitous co- son plus white and four sha-
incidence, he was contracted des of grey. The collection was
by wallpaper manufacturers striking for the way it seemed
Salubra to develop a new col- to be put together like a musi-
lection in the early 1930s. cal scale. A slide device in
Wallpapers are reproducible sample books enabled contra-
and free of colour fluctuations sting colour combinations for
and thus accorded excellently main walls and smaller surfa-
with what he was after. Le ces to be bracketed. The co-
Corbusier’s colour grammar, lours were also arranged by
the “Polychromie architectu- moods designating the desired
rale”, was already highly evol- spatial effect, moreover,. Le
ved by this stage and tested Corbusier did not have recour-
in practice. The first Salubra se to wallpapers that often
collection comprised 43 uni- himself – nevertheless, they
tone shades and a number of were an artistic inspiration to
diaper and dot patterns. He him and found expression in
chose pastel shades derived his late work in the form of
from the 12 base colours for collages
Mortice locks 9a
Overview 533
Mortice locks 534

acc. to DIN 18 251-1 Class 5
Mortice locks 536

Mortice locks for framed doors 538

Strike plates 539
Euro profile cylinders 540
531
Mortice locks
by FSB
Satisfactory doesn’t satisfy us Locks by FSB: Quality “Made
in Germany” In practical planning terms the The package is completed by
Competent product solutions lock class selected reflects the strike plates and Euro profile
ought to be a matter of course In its capacity as an interna- door’s anticipated level of use. cylinders by German manufac-
for a highly evolved society, as tional project brand and in Where there is any uncertainty turer Winkhaus.
should equally reliable func- keeping with the approach it regarding the level of use of
tioning over a product’s full life has to quality in any case, FSB doors in building projects, FSB
cycle. Doors accompany our is therefore adding Class 3 and recommends erring on the
lives for a great many years 5 mortise locks and Class 3 side of safety by opting for
after all. That’s reason enough panel locks to its product FSB Class 5 heavy-duty locks.
to scrutinise the material, de- range with publication of the
sign, engineering but also, present Our cooperation partner SSF,
crucially, the durability of a Manual, specifically with a view which has been making locks
door in its entirety. Durability to providing its international for over a century, has devel-
equates with cost-effectiveness, market partners co-ordinated oped a new series of locks that
meaning that dearer can be entire solution from a single are suitable for heavily-used
cheaper in the long run. That’s source. doors in every respect. Setting
because, as well as procure- them apart are superlative
ment costs, it is also necessary Quality requirements laid workmanship, manufacturing
to bear in mind all outgoings down by EN 12 209 accuracy and their modular
over a product’s anticipated configuration. The provisions
life cycle – repairs, servicing European standard EN 12 209 of DIN 18 51-1 for a “Class 5”
and any replacement included. governs the requirements and rating are met and, indeed,
That holds particularly true for test methods for locks. The DIN exceeded. For detailed infor-
doors subject to constant 18 251-1 and 18 250 stan- mation on this lock please turn
heavy-duty operation – dards, which are made up to pages 534f.
open/shut, open/shut, within EN 12 209, divide qual-
open/shut – for many decades. ity requirements into five use- Mortice locks for framed doors
related Classes as adumbrated
It’s accordingly a question of below: In the case of hardware for
the stability of the door in its framed doors in particular,
entirety. And that ultimately Class 1: though, reliable functioning is
depends on the performance Locks for lightweight doors dependent not only on the
properties of all the individual lever handle and its bearings
components, those being: Class 2: but also on the fixing system.
Locks for internal doors FSB has thus optionally adapt-
– lock ed the fixing system for its
– hardware Class 3: framed door hardware to FSB
– cylinder Cylinder locks for flat-entrance 02 Series/Class 3 framed door
– hinges and heavy-duty doors, locks with through fixing points.
– frame cf. pages 536f. A special fixing set enables
– door leaf FSB framed door hardware to
Class 4: be prepared to order at the
A system’s overall performance, Cylinder locks for heavily-used works. As well as ensuring a
however, is as strong as its doors (+ anti-burglary devices) secure fit, this form of through
weakest link, as they say. It is fixing also makes for signifi-
not enough, therefore, to con- Class 5: cantly shorter assembly times
form to standards that solely Cylinder locks for very heavily- for framed door hardware.
relate to individual components. used doors (+ anti-burglary
devices), cf. pages 534f. The requisite panel locks are
to be found on page 538, the
attendant fixing set on page
551.
532
Overview New products 09 |10
8813 0006
Page 534
8813 0001 8813 0002 8813 0003 8813 0004

8813 0007
Page 538
8814 0001 | 02
Page 539
9a
8812 2001 | 02 8812 2101 | 02 8812 2201 | 02

533
Mortice locks
Features:
1. Latchbolt steel nickel pla-

ted with sound damping
function
2. Gripping steel follower 15
3. Follower with steel bearing
4. Hardened steel deadbolt

with conical design
10
5. Protective sleeve at all
through fixing points
6. High quality sprung follo-

wer for durability and pre-
venting handle sagging 6
8
7. Auxiliary anti thrust bolt,
supplied on request
1
8. Latchbolt reversible
without opening lockcase, 3
2
deadbolt design symme-
tric, lachtbolt and deadbolt
in the center
14
9. Fully enclosed lock case, 11

7
zinc plated and lacquered
10. Lubrication device
11. Corrosion safety class 4, 4

acc. to German DIN stan-
dard 1670 (240 hrs. salt
spray test)
12. Srew guide for cylinder

fixing
13. Backsets from 50 mm up

to 100 mm
9
14. Tested and certified for fire
and smoke stop doors acc.
5
to German DIN standard
18 250 with 9 mm Δ follo- 12
wer, 10 mm Δ follower al-
so supplied on request
13
15. Stainless steel forend,
material no. 4301
534
Mortice locks
8813 0006
Mortice lock acc. to German
DIN 18 251-1, Class 5
Reversible latch
Euro profile cylinder cut out
(PZ) 72 mm
Latchbolt can be retracted by
cylinder
Latchbolt reversible without

opening lockcase
Latchbolt and deadbolt cen-
tered on forend
Deadbolt double-throw: 20 mm
Spindle: 8 mm Δ
Spacing: 72 mm
Backset: 55 mm
Forend width: 24 mm, Stain-
less steel, rounded
35
98
34
9,5
37 235
165
209
72
35
33
55 24
15,5
Versions supplied on request: Equipment: 9a
– Backsets 50, 60, 65, 80 and – All versions with through

100 mm fixing point for FSB roses
– Follower with 9 or 10 mm Δ 1731/1735 + 1707/1708
– Square forend – Supplied with 2 pcs. screws
– Forend width 20 mm Phillips drive 4.5 x 25 mm
– Forend in different materials 78
(brass) and finishes

– WC/bathroom version (cf.
illustration beside)
535
Mortice locks
8813 0001
Mortice lock acc. to German
DIN 18 251-1, Class 3
Latchbolt can be retracted by

cylinder
(PZ), spacing 72 mm

opening lockcase
tered on forend
Deadbolt double-throw: 20 mm
Spindle: 8 mm Δ
Spacing: 72 mm
Backset: 55 mm
less steel, rounded
35
98
34
9,6
36,8 235
165
209
72
35,2
33,5
55 24
15,5
Versions supplied on request: Features:
– Backsets 50, 60, 65, 80 and – Gripping steel follower with – Chip covering sleeve at follo-
100 mm nylon bearing wer through fixing points
– Follower with 9 or 10 mm Δ – High quality sprung follower
– Square forend for durability and preventing – All versions with through
– Forend width 20 mm handle sagging fixing point for FSB roses
– Forend in different materials – Latchbolt steel nickel plated 1731/1735 + 1707/1708
(brass) and finishes – Conical steel dead bolt – Supplied with 2 pcs. screws
– Fully enclosed lock case, Phillips drive 4.5 x 25 mm
zinc plated
– Lubrication device
536
Mortice locks
3
8813 0002
35 Mortice lock acc. to German
DIN 18 251-1, Class 3
98
Bathroom/WC function
34
9,6 Latchbolt reversible without

opening lockcase
36,8 165
78 tered on forend
35,2 Deadbolt double-throw: 20 mm
Gripping follower: 8 mm
Spacing: 78 mm
Indic. furniture follower: 8 mm
33,5
55
3
8813 0003
DIN 18 251-1, Class 3
98
Latch function
34
9,6 Latchbolt reversible without

opening lockcase
165
Latchbolt centered on forend
Gripping follower 8 mm
33,5
55
3
8813 0004
DIN 18 251-1, Class 3
98
134,8
Deadbolt function, double-
throw 20 mm
Deadbolt in the center 9a

165
72
35,2
33,5
55
537
Mortice locks for framed doors
8813 0007
Mortice lock for framed doors
acc. to German DIN 18 251-1,
Class 3

(PZ), spacing 92 mm

opening lockcase
tered on forend
Deadbolt single-throw: 21 mm
Follower: 8 mm
Backset: 35 mm
less steel, square
11,5
3
29
9 93
30
46
19
43 50
48 245
187
221
92
35
31
15
21 35 24
16,5
Versions supplied on request: Features:
– Backsets 25, 30, 40, 45, – Latchbolt with sound dam-

and 50 mm ping function
– Forend widths 16, 20, 22 – Latchbolt and deadbolt
and 25 mm nickel plated
– Forend in different finishes – Gripping steel follower
– Follower with 10 mm Δ – Lock case closed on top and
– Latchbolt and deadlock with on bottom
projection 5 mm (backsets – Chip covering sleeve at follo-
equal or smaller than 45 mm) wer through fixing points
538
Strike plates
24
15 8814 0001
15
l.h.
52 60 8814 0002
1 r.h.
152
28
170 Stainless steel
52 Thickness 2 mm
5
Supplied with 3 pcs. screws
Phillips drive 3.5 x 20 mm
13
Different finishes available on
request
Illustration : l.h.
9a
539
Euro profile
cylinders
61 17
8812 2001
30.5 / 30.5 mm
33
R15
30,5 30,5 10
8812 2002
35,5 35,5
35.5 / 35.5 mm
5-pin system
Euro profile double-cylinder
Type 01
Areas of application:
– Inside and outside
– Standard doors
Properties:
– Reinforced key guide via
special cylinder cores
– Sintered steel cylinder cam
40 17
R15 8812 2201
30.5 mm
33
30,5 10
8812 2202
35,5
35.5 mm
5-pin system
Euro profile half-cylinder
Type 02
Areas of application:
– Mortice locks
– Garage door locks
– Key switch
Properties:
– Easily adjustable cylinder
cam
special
Note:
Not suitable for use in anti-

panic multiple locking devices.
– Supplied with 3 pcs. metal

keys
– Labeled with “Winkhaus”
and “FSB” each one side
540
Euro profile
cylinder
8812 2101
30.5 / 30.5 mm
8812 2102
35.5 / 35.5 mm
Euro profile thumbturn

cylinder
Type 04
61 40 17 Areas of application:
– Indoors
– Front doors
Ø 30
33
R15 Properties:
– Outside: locking cylinder,
30,5 30,5 10 inside: thumbturn
35,5 35,5
5-pin system special cylinder cores
Note: 9a
Not suitable for use in anti-

panic multiple locking devices.
Functionally, keys can be tur- – Supplied with 3 pcs. metal

ned empty up to 355°. keys
– Labeled with “Winkhaus”
and “FSB” each one side
541
Spindles
Screws 9b
Overview 544
FSB Stabil-spindle 545
FSB Stabil-half-spindle 546
Accessories Stabil-spindle 548
FSB Special spindle 549
Adaptor sleeve 550
Fixing accessoires 551
543
Overview New products 09 |10
0102 | 0162 0103 | 0163 0107, 0177 0115, 0116

0442 50 0125 0172, 0173 0183, 0188

0526 10 0526
Page 551 Page 551
0402, 0406 0410 0425 0440 0441 0450

0303 0309 0313 0315 0316 0319, 0320 0325

544
FSB Stabil-spindle
The FSB Stabil-spindle carries
on from where its predecessors
– the FSB Screw and the FSB
Ankerspindle – left off. New is
a spring loaded tolerance com-
pensator pierced by the grub
screw when fastened.
Surface of the lever handle
Features
4
1. Solid square-section 1
construction
2. Fastening for anchor clamp 3
3. Anchor clamp with pre-
stress springing
2
4. Grub screw with piercing
punch
The FSB stock range serves To this stock range all lengths
the following door thicknesses: of accessory parts are adapted.
Hardware can be precision
– 36 to 45 mm with the customised for other door or
8 mm FSB Stabil-spindle spindle thicknesses, with ac-
– 66 to 75 mm with the cessories to match.
10 mm FSB Stabil-spindle
Assembly instructions: Pass the spindle with the male The grub screw in the neck of Check the fit by turning, 9b
lever or male knob handle the female lever or female pushing and pulling the
through the lock follower. The knob handle is tightened and handle a number of times.
female lever or female knob the handles are checked seve-
handle is fitted to the spindle ral times to ensure perfect
and the two parts pushed to- operation. The grub screw
gether securely. should now be further firmly
tightened until it pierces the
spindle clamping clip. Visible
sign for correctly mounted fur-
niture: The head of the screw
is flush with the handle’s neck.
545
FSB Stabil-
half-spindle
0103
FSB Stabil-half-spindle
for through fixing
Dimension X
0163 0708 7 × 55 mm, 15 – 24 mm

0163 0716 7 × 75 mm, 35 – 43 mm
0103 0808 8 × 55 mm, 15 – 24 mm

0103 0812 8 × 65 mm, 25 – 34 mm
0103 0816 8 × 75 mm, 35 – 44 mm
X
0103 0908 9 × 55 mm, 15 – 24 mm
0103 0912 9 × 65 mm, 25 – 34 mm
0103 0916 9 × 75 mm, 35 – 44 mm
0103 1008 10 × 55 mm, 15 – 24 mm

0103 1012 10 × 65 mm, 25 – 34 mm
0103 1016 10 × 75 mm, 35 – 44 mm
0115
0116
for doors drilled on one side
Dimension X
0115 0710 7 × 60 mm, 20 – 24 mm

0115 0714 7 × 70 mm, 30 – 34 mm
0115 0810 8 × 60 mm, 20 – 24 mm

X 0115 0812 8 × 65 mm, 25 – 29 mm
0115 0814 8 × 70 mm, 30 – 34 mm
0115 0816 8 × 75 mm, 35 – 39 mm
0115 0818 8 × 80 mm, 40 – 44 mm
0115 0910 9 × 60 mm, 20 – 24 mm

0115 0912 9 × 65 mm, 25 – 29 mm
0115 0914 9 × 70 mm, 30 – 34 mm
0115 0916 9 × 75 mm, 35 – 39 mm
0115 0918 9 × 80 mm, 40 – 44 mm
0115 1010 10 × 60 mm, 20 – 24 mm

0115 1012 10 × 65 mm, 25 – 29 mm
0115 1014 10 × 70 mm, 30 – 34 mm
0115 1016 10 × 75 mm, 35 – 39 mm
0115 1018 10 × 80 mm, 40 – 44 mm
0116 1012 8/10 × 65 mm, 25 – 29 mm*

0116 1014 8/10 × 70 mm, 30 – 34 mm*
0116 1016 8/10 × 75 mm, 35 – 39 mm*
0116 1018 8/10 × 80 mm, 40 – 44 mm*
* stepped, 8 mm lever handle hole / 10 mm follower
546
FSB Stabil-
half-spindle
0177
0107
with plug (M12 thread)
for screw mounting in knob
neck, lever operable
For Knob backplates in Aluminium and AluGrey for door thickness
0177 0718 7 × 80 mm, 32 – 39 mm 0177 0820 8× 85 mm, 36 – 45 mm

0177 0720 7 × 85 mm, 37 – 44 mm 0177 0824 8× 95 mm, 46 – 55 mm
0177 0722 7 × 90 mm, 42 – 49 mm 0177 0828 8× 105 mm, 56 – 65 mm
0177 0724 7 × 95 mm, 47 – 54 mm 0177 0832 8× 115 mm, 66 – 75 mm
0177 0726 7 × 100 mm, 52 – 59 mm 0177 0836 8× 125 mm, 76 – 85 mm
0177 0728 7 × 105 mm, 57 – 64 mm 0177 0840 8× 135 mm, 86 – 95 mm
0177 0730 7 × 110 mm, 62 – 69 mm 0177 0844 8× 145 mm, 96 – 105 mm
For Knob backplates in Bronze and Stainless steel 0177 0920 9× 85 mm, 36 – 45 mm
0177 0924 9× 95 mm, 46 – 55 mm
0177 0718 7 × 80 mm, 27 – 34 mm 0177 0928 9× 105 mm, 56 – 65 mm
0177 0720 7 × 85 mm, 32 – 39 mm 0177 0932 9× 115 mm, 66 – 75 mm
0177 0722 7 × 90 mm, 37 – 44 mm 0177 0936 9× 125 mm, 76 – 85 mm
0177 0724 7 × 95 mm, 42 – 49 mm 0177 0940 9× 135 mm, 86 – 95 mm
0177 0726 7 × 100 mm, 47 – 54 mm 0177 0944 9× 145 mm, 96 – 105 mm
0177 0728 7 × 105 mm, 52 – 59 mm
0177 0730 7 × 110 mm, 57 – 64 mm 0177 1020 10 × 85 mm, 36 – 45 mm
0177 1024 10 × 95 mm, 46 – 55 mm
For door knobs (version 06) 0177 1028 10 × 105 mm, 56 – 65 mm
0177 1032 10 × 115 mm, 66 – 75 mm
0177 0718 7 × 80 mm, 31 – 38 mm 0177 1036 10 × 125 mm, 76 – 85 mm
0177 0720 7 × 85 mm, 36 – 43 mm 0177 1040 10 × 135 mm, 86 – 95 mm
0177 0722 7 × 90 mm, 41 – 48 mm 0177 1044 10 × 145 mm, 96 – 105 mm
0177 0724 7 × 95 mm, 46 – 53 mm
0177 0726 7 × 100 mm, 51 – 58 mm 0107 1020 8/10 × 85 mm, 36 – 45 mm*
0177 0728 7 × 105 mm, 56 – 63 mm 0107 1024 8/10 × 95 mm, 46 – 55 mm*
0177 0730 7 × 110 mm, 61 – 68 mm 0107 1028 8/10 × 105 mm, 56 – 65 mm*
0107 1032 8/10 × 115 mm, 66 – 75 mm*
0107 1036 8/10 × 125 mm, 76 – 85 mm*
0107 1040 8/10 × 135 mm, 86 – 95 mm*
0107 1044 8/10 × 145 mm, 96 – 105 mm*
The door thickness given for * stepped, 8 mm lever handle 9b

the FSB Stabil-half-spindle hole / 10 mm follower
with plug assumes a backplate
or rose thickness of 7 mm.
547
Accessories
Stabil-spindle
25
0402 0406
Grub screw with piercing punch Anchor clamp spring
20 0402 0601 M6 × 8 mm 0406 1807 18 mm (Δ 7 mm)

0402 0602 M6 × 9 mm 0406 2508 25 mm (Δ 8 mm)
0402 0603 M6 × 10,5 mm 0406 2008 20 mm (Δ 9 mm)
0402 0604 M6 × 11,5 mm
0442 50
FSB Stabil-blind-spindle
8 × 75 mm,
for door thickness 36 – 45 mm
0162 | 0102
FSB Special-stabil-spindle
as a provisional device for lever
handle sets comprising two
female handles
for door thickness
0162 0725 7 × 100 mm, 35 – 43 mm

0162 0726 7 × 100 mm, 43 – 50 mm
0162 0731 7 × 112 mm, 50 – 57 mm
0162 0739 7 × 132 mm, 71 – 78 mm
Female part of lever with Female part of lever with 0102 0826 8 × 100 mm, 36 – 55 mm
threaded bolt 404 grub screw 0402 0102 0834 8 × 120 mm, 56 – 75 mm
0102 0842 8 × 140 mm, 76 – 95 mm
0102 0926 9 × 100 mm, 36 – 55 mm
0102 0934 9 × 120 mm, 56 – 75 mm
0102 0942 9 × 140 mm, 76 – 95 mm
0102 1026 10 × 100 mm, 36 – 55 mm
0102 1034 10 × 120 mm, 56 – 75 mm
0102 1042 10 × 140 mm, 76 – 95 mm
0404 threaded bolt M6 × 12 mm with pin
Where it is intended to form To produce this spindle-and- The door thickness given for
a set out of two female handle handle unit, the grub screw the FSB special Stabil-spindle
parts, the first step involves must engage fully in the spindle- assumes a backplate or rose
constructing a male handle boreholes leaving the screw thickness of 7 mm.
using the FSB Stabil-spindle head flush with the surface of
and the special threaded bolt the handle. Thereafter assembly
with pin that goes with it. is as for the FSB Stabil-spindle
in standard use.
548
FSB Special spindle
0125
XI Lever handle spindle for split Fixing instructions

XA follower, item no. 0125
Outside Inside An equally proven FSB special 1. From the outside insert
Shank spindle of 9 mm square sec- spindle section A into the
screw
tion, item no. 0125, is availa- lock follower.
A I
ble for locks with split follower.
It suits door thicknesses from 2. From the inside insert
34 mm to 101 mm. spindle section I into the
lock follower and screw the
When ordering, please specify: two spindle sections to-
– Door thickness gether by means of the
LA LI
– Dimensions XA and XI shank screw on the coup-
Door
thickness – Item no. of FSB furniture ling washer.
When deploying the FSB 3. Place the turnably fixed

spindle for locks with a split lever handles together with
follower, it is important not on- the backplates or roses on
ly to heed building regulations the spindles.
but also to bear in mind that
panic fittings (lock, cylinder, 4. It should be ensured that
spindle, handles etc.) are in- there is no play between the
tended solely for use in an plates or roses and the
emergency and should never doors. The slightest slack-
be fitted to doors in constant ness can lead to the con-
operation. FSB would draw nection in the lock follower
your attention to the recom- being ruptured due to the
mendations and observations forces exerted in operating
of the lock industry in this re- the door.
spect.
5. Finally, firmly tighten the
cup points on the two lever
handles against the spindle.
Heads of screws must be
flush with the surface of
the handle.
9b
549
Adopter sleeve
Solid Δ-spindles 7 mm Solid Δ-spindles 8 mm Solid Δ-spindles 9 mm
0171 0708 7× 55 mm 0172 0810 8× 60 mm 0173 0910 9 × 60 mm

0171 0710 7× 60 mm 0172 0814 8× 70 mm 0173 0918 9 × 80 mm
0171 0716 7× 75 mm 0172 0818 8× 80 mm 0173 0926 9 × 100 mm
0171 0718 7× 80 mm 0172 0822 8× 90 mm 0173 0934 9 × 120 mm
0171 0726 7× 100 mm 0172 0826 8× 100 mm 0173 0938 9 × 130 mm
0171 0730 7× 110 mm 0172 0830 8× 110 mm 0173 0942 9 × 140 mm
0172 0834 8× 120 mm 0173 0946 9 × 150 mm
0172 0838 8× 130 mm 0173 0950 9 × 160 mm
0172 0842 8× 140 mm
0172 0846 8× 150 mm
0172 0850 8× 160 mm
Stepped spindles, Stepped spindles,

one side both sides
= = 0188 0910 9/8 × 60 mm 0183 0926 8/9/8 × 100 mm

0188 0916 9/8 × 75 mm 0183 0934 8/9/8 × 120 mm
0188 0934 9/8 × 120 mm
0184 1026 8/10/8 × 100 mm
0189 1010 10/8 × 60 mm 0184 1030 8/10/8 × 110 mm
0189 1016 10/8 × 75 mm 0184 1034 8/10/8 × 120 mm
35 35
0189 1018 10/8 × 80 mm 0184 1038 8/10/8 × 130 mm
0189 1026 10/8 × 100 mm 0184 1042 8/10/8 × 140 mm
0189 1030 10/8 × 110 mm
0425
Adaptor sleeve
for lever handles, spindles
and lock followers
0425 0708 7 on 8 mm
0425 0809 8 on 9 mm
0425 0810 8 on 10 mm
0425 0910 9 on 10 mm
0425 0885 8 on 8,5 mm
550
Fixing accessoires
0450
Cup point
0450 9020 6001 M6 × 7 mm
0526
Fixing accessoires for framed
door furniture
Screws M5 x 25 mm with
rivet nuts
0526 10
Fixing accessoires for framed
door furniture with through
fixing option, in combination
with FSB mortice locks 02 se-
ries acc. to DIN, cf. page 531f.
Door Bolt Item nos.

Thickness length
45 – 49 mm 50 mm 0526 1045
50 – 54 mm 55 mm 0526 1050
55 – 59 mm 60 mm 0526 1055
60 – 64 mm 65 mm 0526 1060
65 – 69 mm 70 mm 0526 1065
70 – 74 mm 75 mm 0526 1070
75 – 79 mm 80 mm 0526 1075
80 – 84 mm 85 mm 0526 1080
85 – 89 mm 90 mm 0526 1085
90 – 94 mm 95 mm 0526 1090
95 – 99 mm 100 mm 0526 1095
100 – 104 mm 105 mm 0526 1000
9b
551
Fixing accessoires
0303
Cross recessed raised
countersunk oval head bolt
0303 0515
M5 × 15 mm
0303 0535
M5 × 35 mm
0308
Cross recessed raised
countersunk oval head bolt
0308 0555 M5 × 55 / for door thickness 47 – 56 mm for door knobs with through
0308 0565 M5 × 65 / for door thickness 57 – 66 mm fixing (Item no. 23.. 06) and
0308 0575 M5 × 75 / for door thickness 67 – 76 mm door thickness ≥ 47 mm
0308 0585 M5 × 85 / for door thickness 77 – 86 mm
Size Bolt
length
Adjustable
between
for door
thickness 0309
Bolts with M4 threaded
Adjustable between M4 × 35 35 mm 37 – 45 mm 25 – 33 mm sleeve nut 0309
M4 × 40 40 mm 42 – 50 mm 30 – 38 mm
M4 × 45 45 mm 47 – 55 mm 35 – 43 mm
M4 × 50 50 mm 52 – 60 mm 40 – 48 mm
Bolt length
M4 × 55 55 mm 57 – 65 mm 45 – 53 mm
M4 × 60 60 mm 62 – 70 mm 50 – 58 mm
0315
Cross recessed tapping screw
with countersunk head
2,9 × 16 mm
3,9 × 16 mm
4,2 × 19 mm
0313 0316
Steel stud Steel stud for timber fixing
0313 0670 M6 × 70 mm 0316 0640 M6

0313 0680 M6 × 80 mm Total length: 40 mm,
Length of thread: 10 mm
0313 0880 M8 × 80 mm
0316 0840 M8
Total length: 40 mm,
Length of thread: 15 mm
552
Fixing accessoires
0319 0320
Dome nuts Dome nuts
Aluminium Aluminium
0319 0600 M6 Stainless steel
0319 0800 M8 0320 0800 M8
Stainless steel Stainless steel and bronze

0319 0320 0319 0800 M8 0320 0800 6211 M8
0325
Dome nuts
with extension 12 mm
Aluminium
0325 0600 M6
0325 0800 M8
0410 00
FSB socket spanner
– for half spindles for doors
drilled from one side
– for half-spindles with plugs
0440
Lever handle distance rose
to increase the distance
between door and lever
handle
Aluminium
Stainless steel*
0440 20 20 mm*
0440 25 25 mm
0440 30 30 mm
0441 9b
Blind rose
to blank out the lever handle
hole on backplates
Aluminium
553
Kicking plates
Ventilation plates
Ventilation grills
Perforated plates 9c
Technical Information 556
Kicking plates 557
Finger plates 558
Measurement details 559

of perforation
Perforated Plates 560
Ventilation plates 563
Ventilation covers 564
Ventilation plates with 565

fixing webs
Air inlet and outlet grills 566
555
Technical
Information
Kicking plates and
finger plates
Doors are not always opened

gently or with clean fingers.
To prevent doors being soiled
or mutilated, FSB supplies fin-
ger plates for the area adja-
cent to the lever handle and
kicking plates for where feet
tend to make contact.
Kicking and finger plates are
available in a wide variety of Perforations
materials (aluminium, stainless
steel, brass) and thicknesses. Finger plates are generally ma-
chined to accept roses and
With or without screwholes backplates. FSB supplies fin-
ger plates as standard with
For assembly purposes, FSB piercings for the lever handle
kicking and finger plates are rose and for a standard euro-
supplied as standard with ho- profile cylinder.
les for 3 mm countersunk
screws. On express request,
they may be supplied without
screwholes, however. Plates 1 Risk of injury
mm thick (FSB 5222 for
example) can be made and Items such as kicking plates,
delivered with self-adhesive fo- ventilation plates, ventilation
il instead of screwholes. Fitting grills, ventilation covers and
such items requires experience perforated plates are made of
and care on the part of the thin, sharp-edged material.
user. Most importantly, the When fitting them, it is impor-
surface of the door needs to tant to make sure they lie flush
be absolutely even and clean. against the surface to which
they are to be attached. Such
items should be handled with
Return edges Shapes extreme care when being un-
packed, fitted, checked for po-
Kicking plates and finger pla- Finger plates and kicking pla- sitioning and, indeed,
tes can feature a return edge. tes can come in many concei- throughout their service life.
To ensure a good fit, detailed vable shapes, a few examples Carelessness in this respect
drawings need to be enclosed are shown here. can easily lead to fingers get-
with orders that take account Basically, it’s a question of ting injured, especially in the
of all the structural tolerances availing oneself of the classic course of cleaning routines.
involved. Should no such forms, i.e. square, circle, rect-
drawings or models be ange and triangle. To this ex-
forthcoming, FSB will always tent FSB appeals to the
treat size cited for straightfor- imagination of designers and
ward return edges as internal will gladly provide quotes on
size, notably in the case of re- receipt of dimensioned dra-
bated doors. wings.
Data transferred in .dxf- or
.dwg format can directly be
processed by FSB.
556
Kicking plates
5222 1 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Bronze
5223 1.5 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
5224 2 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Kicking plates not available 9c

with lacquered finish.
557
Finger plates
B B Aluminium
Stainless steel
b b
B B
c c
b b
L L
L c L c
a a a a
d d d d
a a a a
all Illustration r. h.
5300 without return 5320 without return 5340 without return 5360 without return
5310 with return 5330 with return 5350 with return 5370 with return
Perforations Option 1 Option 3 Further options
Finger plates can be pierced Lever handle rose above Backplate with visible fixing FSB can also produce other
to accommodate roses or bak- (e.g. 1731), (e.g. model 1402). forms of finger plates to cus-
kplates. The simplest way of keyhole perforation below tomer specifications through
providing accurate specifica- (e.g. europrofile cylinder). “CNC” or laser procedures.
tions here is to cite the roses Option 4 Please send dimensioned
or backplates used together drawings. We will submit our
with their product codes. The Option 2 Backplate for concealed fixing own drawings and a quote by
following options are possible: (e.g. 1450). return.
Lever handle rose above,
escutcheon below (e.g. 1731,
1735).
L B a b c d perforations with product codes for roses keyholes e. g.

or backplates used
length width backset spacing keyhole return
r. h. spacing
pce no l. h. mm mm mm mm mm mm 1 2 3 4 BB PZ
558
Perforated Plates
t w c Perforation w t c
7 14 7
t c
t w c Perforation w t c
Ø 6 10 4
t c
t2 u Perforation w l t1 t2 u c
w 20 x 4 4 20 8 26 13.0 4
t1 40 x 7 7 40 13 48 24.0 6
55
25
12
48
B Perforated plates are supplied 9c

with edges at least 15 mm
wide. If broader edging is
desired, the size you specify
L
should be regarded as mini-
mum values, since they may
in fact be greater due to the
dictates of the perforation
X
grid.
X
559
Perforated Plates
20 x 4 mm slotted perforation
5551 1 mm
Relative free airflow area Aluminium
34.2 % Stainless steel
5552 1.5 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
40 x 7 mm slotted perforation
5558 1 mm
5559 1.5 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
With conchately louvred

ventilation slots 5581 1.5 mm
Slot length 48 mm Aluminium
Ventilation section
1.2 cm2/slot
560
Perforated Plates
6 mm round perforation
5501 1 mm
5502 1.5 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
7 mm square perforation
5524 1 mm
5525 1.5 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
9c
561
Perforated Plates
Size 360 x 135 mm
Slot length 50 mm 5801
Aluminium 1.5 mm
Ventilation area 144 cm2 Stainless steel 1 mm

330 x 115 mm
Size 360 x 135 mm

Slot length 50 mm 5802
Aluminium 1.5 mm
Ventilation area 134.4 cm2 Stainless steel 1 mm

330 x 115 mm
Size 55 mm Ø
5853
Ventilation area Aluminium
2.88 cm2 Stainless steel

Ø 37 mm
562
Ventilation slide
Ventilation plates
with 7 mm Δ-Perforation 5833 1 mm
Aluminium
Stainless steel
No. Size Ventilation Cutout size

area in the door
5833 24 200 × 60 mm 17.64 cm2 165 × 35 mm

5833 31 250 × 75 mm 31.30 cm2 220 × 50 mm
5833 37 250 × 80 mm 31.30 cm2 220 × 50 mm

5833 38 300 × 80 mm 39.20 cm2 275 × 50 mm
5833 39 400 × 80 mm 52.90 cm2 375 × 50 mm
5833 40 500 × 80 mm 66.90 cm2 470 × 50 mm
5833 41 400 × 90 mm 63.70 cm2 375 × 65 mm
5833 46 300 × 100 mm 55.86 cm2 275 × 80 mm

5833 47 400 × 100 mm 79.38 cm2 375 × 80 mm
5833 48 500 × 100 mm 94.08 cm2 470 × 80 mm
5833 51 500 × 90 mm 83.30 cm2 470 × 65 mm
Suitable as counterplates to 5821 5833 61 600 × 90 mm 100.45 cm2 570 × 65 mm
Ventilation plates with concha-

tely louvred ventilation slots 5835 1 mm
Slot length 48 mm Aluminium
Stainless steel

area in the door
5835 24 200 × 60 mm 10.80 cm2 165 × 45 mm

5835 31 250 × 75 mm 14.40 cm2 220 × 60 mm
Suitable as counterplates to 5821 5835 41 400 × 90 mm 28.80 cm2 385 × 60 mm
Ventilation plates
with 7 mm Δ-Perforation 5821 4 mm
Available length up to 600 mm Aluminium

area in the door
5821 24 200 × 60 mm 16.60 cm2 175 × 35 mm

5821 31 250 × 75 mm 29.40 cm2 235 × 50 mm
5821 41 400 × 90 mm 62.70 cm2 385 × 65 mm 9c
5821 51 500 × 90 mm 77.42 cm2 475 × 65 mm
5821 61 600 × 90 mm 89.67 cm2 565 × 65 mm
563
Ventilation covers
5807
Aluminium 1.5 mm
Stainless steel 1 mm
HORA-ventilation cover
for bathroom with gas heating
425
cm2,
Ventilation section 150
38–40
corresponding to the German
building regulations. 89
Size 450 x115 mm

Door cutout 425 x 89 mm
5812 5833 0038

Aluminium Aluminium
Ventilation hood Ventilation grid

Size 320 x 80 mm Size 300 x 80 mm
Door cutout 280 x 65 mm Door cutout 280 x 55 mm
Ventilation section Ventilation section

46.55 cm2 39.2 cm2
Items such as kicking plates, extreme care when being un-

ventilation plates, ventilation packed, fitted, checked for
grills, ventilation covers and positioning and, indeed,
perforated plates are made of throughout their service life.
thin, sharp-edged material. Carelessness in this respect
When fitting them, it is impor- can easily lead to fingers get-
tant to make sure they lie flush ting injured, especially in the
against the surface to which course of cleaning routines.
they are to be attached. Such
items should be handled with
564
Ventilation
web plates
The ventilation web plates A tailor-made construction
5840 and 5841 are available according to your require-
in stock lenghts 200, 300, ments is possible. Special
400, 480, 500, 600, 800, construction and special finish
1000 and 2500 mm. on request.
The ventilation web plates

FSB 5844 are available in
standard lengths of 400 and
500 mm.
5840
Aluminium
1,5
Width 80 mm
Perforation 20 x 3 mm
80 65
22 22
15 Length L
1,5
5841
Aluminium
Width 100 mm
100 85
22 22
15 Length L
5844
1,5 Aluminium
Width 86 mm
86 72
14,5 14,5
18 Length L
Ventilation areas: 9c
5840 208.8 cm2/linear metre

Edge spacing on 5840, 5841

and 5844 is 14 mm
14
565
Air inlet
and outlet grills
11
5588
Aluminium
Width B
Fixing procedure A I + A II
21
Length L
17 5589
Aluminium
H1 H
Fixing procedure A III + A VI
17
21
Length L
25
L1
H Clear installation height

H1 Total length
L Clear installation height

L1 Total length
FSB air inlet and outlet grills Ordering procedure as well as

in aluminium are deployed as sizes and models described on
decorative fittings in ceilings, the following pages.
walls, heating covers, furniture
and so on. They cannot be
walked or driven on.
566
Air inlet
and outlet grills
Number of holding webs:
5588
4
5
B = 70
B = 85
300
500
- 400
- 800
mm
mm
2
3
pieces
pieces 5589
900 -1200 mm 4 pieces Aluminium
6 B = 100
1300 -1600 mm 5 pieces
7 B = 115
1700 -2000 mm 6 pieces
8 B = 130
2100 -2500 mm 7 pieces
9 B = 145
10 B = 160
For intermediate sizes or larger
11 B = 175
widths than 250 mm, please
12 B = 190
ask us.
13 B = 205
14 B = 220
15 B = 235
Fixing modes:
16 B = 250
AI
without fixing holes to be pla- AI
ced into the groove
A II
support webs provided with 4
countersunk screw holes

4.25 mm Ø A II
FSB can produce any dimen- In exceptional circumstances A III

sions within the range 4000 x where the max. width of Z-frame without fixing holes
250 mm. To avoid any unnec- 250 mm needs to be excee- (grill is placed without being fi- A III
essary delay, please submit ded, please supply us with an xed)
exact measurements, ideally out-line of the situation stating
on a copy of the order chart all dimensions. One solution is A IV
shown here.The number of lat- to combine several lattice bars Z-frame with countersunk
tice bars and support webs re- with one support web. FSB will screw holes 4.25 mm Ø, grill
quired can be roughly willingly offer a quote for such is fixed in the Z-frame
assessed using the appropriate work.
tables. AV
A IV
Z-frame with spring elements,
grill is placed without being fi-
xed (for horizontal installation) 10 –16
A VI
Z-frame with spring elements,
3
grill is fixed in the Z-frame.
A V + A VI
Quantity Item no. Colour Dim. L Dim. H Dim. L1 Dim. H1 A I A II A III A IV AV A VI 9c
567
Air inlet
and outlet grills
Stock sizes: Aluminium profile for
lattice bars: 5888
The FSB-aluminium air inlet
and outlet grills are construc-
Stock length: 4,000 mm
Item no.: 5888 50 5889
ted in a way that all parts can Packing unit 25 pieces Aluminium
be kept in stock by retailers or
fabricators and put together as
required with a minimum of
fuss.
Aluminium support web

15 x 250 mm
Item no.: 5888 60
Packing unit 25 pieces
Aluminium profile for Z-frame

Stock length: 4000 mm
Item no.: 5889 60
Corner connection for

Z-frames
Item no.: 5889 65
Clamp element, spring steel

Item no.: 5889 66
Order quantity per packing unit:
Number of inlets Number of aluminium Number of Number of corner Number of spring

FSB 5888 50 support webs Z-Frames connections elements
568
Fixing aids 9d
Correct fixing is essential if FSB has looked very carefully FSB is at pains to stress that
FSB lever handle furniture is into the complaints received it can only accept liability for
to function flawlessly. over recent years. In the pro- its products - just as all com-
cess, it has discovered that petitors - if they have been
It is FSB policy to enclose pa- the source of the problem is correctly fixed.
per positioning templates with very frequently faulty fixing.
all orders. Should these have Here are a few typical exam- We would additionally wish
been omitted, we would ask ples: to draw attention to growing
you to inform us immediately public sensitivity regarding
and we will rectify the matter. - Lugs on backplates and ro- the issue of liability. Impro-
Product codes are given in ses simply pinched off. Non- perly fitted door and window
the footers of the pages that slip attachment impossible furniture can have dire conse-
follow. as a result. quences in this respect. FSB
puts its faith in the practical
FSB supplies trade installers - Fittings ordered for wrong experience and skill of its
with metal templates, the door thickness. Connecting own clientele and of their cu-
product codes for which are spindle was either too long - stomers. Our mutual end cu-
quoted towards the top of the lever handle began to move stomers have a right to expect
right-hand column in the pa- - or too short - spindle properly fitted hardware that
ges that follow. mounted too close to its works.
end, leading to breakage.
A fair amount of force is in-
volved in the operation of le- - The grub screw punch was
ver handle furniture. This not tightened with sufficient
holds particularly true for fit- care and hence the clam-
tings on heavily used doors. ping plate was not pierced.
Long-term trouble-free use The lever handle was slack
can only be guaranteed if suf- on its spindle, which meant
ficient care is taken when it could be wrenched loose
marking out and boring holes if tuggedwith any force.
and fixing the furniture.
- Holes bored without using
template. Centres marked
out in haphazard manner,
producing oversize holes and
hence poorly anchored back-
plates and roses moved on
the door.
- FSB furniture has been

combined with spindles,
screws, backplates and ro-
ses of competitors.
571
Fixing template for
FSB short backplates
with visible fixing
24
0453
Fixing template for FSB
standard short backplate,
22 locating lugs and visible fixing
Ø6
55 .... 0000: BB/PZ/Bathroom
110
55 – 110 mm
BB .... 0016: BB/PZ

70 mm, 7 mm Δ
PZ
Bathroom
70 mm, 6/7 mm Δ
572
Fixing template
for FSB roses
0455 ....
Fixing template for FSB roses
designed for concealed fixing:
72 78 Ø9
– FSB roses and escutcheons
BB – FSB security roses
PZ
38 38
Item no. 0455 0000 Item no. 0455 5608
BB and PZ 72 mm Bathroom 78 mm
*
92 Ø9 70 Ø9
BDCC
BB CH
PZ PZ
38 38
Item no. 0455 0012 Item no. 0455 0016 Item no. 0455 1016
BB and PZ 92 mm BB and PZ 70 mm (7 Δ mm), * With additional bushing for

Bathroom 70 mm (6/7 Δ mm), special borehole acc. to
through fixing access control system “EZK”
9d
573
Fixing aids
for panic furniture
0457 ....
Ø 6,5 Fixing template for
46 FSB emergency exit furniture,
19 concealed fixing, acc.
21,5 to EN 1125
7970 0110
7970 0200
72
7980 ..10
112
Ø 10,5 7980 ..00
Insert FSB special-purpose

spindle 0125 into lock and
fit cylinder. Position borehole
template over spindle and
cylinder and drill through bush-
ings.
The crossbar length is arrived

at by taking the width of the
door and deducting the back-
set twice and a further 67 mm.
Once bars have been cut to
size, fit plastic end pieces for
the stainless steel version.
Assembling panic furniture and

integrating it with fittings on the
other side is very straightfor-
ward. Full instructions are en-
closed with each set.
Check the action of the furni-

ture once the stop setting has
been determined and covers
have been fitted.
574
Universal
Template
0460
All FSB fittings have their
own fixing templates for use
as needed, but FSB has addi-
tionally developed a universal
template that encompasses
virtually every borehole con-
figuration available. This all-
purpose kit is a must for all
professional fabricators.
Universal template according

to German DIN standard. For
DIN mortice locks please refer
to page 531ff.
1 2 3 4 5 Constituent parts:
1 Metal template
2 Borehole layout sheets
3 Pilot pins
4 Knurled screw
5 Drill bits
Instructions for use: 1. Select borehole layout re- 4. Select pilot pins to suit lock- 5. Attach the prepared univer- 9d
quired using paper sheets follower (7 mm, 8 mm, sal template to each side
provided. 9 mm, 10 mm) and keyway of the door in turn and drill
type (lever lock, PZ, dead- through the available layout
2. Push borehole layout sheet bolt follower) and screw holes.
from above into the guide of them into the metal template
metal template. from the back until they 6. Remove template and fit
become visible in the bore- FSB furniture as shown in
3. Firmly secure layout sheet hole layout. fixing instructions.
with knurled screw.
575
Metal fixing template
0461
450
The latest addition to the FSB
range of drilling aids is a door-
350
pull borehole template that
allows boreholes for pull han-
300
dles to be produced with great
precision.
250
The FSB door-pull borehole
template accommodates a
200 210
variety of axial dimensions as
well as custom backsets. It
150
features hardened drilling
bushings and graduated side
stops and is made of high-
quality aluminium. The felt
padding prevents door surfaces
being damaged.
0
Fixing centres
150 mm, 200 mm, 210 mm,
250 mm, 300 mm, 350 mm
and 450 mm.
576
Routing jig for FSB
flush roses
0462
Routing jig 0462 is used as
follows: push the centring de-
vice into the boreholes on the
timber routing jig and place
the assembly against the door.
Slot the guide pins on the cen-
tring device into the follower
and the cylinder or other key
hole and align the routing jig
parallel with the door leaf.
Then secure the routing jig to
the door with C-clamps at the
position thus arrived at. Now
remove the centring device
and rout out
– to a depth of 7 mm in the
case of flush furniture for
door thicknesses of 45 mm
upwards (FSB 7201/7601)
– and to a depth of 3 mm in
the case of flush roses for
door thicknesses between
38-44 mm (FSB 1736/1737)
Use a top router with a cutter

20 mm in diameter and a ring
30 mm in diameter for this.
Then repeat the process on
the other side.
For additional information

please refer to www.fsb.de/flush
9d
577
Fixing templates for
FSB short backplates
0469
Fixing template for
21,5 FSB backplates
1452 03 and 1453 03
70 with concealed fixing
92
128,5 BB/PZ/Bathroom
BB Ø 10,5 70 – 92 mm, 8 mm Δ
PZ
0477 ....
Fixing template for
21,5 FSB backplates
1450 03 and 1451 03
55 with concealed fixing
78
112 .... 0000: BB/PZ/Bathroom
BB Ø 10,5 55 – 78 mm,
PZ 8 mm Δ
.... 0016: BB/PZ

70 mm 7 mm Δ
Bathroom 70 mm,
6/7 mm Δ
578
Fixing templates for
FSB long or square backplates
0476 ....
– FSB long backplates with

75,5
concealed fixing
– FSB security furniture for
framed-door-locks “Securitas”
FSB 7330 and 7531
21,5 FSB 7530 and 7531
* – FSB long backplate sets for
72 framed doors FSB 7816 and
92 7820
BDCC
134,5 .... 0000: BB/PZ/Bathroom
BB/CH 72 – 92 mm,
PZ 8/9/10 mm Δ
.... 0016: BB/PZ 70 mm,

* Borehole not required for 7 mm Δ
fittings with spacing 70 mm Bathroom 70 mm,
acc. to French standard. 6/7 mm Δ
0478
Fixing template for FSB square
backplates with concealed
21,5 fixing, item nos. 1483 03 and
1488 03 (8 mm Δ)
72 Ø 10,5
78
112
BB
PZ
Ø 10,5
120
9d
579
Fixing template
for FSB oval roses
with rivet nuts
0481
Fixing template for FSB oval
50 roses with rivet nuts for using
FSB fixing accessories 0526
PZ 72 mm, 8 mm Δ
72 Ø 7,0
BB
PZ
50
0482
Fixing template for FSB oval
50 roses with rivet nuts for using
FSB fixing accessories 0526
PZ 92 mm, 8/9 mm Δ
Ø 7,0
92
BB
PZ
50
580
Fixing template for
Design + Security
0487 ....
FSB security furniture
long backplate version
75,5
.... 0000: BB and PZ
72 – 92 mm,
8/10 mm Δ
21,5
.... 0016: PZ 70 mm,
72 7 mm Δ
92
134,5
PZ
0488
Fixing template for
21,5 FSB security furniture
short backplate version
72
BB and PZ 72 mm, 8 mm Δ
112
PZ
Ø 12,5
9d
581
New tones
at FSB.
Those familiar with the FSB ration from the great master
brand will not have failed to when adding colourful colours
notice when reading our little to our corporate identity. And
treatise that Le Corbusier’s it is to be hoped that we are
colour grammar and concep- not posthumously treading on
tion of architecture are very his toes by harnessing him to
much after our own heart. our cause in the joyful realisa-
The evolution of our door fit- tion that his Polychromie has
tings draws on an aspiration opened our eyes to colours
that was also central to the wondrously suited to our own
definition of the “Polychromie form and content. But never
architecturale”, namely our fear: we’re not about to start
urge to lend our products a marketing some unprincipled
form that takes adequate ac- potpourri. Our grey will conti-
count of architecture, space nue to be the main protago-
and humanity. Good design nist – flanked by colour whe-
obtains when harmoniously rever there is a case for this
balanced formal and aesthetic and it suits our cause.
qualities are married to func-
tionality, longevity and user-
driven design. Thus, there is,
in our view, more than one
good reason for deriving inspi-
Explanations 10a
Specifications 584
Handing details 586
Product liability 588
Sales aids 590
German Standards (DIN) 592
Gerneral terms of sales 593
Guide to FSB 594
Sales Organisation 596
FSB-Edition 600
583
Sample specifications
Standard lever FSB lever handle furniture Escutcheons with . . . .
handle furniture Aluminium . . . . anodised keyways
with 8 mm FSB Stabil spindle
for doors 40 mm thick FSB moulded-to-the-hand
design 1020
Bearings provided by lever Designed by Johannes Potente
handle roses with lugs and Lever handle rose FSB 1131
sliding bearings in glass- Escutcheon FSB 1735
fibre-reinforced black plastic
AGL® heavy-duty FSB lever handle furniture with reinforcement lugs,

furniture AGL Stainless Steel . . . . with concealed fixing on both sides
8 mm FSB Stabil spindle for Fixing centres 72 mm . . . .
doors 40 mm thick
Handles permanently supported FSB design 7223 04

in precision-fit, maintenance- Based on a design by Max Bill
free compensating bearings on reworked by Johannes Potente
FSB backplates 185 x 45 mm
FSB lever handle FSB lever handle furniture supplied with reinforcement
furniture for smoke and fire doors lugs, concealed fixing on
to DIN 18 273 both sides
Fixing centres 72 mm
Aluminium . . . . anodised
with 9mm FSB Stabil spindle FSB design 7646 04
for doors 40 mm thick original FSB works design
Handles permanently attached

to FSB backplates 185 x 45 mm
Lever handle furniture for FSB lever handle furniture with reinforcement lugs,
framed doors for framed doors in sliding bearings in black pla-
aluminium . . . . anodised stic, concealed fixing on both
with 8 mm FSB solid spindle sides Fixing centres 72 mm
for doors 40 mm thick
FSB design 7816
Handles permanently attached original FSB works design
to oval backplates 245 x 35 mm
Recommendation In describing our products at to ensure an FSB product is

such length, we have sought to absolutely right for a given door
stress their distinctive “person- or window you should heed all
alities”, i.e. the factors that set the specific “traits” accorded
them apart from their market that product.
rivals. Indicated on these two pages
Whether you are a briefing are examples of how to ensure
architect, a consultant joiner, that the FSB products chosen
a builders hardware whole-saler are the most suitable for Ger-
or an “enlightened” enduser, man customers.
584
Security furniture FSB security furniture FSB design 7384 5510
Security Class 2-ZA Knob and lever handle
aluminium . . . . anodised Designed by Hartmut Weise
FSB multilayer construction
technique
with cylinder guard for projec-
tions of 8 - 16 mm
FSB Stabil spindle secured
in neck of knob
Fixing distance 72 mm EPC
Pull handle (door pull) FSB pull handle in tubular FSB design 6662 38
material
e.g. brass polished waxed
Length of handle 350 mm
Handle diameter 30 mm
with support roses for greater
stability on the face of the door
Back-to-back fixing 1
Window handle FSB window handle Concealed fixing

cast aluminium and with reinforcement lugs,
grey/black thermoplastic diameter 10 mm
RAL-certified click-stop
mechanism FSB design 3778
enduringly smooth action produced by
audibly clicks into position Christoph Ingenhoven
all-over basket-arch rose
Door stop FSB floor-fitted door stop FSB design 3884 00

stainless steel . . . . original FSB works design
diameter 70 mm
complete with fastenings
10a
585
Handing
details
Lever handle furniture for Lever handle furniture for
doors DIN l.h., inward opening doors DIN r.h., inward opening
Male handle points right, Male handle points left,

female handle points left female handle points right
1 2
Lever furniture with dead knob Lever furniture with dead knob
for doors DIN l.h., inward for doors DIN r.h., inward
opening opening
Female handle points left Female handle points right
3 4
Bathroom/WC furniture for Bathroom/WC furniture for


with WC perforation, with WC perforation,
female handle points left, female handle points right,
with thumbturn with thumbturn
5 6
DIN left hand inside outside DIN right hand

inward opening outward opening
outside inside
outside inside
DIN right hand DIN left hand
inside outside
Explanation:
The German specifications

DIN right hand respective
DIN left hand refer to the
positioning of the things on
the opening face of the door.
586
Lever handle furniture for Lever handle furniture for

female handle points left female handle points right
1 2
Lever furniture with dead knob Lever furniture with dead knob
for doors DIN l.h., inward for doors DIN r.h., inward
opening opening
Female handle points left Female handle points right
3 4
Bathroom/WC furniture for Bathroom/WC furniture for


with WC perforation, with WC perforation,
female handle points left, female handle points right,
with thumbturn. with thumbturn.
5 6
DIN left hand inside outside DIN right hand

outside inside
outside inside
DIN right hand DIN left hand

inside outside
Doors are either right or left

hand, relative to which way
they open. When ordering
lever furniture with dead knob
or if you require the spindle
element to be located on the
outside, you should specify left 10a
or right hand.
587
About product
liability
Under the Product Liability 1.0 Product definitions 2.0 Improper use 3.0 Product Performance
Act, FSB is liable for damage
caused by faulty products, the 1.1 Lever handles and Lever handles, pull handles Notions of product performance
precondition being that, in the accessories and window handles and slid- are only codified in norms to a
selection, installation and use ing ventilators are subject very limited degree. For the
of the goods, all the applicable Lever handles and their acces- comparatively frequently to im- most part, they are the up-shot
regulations set down in the sories are implements with proper use, and this can lead of many years of experience
FSB manual shall have been which to open and close doors. sooner or later to damage for and are by now common prop-
complied with. They do this in concert with the which the manufacturer can erty in the builders hardware
door frame, the door’s hinges, no longer be held responsible. trade. FSB keeps faith with
We would additionally like to the door leaf, the lock, and the Typical examples: these general informal stan-
point out that what the law de- cylinder, and all these compo- dards. The norms listed below
fines as product liability and nents need to be properly - Lever handles are used as apply for special performance
what the end user actually ex- synchronized. It’s no use trying supports, especially when on requirements.
pects of a product can be two to use a lever handle to open a doors at the base of steep
radically different things. Door door if the door is locked, for stairs. - DIN 18 255
and window handles, after all, instance, the only exception to This norm sets general stan
are in the first instance “tools” this being the special mecha- - Doors are used as a sort of dards for door furniture and
for opening and closing doors nisms featured on panic doors. roundabout by children, the accessories.
and windows. However beauti- handles serving as the main
ful they might be, such tools 1.2 Tubular handles source of support. - DIN 18 273
still remain subject to the laws This norm sets out limits
of wear and tear. Though The same applies to tubular - In the absence of door stops, specifically for firecheck and
prime materials are used, pro- handles. The door frame, door lever handles and pull hand- smoke stop doors.
duction is organised to ISO hinges, door leaf and other les bang against the wall.
9001, and the company has closing devices such as door - DIN 18 257
successfully undergone an EU closers need to be compatible - Lever handles and pull hand- This norm lays down mini-
“eco-audit” (1996) and been with one another. les are used to hang heavy mum requirements for
certificated to ISO 14001 objects on. security furniture.
(1997), the laws of physics will 1.3 Window handles and
inevitably manifest themselves accessories FSB products are constantly
to the end user in the form of evolving, and production is
wear and tear. Again, window handles are but subject to continuous quality
one element of the window. control. We reserve the right to
The main definitions and regu- The method of closure will make technical modifications.
lations are recapitulated in the generally determine which
following. type of handle is appropriate.
588
4.0 Product maintenance 4.3 Stainless steel 5.0 Requisite information To ensure the correct func-
and instructions tioning of door and window
Most FSB products are “imple- Stainless steel is commonly furniture,
ments” for the opening and regarded as being indes- Relevant information and in-
closing of doors and windows. tructible. In fact, even stainless structions can be gleaned architects and designers are
Sooner or later, depending on steel can develop scratches from the following material: urged to bear in mind where
what they are made of and and traces of rust. This latter and under what conditions the
where they are fitted, they will is the phenomenon known as For stockists, architects and furniture is going to be in use
inevitably begin to show signs 'flash rust', which can be re- consultants: and to select accordingly. Any
of wear. The properties of the moved with the aid of standard catalogues with all the neces- queries should be addressed
various materials can be sum- cleansing agents. sary detailed descriptions. to the trade wholesalers, the
marized as follows: FSB External Service, or FSB
4.4 Brass For installers: itself.
4.1 Aluminium besides catalogues - fitting in-
Much has already been said in structions and templates and, the sales trade is urged to
Aluminium has performed the FSB manual regarding the where necessary, technical rigorously double check the
admirably in everyday use for properties of brass. Whereas drawings. specifications provided by ar-
many decades. The metal is aluminium is more or less a chitects, designers and clients
protected by a tough anodised pure metal, brass is an alloy For end users: so as to ensure the compatibil-
coating. Surface scratch marks with tendencies towards corro- fitting instructions, templates, ity of these specifications with
in no way impair the operating sion. We would therefore like and instructions for use and - those of the furniture selected.
efficiency of the furniture but to emphasize once again here in specific instances - care, all
simply denote the passing of that only regularly cleaned included with products. installers are urged to make
time. brass components without sure they receive from the
lacquer retain their initial allure. sales trade all the products in-
4.2 AluGrey Once the coating of the lac- formation and fitting and main-
quered version has been tenance instructions needed
AluGrey is new to the FSB pro- breached, unsightly corrosion for them to be able to fit the
gramme and boasts a greater sets in, and this can only be furniture correctly and pass on
surface hardness and resis- reversed in our factory after a any relevant information to the
tance to wear than standard laborious stripping operation. customer.
aluminium. On account of the
above-mentioned properties, 4.5 Aluminium + colour
noticeable signs of use are
slow to materialise under Coloured FSB lever handles
normal circumstances but, are generally given a flexible
even so, cannot be ruled out colour membrane approx. 250
completely in the long term, microns thick that is longlived
though the functioning of the given correct use. Contact with
hardware remains unaffected sharp objects may lead to
whatever the case. some denting.
4.6 Upkeep
All FSB products are largely

maintenance-free. Once fitted,
however, FSB nevertheless
recommends checking at reg-
ular intervals that they are
properly positioned and that
screw fastenings are secure.
Water and a soft cloth only
should be used to keep FSB
hardware clean.
10a
589
Sales aids
You may be wondering why it 1. Displays and specimen Our specimen boards sport
is we have so much to say on boards our corporate shade of grey.
the subject of sales aids. Well, Metal of all colours stand out
the fact is that we in no way We at FSB do not go along well against this background.
regard this as a peripheral with turning display areas into Fittings are combined with
issue. Builder’s hardware, after supermarket-type affairs and special lock mechanisms so
all, is not replaced that fre- confronting the end-user with the customer can get a feel of
quently and is expected to a hotchpotch of hardware. For how they work in practice.
perform day in, day out for a this reason, we have developed Specimen boards come in both
great many years. Opting for an all-in display set-up which standard and custom sizes.
the wrong product – wrong in is so variable that adapting it
terms of quality, design or, to a given spatial configuration For architects, however, speci-
indeed, profit margin – can take is no trouble. men boards are often not
a long time to put right. Which enough. Instead, they want to
is why it is important to support As a means of keeping key el- see how the fitting acts in con-
the decision-making process ements of the FSB programme junction with lock and cylinder
from an early stage so as to be well apart from competitors’ on a small door element. We
able, at the decisive moment, offerings even in the most supply specimen blocks for
to guide the customer’s aspira- cramped of spaces, we have just this purpose.
tions towards the right product. additionally come up with a
The enlightened purchaser three-sided rotating merchan- We have also developed a
and customer expects to find diser. This allows upwards of bespoke specimen case for all
sensible displays, readily 35 FSB products to be excel- those who like (or have) to
assimilable catalogue material lently exhibited on half a square travel with the FSB programme.
and cogent sales arguments at metre of floor space at most. It can be bought or, in individual
the “point of sale”. FSB has There is also a special rotating instances, hired. FSB’s Field
always endeavoured to oblige. merchandiser for FSB’s wide Service will explain the moda-
range of main entrance door lities.
fittings.
590
2. Manuals and Prospectuses 3. Sales arguments
As you may have noticed, for All retailers know (and dread) Thumb rest
many years now FSB has been the ritual customer question
putting a lot of effort into its that goes “And what would
manuals and prospectuses (a you recommend?” The tempta-
case in point being what you tion is to respond with plati- Forefinger furrow
are reading now). And, to our tudes such as “Beauty is in
great joy, the trade and public the eye of the beholder” or by
both definitely appear to have attempting to explain what is Support for the ball of
appreciated our efforts. This currently in fashion or selling the thumb
has inspired us to further ex- particularly well. But are these
pand our range of written sales good or at least adequate sales
aids and informational material. arguments?
Gripping volume
We don’t think so. And, in the
light of this, we have published
a whole series of books - the
FSB Edition - that delve into
virtually every aspect of “handle
culture”. Anyone wishing to
extend his or her repertoire of
sales arguments is urged to
consult them. Apart from any-
thing else, they set forth the
best sales argument of all, the
“Four Rules of Grip” identified
by FSB, which allow the end-
user to adopt a hands-on
approach to deciding which
handle to buy:
10a
591
German Standards (DIN)
Without laying any claim to ex- DIN 18 095-2 DIN 18 273 DIN V ENV 1628
haustiveness, set out below Smoke control doors; type Building hardware; lever han- Windows, doors, barriers -
are a selection of German In- testing for durability and leak- dle units for fire doors and Anti-burglar devices - Test
dustrial (DIN) Standards with a age smoke control doors; concepts methods for establishing re-
bearing on doors and windows: and definitions, dimensions, sistance under static loads
DIN 18 100 requirements and testing
DIN 107 Doors; wall openings for di- DIN V ENV 1629
Building construction; identifi- mensions in accordance with DIN 18 357 Windows, doors, barriers -
cation of right and left side DIN 4172 Contract procedure for build- Anti-burglar devices - Test
ing works; Part C: General methods for establishing re-
DIN 4102 - Supplement 1 DIN 18 101 technical specifications for sistance under dynamic loads
Fire behaviour of building ma- Doors; doors for residential building works; mounting of
terials and components; tables buildings; sizes of door leaves, window and door fittings DIN V ENV 1630
of contents position of hinges and lock, in- Windows, doors, barriers -
terdependence of dimensions DIN 18 361 Anti-burglar devices - Test
DIN 4102-5 Construction contract proce- methods for establishing re-
Fire Behaviour of Building Ma- DIN 18 111-1 dures (VOB) - Part C: General sistance to manual attempts at
terials and Building Compo- Door frames; steel door technical specifications in intrusion
nents; Fire Barriers, Barriers in frames; standard door frames construction contracts (ATV);
Lift Wells and Glazings Resist- for rebated doors Glazing DIN EN 1670
ant against Fire; Definitions, Corrosion behaviour - Require-
Requirements and Tests DIN 18 250 DIN 32 617 ments and test methods
Locks; mortice locks for fire Letter-boxes; requirements,
DIN 4102-13 barriers; single latch bolt lock testing and arrangement DIN EN 1906
Fire behaviour of building ma- Building hardware, lever han-
terials and elements; fire re- DIN 18 251 DIN 58 125 dles and doorknobs - Require-
sistant glazing; concepts, re- Locks; mortice locks for doors School buildings, structural rements and test methods
quirements and testing quirements for the prevention
DIN 18 252 of accidents DIN EN 12 209
DIN 4102-18 Locking cylinders for door Mechanically operated locks
Fire behaviour of building ma- locks; terminology DIN 68 706, Part 1 and striking plates - Require-
terials and components; fire Plywood-doors; concepts, ments and test methods
barriers, verification of auto- DIN 18 254 priority sizes, construction
matic closure (continuous per- Profile cylinders with pin tum- characteristics for interior DIN EN 13 724
formance test) blers for door locks; dimen- doors Residential letter boxes - re-
sions, materials, requirements, quirements, inspection, instal-
DIN 1080-1 testing, labelling and marking DIN EN 179 lation
Terms, Symbols and Units Building hardware - Emergency
Used in Civil Engineering; DIN 18 255 exit devices operated by a
Principles Building hardware; door han- lever handle or push pad –
dles, door plates and door ros- Requirements and test methods
DIN 18 055 es; concepts and definitions,
Windows; air permeability of dimensions, requirements DIN EN 1125
joints, water tightness and me- Building hardware - Panic exit
chanical strain; requirements DIN 18 257 devices operated by a horizon-
and testing Building hardware; security tal bar - Requirements and
door plates, concepts and test methods
DIN 18 082-1 definitions, dimensions,
Fire barriers; steel doors T 30- requirements, testing and DIN EN 1303
1; Construction type A labelling Building hardware - Cylinders
for locks - Requirements and
DIN 18 095-1 DIN 18 268 test methods
Smoke control doors; concepts Building hardware; hinges for
and requirements doors; reference-lines for DIN V ENV 1627
hinges Windows, doors, barriers -
Anti-burglar devices - Require-
ments and classification
592
General terms of sale
1. General (Civil Code) § 247. If, after an shall be authorised to collect the opportunity to verify any defect
The following Terms of Sale order has been placed, we be- assigned claims; upon our de- notified. We shall grant a war-
represent the exclusive basis for come aware of circumstances mand, however, he shall notify ranty for freedom from defects
all quotations and contracts; any which give us good cause to us without delay and in full of as defined by the state of the art
deviating terms of the Customer, doubt the creditworthiness of the amount of these claims and for a period of two years from
unless explicitly acknowledged the Customer, we shall be en- the names of his customers. If, the date of delivery. Excluded
in writing, shall be deemed titled to deliver this order subject in the event of a delivery by the from warranty are damages
invalid. to cash in advance only and to manufacturer, a bill debt is con- resulting from wear and tear, im-
make the delivery of other orders stituted, the retention of title proper handling, faulty assembly
2. Quotations subject to their prior payment. shall expire only after the bill or any servicing. The same
All quotations remain subject to The Customer shall be entitled has been redeemed. Should the applies for defects that only
confirmation unless explicitly to only offset counterclaims redeemable value of existing negligibly reduce the value or
stipulated as binding or fixed. A which have been legally estab- securities surpass the secured functionality of the merchandise.
contract of sale shall be consti- lished or are otherwise un- claims by more than 10%, we In the event of a justified and
tuted only upon our written disputed and may exercise a shall be obliged, if so demanded timely complaint, we shall, at
confirmation of order. withholding right only in respect by the Customer, to release our discretion, undertake either
to such claims that are based securities of our own choice. improvement or replacement of
3. Delivery and Passage ofRisk on the same contract. The We shall be entitled to repudiate the goods; all further claims, in
Shipment shall be made at Customer shall be entitled to a contract if an application to particular claims for consequen-
the risk and expense of the return goods only subject to open bankruptcy proceedings tial damage, shall be excluded.
Customer. The risk passes to express prior agreement. Such has been made with respect to In the event that such improve-
the Customer when goods are return shipments are subject to the Customer’s assets. ment or replacement fails, the
delivered to the shipping or a deduction of at least 30% Customer shall retains the right
forwarding agent. of the value of the goods to 8. Published Details to demand a reduction of the
compensate for expenses. Unless explicitly described as purchase price or rescission of
4. Delivery Dates binding, all details and illustra- the contract.
The delivery dates quoted 7. Retention of Title tions contained in our brochures
indicate the foreseeable delivery The products delivered (reserved and catalogues shall merely 10. Place of Performance
dates with which we shall goods) shall remain our property represent approximate values and Court of Jurisdiction
endeavour to comply. until payment in full of the common in the industry. The Place of performance, place of
purchase price and all existing onus shall rest on the Customer payment and court of jurisdic-
5. Prices and future claims arising from to undertake his own examina- tion, including that for legal
Unless other agreements the business relations with the tion as to whether the goods are actions on bills of exchange or
regarding pricing have been Customer. This shall also apply suitable for the intended pur- checks, shall be, as far as ad-
made, the prices applicable on in cases in which individual or pose. missible, Brakel. This contract
the date of delivery shall apply. all claims have been consoli- shall be governed exclusively by
All prices shall be subject to dated into one single invoice 9. Warranty German law. The United Nations
value-added tax, VAT, and are and balanced and approved. In the event of complaints re- Convention of 11.04.1980 on
quoted ex warehouse Brakel, The Customer shall be entitled garding recognisable defects, Contracts for the International
excluding packaging. Packing to sell the reserved goods in the wrong deliveries or substantial Sale of Goods (CISG - “Vienna
shall be charged at cost. Tools due course of business provided differences in quantity, notifica- Sales Convention”) shall not
for which prorated payments he meets his contractual obligation must be made to us without apply.
have been received shall remain tions. Otherwise we shall be en- delay and in writing at the latest
our property. titled to require the surrender of within ten days of delivery of the 11. Closing Provision
the reserved goods; in this case, goods. If the Customer does not The legal invalidity of individual
6. Payment, Offset and With- the Customer has no right of make notification of any defects provisions shall not otherwise
holding, Return Shipment possession. We shall then be within this period, the goods affect the enforceability of these
Our invoices shall be payable 14 entitled, without prejudice to- shall be deemed to have been General Terms and Conditions
days after date of invoice at 2% wards the Customer’s obligation approved free of defects. of Sale.
discount or 30 days after date of of payment, to sell the re- Relevant for the purposes of de-
invoice net. Invoice sums less possessed goods and to credit termining whether the condition
than EUR 50.00 shall be payable the Customer with any surplus. of the merchandise is in com-
net immediately. In the event of At the time of purchase of the pliance with the contract is the
overdue payment, we shall be reserved goods, the Customer point in time at which risk
entitled to charge interest at the shall at that point in time assign passes to the Customer as per 10a
over-draught rate applicable at to us all claims arising from the Article 3. Concealed defects
that time, and at least 3% resale which accrue to him must be notified in writing
above the basic interest rate against his customers. Subject without delay upon their discov-
in accordance with the BGB to revocation, the Customer ery. We must be given the
The latest edition of our General Terms & Conditions of Sale at www.fsb.de/gtos
593
How to reach FSB
Brakel is situated in the south-
easternmost corner of the
German federal state of North-
Rhine Westphalia. Geographi-
cally speaking, it is where the
Egge mountains merge with
the Weserberg hills.
Paderborn is connected with

Berlin, London, Munich, Paris
and Stuttgart, etc. The distance
of the ICE-railway station
Kassel-Wilhelmshöhe is about
55 minutes by car to Brakel.
Hannover The distances to the most im-

Paderborn/ portant German airports in km
Lippstadt are:
Brakel Düsseldorf about 200 km,
Düsseldorf Frankfurt about 220 km,
Kassel
Hannover about 120 km.
Frankfurt
594
When going by car from the
north, you’ll come to Brakel
A7
via motorway, Hannover-
A2 Dortmund, exit point Rinteln,
picking up then the route from
Hannover
17 Rinteln-Barntrup-Blomberg
B1 to Brakel.
B2
Rinteln
Bielefeld The distance from Rinteln to
9
Hameln A3 Brakel is about 90 km.
A2 1 When coming from the south,
B
A 33
leave the motorway Kassel-

B6 Höxter
4 Brakel Dortmund at the exit point
Paderborn Warburg/Brakel driving then
B 83
from Warburg over Peckels-

B 64
B 252
heim, Siddessen and Rheder

B1 about 35 km to Brakel.
Warburg
A 44
Kassel A 7
9
A4
FSB has two production sites

in Brakel.
Rinteln
Werk I Verwaltung
Central administration is
Ni
eh
eim located together with the alu-
er minium foundry and develop-
B 252
St
86
ra
ße
ment units at Nieheimer
3
Straße 38.
e Am Facilities II and III are housed

e
Straß m
ß
rger dam
Stra
Dribu Bah
n along with the logistics centre
Werk II
at Industriestraße 12 on the
Höxter
Brakel industrial estate.
-
strie
Indu straße
rger
Warbu
B 252
Höxter
Paderborn B 64
Warburg
10a
595
Sales Organisation
Germany
Field Service for Hardware,
ErgoSystem, EZK:
Husum 1
Kiel Klaus-Dieter Heib
Rostock Klaus-Groth-Straße 8h
1 25524 Itzehoe
Lübeck
3 Phone +49 4821 93795
Hamburg Schwerin 94239
Bremerhaven Neubrandenburg Fax +49 4821 94248
Emden
www.kd-heib.de
Lüneburg info@kd-heib.de
Bremen
2
FSB Project Consultant
Soltau
Meppen Cloppenburg Bernward Niestegge
Stendal Berlin Friedrich-Ebert-Straße 2
Hannover
Frankfurt 27374 Visselhövede
Osnabrück Brandenburg Phone +49 4262 957558
5 Braunschweig 6 7 Fax +49 4262 957559
Magdeburg
Bielefeld
Goslar
bernward.niestegge@fsb.de
Dessau Cottbus
Dortmund Göttingen
8 Essen Paderborn 2
Bochum Halle
Nord- FSB Project Consultant
4 Leipzig
Düsseldorf Kassel hausen Thorsten Schmidt
Dresden Oberlether Straße 2
12
Köln Siegen Erfurt 26203 Wardenburg
Aachen
Gießen 11 Chemnitz Phone +49 4407 716415
Gera
Bonn Fax +49 4407 716416
9 Fulda
10 Suhl thorsten.schmidt@fsb.de
Koblenz
Wiesbaden 3
Frankfurt Frank Maibohm
Würzburg Demminer Landstraße 6
Trier Bamberg Bayreuth
17389 Anklam
Kaiserslautern 13 14 Phone +49 3971 210636
Ludwigshafen Nürnberg Fax +49 3971 210642
Heidelberg frank_maibohm@t-online.de
Saarbrücken
Regensburg
4
Karlsruhe Straubing Ludger Hammelbeck
Stuttgart Passau
Eichenweg 34
59556 Lippstadt
15 Ulm
Augsburg 16 Phone +49 2941 9680080
Fax +49 2941 9680089
Sigmaringen München www.beschlagkonzepte.de
Freiburg l.hammelbeck@
Rosenheim
beschlagkonzepte.de
4+8
FSB Architectual Consultant
Franz-Josef Hund
Rudolf-Harbig-Straße 7
48301 Nottuln
Phone +49 2502 222577
Fax +49 2502 222578
franz-josef.hund@fsb.de
596
5 Adalbert Eulenstein Technical assistance: General contact
FSB Project Consultant Gräfenthaler Straße 4
Joachim Wegener 07330 Probstzella 1, 2, 3, 5 ErgoSystem
In den Gänseköpfen 18 Phone +49 36735 70790 Holger Mannigel Jürgen Klenke
31188 Holle Fax +49 36735 70790 Neue Straße 4 Key Account Manager
Phone +49 5062 963274 eulenstein@kh-peters.de 19258 Bahlen Nieheimer Straße 38
Fax +49 5062 963367 Portable +49 151 17448482 33034 Brakel
joachim.wegener@fsb.de 12 Fax +49 5272 608-336 Phone +49 5272 608-296
FSB Project Consultant holger.mannigel@fsb.de Fax +49 5272 608-354
6 Jörg Ruhland juergen.klenke@fsb.de
FSB Project Consultant Ernst-Thälmann-Straße 62 2, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 13
Jens-Uwe Fuchs 04420 Markranstädt Antonius Herting Frank Diederichs
Albert-Schweitzer-Straße 5 Phone +49 34205 418250 Orthagen 8 Sales departement
39126 Magdeburg Fax +49 34205 418251 59581 Warstein Nieheimer Straße 38
Phone +49 391 2545672 joerg.ruhland@fsb.de Portable +49 160 4768446 33034 Brakel
Fax +49 391 2545673 Fax +49 5272 608-309 Phone +49 5272 608-281
jens-uwe.fuchs@fsb.de 13 antonius.herting@fsb.de Fax +49 5272 608-381
Arnold Reinstädtler frank.diederichs@fsb.de
7 Inh. Alexander Reinstädtler 5, 6, 7, 11, 12
Bernhard Möhring Kirchendell 39 Uwe Drasdo Angelika Tubbesing
Behlertstraße 27 A 66787 Wadgassen-Differten Am Birnengarten 72 A Sales departement
14469 Potsdam Phone +49 6834 9601-0 39116 Magdeburg Nieheimer Straße 38
Phone +49 331 74036-0 Fax +49 6834 9601-18 Portable +49 151 17448534 33034 Brakel
Fax +49 331 74036-16 www.reinstaedtler.de Fax +49 5272 608-338 Phone +49 5272 608-254
bm.@moehring-wv.de info@reinstaedtler.de uwe.drasdo@fsb.de Fax +49 5272 608-354
angelika.tubbesing@fsb.de
8 14 13, 15, 16
FSB Project Consultant FSB Project Consultant Lars Weber EZK
Olaf Kahlen Matthias Rickert Liegnitzerstr. 6 Matthias Mildner
Überhöfer Feld 8 Am Kasernenplatz 4b 72213 Altensteig-Walddorf Electronical division
51503 Rösrath 96487 Dörfles - Esbach Portable +49 175 2611204 Key Account Manager
Phone +49 2205 9198414 Phone +49 9561 2343020 Fax +49 5272 608-308 Leipziger Ring 281
Fax +49 2205 9198415 Fax +49 9561 2343022 lars.weber@fsb.de 63110 Rodgau
olaf.kahlen@fsb.de matthias.rickert@fsb.de Phone +49 6106 26798-89
14, 16 Fax +49 6106 26798-90
9 15 Georg Mark matthias.mildner@fsb.de
FSB Project Consultant F+W Kooperations GmbH Siegritz 15
Rolf Geppert Zeppelinstraße 10 92681 Erbendorf Ralf Frischemeier
Auf dem Hähnchen 7 73760 Ostfildern-Kemnat Portable +49 171 5663574 Sales departement
53578 Windhagen Phone +49 711 459976-0 Fax +49 5272 608-303 Nieheimer Straße 38
Phone +49 2645 972487 Fax +49 711 459976-50 georg.mark@fsb.de 33034 Brakel
Fax +49 2645 972489 buero.bw@fw-kooperation.de Phone +49 5272 608-213
rolf.geppert@fsb.de 15, 16 Fax +49 5272 608-313
16 Herbert Prübner ralf.frischemeier@fsb.de
10 + 11 Fuchs + Heckmeier GmbH Mittelriedstraße 12
Karlheinz Peters GmbH Wallbergstraße 3 89312 Günzburg Architectual Consultant
Ronald Gerstner 82024 Taufkirchen Portable +49 160 96382300 Wolfgang Reul
Martinstraße 27 Phone +49 89 89066-188 Fax +49 8221 9696999 Nieheimer Straße 38
63533 Mainhausen Fax +49 89 89066-288 herbert.pruebner@fsb.de 33034 Brakel
Phone +49 6182 9375-0 www.fuchs-heckmeier.de Phone +49 5272 608-127
Fax +49 6182 9375-75 info@fuchs-heckmeier.de Fax +49 5272 608-327
www.kh-peters.de wolfgang.reul@fsb.de
gerstner@kh-peters.de
10a
597
Sales Organisation
International
Austria Estonia Iran
Guth GesmbH AS Valnes Farapan Industry Co.
Pulvermühlstr. 3 Pärnu mnt 139E/4 No. 22
A-4040 Linz / Donau EE-11317 Tallinn Nili St.
Phone +43 732 254119 Phone +372 6565 485 Sazman Ab Ave. Abali Road
Fax +43 732 250811 Fax +372 6565 486 IR-Teheran
guth@fsb.de valnes@valnes.com Phone +98 21 77000288
Fax +98 21 77007700
Australia Finland info@farapan.com
Halliday & Baillie Pty. Ltd. Inno-Tuote OY
The Stables, 1 Ridge Street Tähdenlennontie 9 Ireland
Surry Hills, NSW 2010 FI-02240 Espoo Perrem Design Hardware
AU-Sydney Phone +358 9 8870380 Imp&Exp Agencies (IRL) Ltd.
Phone +61 2 96993330 Fax +358 9 88703833 Unit 48, Park West Enterprise
Fax +61 2 96993660 info@inno.fi Business & Industrial Park
tanya@hallidayandbaillie.com Nangor Road
France IE-Dublin 12
Bahrain F+W France SARL Phone +353 1 6232390
Elames B.S.C. (c) 6, Rue de la Maison Rouge Fax +353 1 6232603
P.O. Box 26095 Bâtiment D philip.perrem@fsb.de
BH-Manama F-77185 Lognes
Phone +973 17 701166 Phone +33 1 60951623 Italy
Fax +973 17 700574 Fax +33 1 60064197 Renato Dimpflmeier
servo@behzad-group.com info@fw-france.fr Via C.G. Bertero 37
I-00156 Roma
Belgium Greece Phone +39 06 86890841
Didier Baert Saliveros S.A. Fax +39 06 82083420
Brugsestraat 151 92 - 94 Antigonis Str. renato.dimpflmeier@fsb.de
B-8020 Oostkamp GR-10442 Athen
Phone +32 50 822082 Phone +30 210 5150001 Italy/South Tyrol
Fax +32 50 822028 Fax +30 210 5143926 Guth GesmbH
didier.baert@fsb.de saliveros@saliveros.gr Pulvermühlstr. 3
A-4040 Linz / Donau
China Hong Kong Phone +43 732 254119
FSB Asia Ltd. Barwin Metal Co. Ltd. Fax +43 732 250811
Shanghai Rep. Office Unit 2, 10th Floor guth@fsb.de
CN-Shanghai Eastern Harbour Centre
Phone +86 21 6217 8840 28 Hoi Chak Street, North Point Japan
Fax +86 21 6217 8740 HK-Hong Kong Yamagiwa Corporation
shanghai@fsb.de Phone +852 25626899 1-5-10, Sotokanda
Fax +852 25166937 Chiyoda-ku
Czech Republic info@barwinmetal.com.hk JP-Tokyo, 101-0021
EFB, spol. s.r.o. Phone +81 35692-5233
Kordacova 1844 Iceland Fax +81 35692-5236
CZ-Kladno 272 04 Velar OG Verkfaeri EHF yamagiwa-i-dev@yamagiwa.co.jp
Phone +420 312 687684 Skutuvogur 1 C
Fax +420 312 687685 Postbox 865 Latvia
efb@fsb.cz IS-104 Reykjavik SB & Partneri SIA
Phone +354 550 8500 Rencenu iela 21
Fax +354 550 8501 LV-1073 Riga
bjorn@vv.is Phone +371 7113070
Fax +371 7245799
sabine.betz@fsb.de
598
Lithuania Poland South Korea United Arab Emirates
UAB “Alfasta” Slawomir Bednarczyk Nam Hwa Trading Co. Ltd. Metallic Equipment Co.
Draugystes 17 ul. Radiowa 1/18 551-2, Sinsa-Dong Head Office
LT-3031 Kaunas PL-01-485 Warszawa Gangnam-Gu P.O. Box 548
Phone +370 37 764446 Phone +48 22 8618757 KR-Seoul AE-Abu Dhabi
Fax +370 37 764445 Fax +48 22 8618757 Phone +82 2 5116085 Phone + 971 2 6344765
alfasta@takas.lt SBednarczyk@fsb.de Fax +82 2 34434401 Fax + 971 2 6326732
namhwa-tr@hanmail.net basel.moghrabi@fsb.de
Luxembourg Qatar
Arnold Reinstädtler Tadmur Contracting and Spain United Kingdom
Inh. Alexander Reinstädtler trading Est New Lock Systems S.A. Allgood plc
Kirchendell 39 P.O. Box 6984 Calle Freixa, 37 Bajos 297 Euston Road
D-66787 Wadgassen-Differten QA-Doha E-08021 Barcelona GB-London NW1 3AQ
Phone +49 6834 9601-0 Phone +974 46 65501 Phone +34 93 4144041 Phone +44 20 73879951
Fax +49 6834 9601-18 Fax +974 46 78297 Fax +34 93 4142276 Fax +44 20 73872549
alexander.reinstaedtler@fsb.de bmm@tadmur.com admin@newlocksystems.es info@allgood.co.uk
Malaysia Russia Sweden

Greifen Marketing (M) Roman Antaschkewitsch Boxbeslag Designer Fittings AB
SDN BHD Dirizhabelnaja ul, 13, a/ja 111 P.O. Box 500
S1-00-18, Pangsapuri Sutramas RU-141700 Dolgoprudnij, MO S-551 17 Jönköping
Pesiaran Puchong Jaya Selatan Phone +7 916 2333477 Phone +46 36 361601
Puchong Jaya Fax +7 498 6009728 Fax +46 36 361629
MY-47100 Selangor DE roman.antaschkewitsch@fsb.de johanna@bxbdesign.se
Phone +603 8076 4890
Fax +603 8076 3890 Singapore Switzerland
greifen@tm.net.my Yong Hup Hardware (Pte) Ltd Martin Küpfer
115 King George’s Avenue, Rifeldweg 12
Netherlands #01-01 CH-4322 Mumpf
F+W Nederland B.V. SG-Singapore 208561 Phone +41 79 2428941
Landauer 29 Phone +65 62960111 Fax +41 62 8734387
NL-3897 ABZeewolde Fax +65 62971481 martin.kuepfer@fsb.de
Phone +31 36 5225688 yhprojec@singnet.com.sg
Fax +31 36 5226141 Thailand
info@fw-nederland.nl South Africa J.N.V. International Supplies Co.
Global Building 230 Thosapol Land 2 Bldg.
New Zealand Elements (Pty) Ltd 12th Fl.
Halliday & Baillie Ltd. PO Box 3953 Ratchadapisek Road
P.O. Box 99 579 ZA-Honeydew, 2040 Huaykwang
NZ-Newmarket, Auckland Phone +27 11 9572114 TH-Bangkok 10310
Phone +64 9 3581172 Fax +27 11 9572116 Phone +662 692 84702
Fax +64 9 3581176 info@gbe.co.za Fax +662 692 8473
sales@hallidaybaillie.com jnvinter@yahoo.com
South-Eastern Europe
North America (AL, BA, BG, CS, HR, HU, Turkey
FSB Inc. MD, MK, RO, SI, SK) En Ithalat Ihracat Mumessillik
1 Bishop Lane Enikö Bucs Semsettin Gunaltay cad
US-Madison CT 06443 Regional Sales Manager No. 12 - 13
Phone +1 203 4044 700 Oberfeldstraße 24 TR-Kazasker-Istanbul
Fax +1 203 4044 710 A-5082 Grödig Phone +90 216 4784796
info@fsbusa.com Phone +43 6246 72226-151 Fax +90 216 4784799
Fax +43 6246 72226-145 ebru.bozova@fsb.de
enikoe.bucs@fsb.de
10a
599
FSB-Edition
The following titles have so far Greifen und Griffe Übergriff Das virtuelle Haus
appeared in the FSB Edition: Otl Aicher, Robert Kuhn Auftragstellung: Dokumentation eines
Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung Jürgen W. Braun Workshops mit:
Walther König, 1987 Realisation: Peter Eisenmann, Jacques
Studenten der HfG Karlsruhe Herzog, Toyo Ito, Daniel
unter Leitung von Libeskind, Jean Nouvel u. a.
Türklinken Gunter Rambow Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung
Workshop in Brakel Texte: Peter Sloterdijk, Heinrich Walther König, 1998
Texte: Otl Aicher, Jürgen W. Klotz, Jürgen W. Braun
Braun, Siegfried Gronert Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung
Fotos: Timm Rautert Walther König, 1993 Links – Rechts
Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung Ein Buch über Händigkeit
Walther König, 1987 von Andrea Scholtz
Das Türklinken-Chaos Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung
The Doorhandle Disaster Walther König, 1999
Johannes Potente, Brakel Le chaos de la poignée de porte
Design der 50er Jahre Erzählung und Bilder von
Texte: Otl Aicher, Jürgen W. Klaus Imbeck Le Corbusiers Hände
Braun, Siegfried Gronert, Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung Les Mains de Le Corbusier
Robert Kuhn, Dieter Rams, Walther König, 1994 Essaysammlung von
Rudolf Schönwandt André Wogenscky
Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung
Walther König, 1989 Visuelle Kommunikation Walther König, 2000
Bausteine, Realisationen
Texte: Otl Aicher, Sepp
Zugänge – Ausgänge Landsbek, Jürgen W. Braun Die Sprache der Hände
Gedichte von Peter Maiwald Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung Ein Lese- und Blätterbuch mit
sowie Textbeiträge von Walther König, 1995 den besten Beiträgen aus der
Jürgen W. Braun und FSB-Edition, zusammengestellt
Marcel Reich-Ranicki und kommentiert von
Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung Hand und Griff Jürgen W. Braun,
Walther König, 1989 Ausstellung Wien 1951 herausgegeben von FSB
Walter Zeischegg, Verlag Hermann Schmidt
Carl Auböck Mainz, 2006
Zugänge – Ausgänge Ein Buch über Griffpioniere ISBN 3-87439-695-9
Fotos von Timm Rautert sowie von Andrea Scholtz
Textbeiträge von Otl Aicher, Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung
Jürgen Becker, Wolfgang Pehnt Walther König, 1995
Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung
Walther König, 1990
Gesten
Ein Buchprojekt von Fotografie-
Türdrücker der Moderne Studenten der Hochschule für
Eine Designgeschichte von Grafik und Buchkunst Leipzig
Siegfried Gronert unter der Leitung von
Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung Timm Rautert
Walther König, 1991 Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung
Annentag in Brakel
Ein deutsches Volksfest Vom Mythos des
Fotos: Rudi Meisel, Funktionalismus
Timm Rautert, Michael Wolf Bernhard E. Bürdek, Reinhard
Reportage: Bernd Müllender Kiehl, Florian P. Fischer,
Weitere Beiträge: Eugen Jürgen W. Braun
Drewermann, Herbert Zeichnungen: Reinfriede
Engemann, Peter Maiwald Bettrich, Pfronten,
Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung Hans Hollein, Wien
Walther König, 1992 Köln: Verlag der Buchhandlung
600
Literature FSB
Other books from “the publish- Wege zur Architektur 1
ers sidelining in handles”: Atmosphären
Peter Zumthor
Privatdruck, 2004
Wege zur Architektur 2

Architektur und Gedächtnis
Mario Botta,
Brigitte Labs-Ehlert
Privatdruck, 2005
Einfach!
Architektur aus Österreich
Walter Chramosta, Manuela
Hötzl, Bart Lootsma, Antje
Mayer, Jan Tabor, Ute Woltron
Graz: Verlag Haus der
Architektur, 2006

Rundbau in Hombroich
Oliver Kruse,
Brigitte Labs-Ehlert
Privatdruck, 2006

Struktur und Kreativität
Robert Wilson,
Jürgen W. Braun
Privatdruck, 2007
10a
601

FSB - Feronerie Manual 2009

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

FSB - Feronerie Manual 2009

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

1 Introduction Foreword, Innovations, EN 179, 1125 + 1906, 3

2 DuoHandles Lever handles and window handles 13

3 Bronze Lever handles and accessories 37

4 Aluminium, AluGrey, 4a Lever handles 67

5 Brass Lever handles and accessories 255

6 Furniture for 6a Furniture for framed doors 281

7 Furniture for 7a Door pulls 347

8 Barrier-free 8a Ergo lever handle, barrier-free fittings, 467

9 Accessories 9a Mortice locks, profile zylinders, strike plates 531

10 General information 10a Explanatory notes 583

May our grey 36

The colour scale of 66

How Le Corbusier 254

Interplay between 280

Functional and 344

Harmony, composition 466

The Salubra wallpaper 530

New tones 582

Project sector innovations 6

Compact glass door furniture DuoHandles/HandleDuos Satisfactory doesn’t satisfy us

7664 13* 7664 25* 0632 12*

7650 63* 7650 25* 0627 12*

7651 63* 7651 25* 0628 12*

* Available on request, versions with 9 mm Δ for fire doors

to grips with”. The adjacent di- FSB DIN 18273

agrams, which graphically illu-

Doors are either right or left

Door thickness Keyhole spacing Bathroom/WC version

4. DIN r.h., In the absence of special in-

Anyone thinking about hand- century in business, the new

Handles for a flying city 15

Art history, Greek-Orthodox 23

Dot - line - plane 31

Entrance door furniture

Vienna-based American-Russian architect duo

Design: Mascha Veech-Kosmatschof, Stuart Veech

Entrance door furniture 2

Aluminium Window handle

Like their avant-garde paragons from the early

Window handle with

Technical information page 194

Entrance door furniture

A modern, clean-lined formal

Design: Ivan Reimann, Gesine Weinmiller

Stainless steel Entrance door furniture 2

The short shank of one handle

Window handle with

Technical information page 194

Petra und Paul Kahlfeldt

Entrance door furniture

Window handle In the first of his “Ten Books on

Design: Petra and Paul Kahlfeldt

Entrance door furniture 2

They have used the two columns Window handle

Window handle with

Window handle with

Technical information page 194

Martin und Stefanie Naumann

Entrance door furniture

Stuttgart architect duo Stefanie and Martin

Design: Stefanie and Martin Naumann

Entrance door furniture 2

Stainless steel Window handle